Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutHighway Storage Barn Replacement Specs TOWN OF SOUTHOLD SOUTHOLD HIGHWAY STORAGE BARN REPLACEMENT CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS SOUTHOLD, SUFFOLK COUNTY,NEW YORK 3 v 0 NP 0, 1 Prepared Bv: TOWN OF SOUTHOLD Engineering Department 53095 Main Road Southold,New York 11971 March 13,2025 (631) 765-1560 TOWN OF SOUTHOLD 53095 MAIN ROAD, SOUTHOM NEW YORK 11911 PHONE: 631-76545.60 /FAX: 63.1-765-9015 INVITATION TO BID .NOTICE I5 HEREBY GIVEN THAT SEALED PROPOSALS ARE SOUGHT AND REQUESTED FOR:THE FOLLOWING:. BID.NAME: "SOUTHOLD:HIGHWAY STORAGE BARN.REPLACEMENT" Definite specifications 'May be obtained at the Southold Town Clerk's Office beginning March 131,2025. PLACE OF OPENINGS: DATE OF OPENINGS: TIME OF OPENINGS: TOWN OF SOUTHOLD April 10,2025 2:00 PM TOWN CLERKS OFFICE 53095 MAIN ROAD SOUTHOLD,NY 11971. CONTACT.PERSON: Michael Collins,P.E. Town of Southold, 631-765-1560 VENDORS MUST SUBMIT BIDS IN SEALED ENVELOPES. PLEASE PRINT ON THE FACE OF.ENVELOPE: 1)NAME&ADDRESS OF BIDDER - 2)BID NAME BID MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A 5 % BID SECURITY. . It is the bidder's responsibility to read the attached Bid Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and General Conditions,which outline bidding rules of the Town of Southold. Upon submission of bid, it is understood that the bidder has read, fully understands and will comply with said GENERAL CONDITIONS and specification requirements. -The Town of Southold requires that this document be returned intact and that it be filled out completely. Please do not remove any pages fiom this bid package, and make .a copy of the bid. document for your records. A non-refundable fee of$10.00 will be charged for plans and specifications. Payment can be made by either money order, cash or business check(payable to the Town of Southold). A nonanandatory.pre-bidder's conference willl be held at I0:00"on March 20th at 275 Peconic Lane in Peconic,New York The Town of Southold welcomes and encourages minority and women-owned businesses to participate in the bidding process. TABLE OF CONTENTS TOWN OF SOUTHOLD SOUTHOLD HIGHWAY STORAGE BARN REPLACEMENT Title Page : ---- Invitation to Bid ------ Table of Contents ------ Instructions.to Bidders IB4 thru IB-6. Standard Insurance Requirements - SIR 1 thru SIR 3 General Conditions . GC-1 thra GC-12 Conditions of Contract CC-1 thru.CC-18 Proposal formPackage Pages 1 - 11 Qualification.of Bidders QS-1 thru QS-4 Contract Agreement A-1 thru A-3 NYS Wage Rates ------ Technical Specifications Divisions 01-33 Contract Drawings _J INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INDEX 1. Receipt and Opening of Bids 2. Form,Preparation and Presentation of Proposal 3. Bid Security. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 5. Rejection of Bids 6. Bidders Responsibility 7. Construction Terms and Conditions 8. Security for Faithful Performance and Maintenance 9. Bid Reservations 10. Non-Collusive Statement 11. Addenda and Interpretations 12. Method of Award 13. Single Price Bid Analysis 14. Municipal Exempt Status 15. Labor Law 16. Wage Rates . 17. Insurance Required by the.Town of Southold 18. Quantities IB - 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS The:Town of Southold invites bids on the .forms herein provided for the Southold Highway . Storage Barn Replacement located at 275 Peconic Lane in Pecon c,New York. Sealed bids shall be received by the office of the Southold Town Clerk, 53095 Route 25 Southold, New.York, . 11971,-no later-than 2:00.P.M. prevailing time on Thursday, April 10th, 2025, at which time : they will be opened and publicly read aloud. . All bids received after the time stated for the opening in the Notice to Bidders may,not be considered and will be returned unopened to the bidder. The bidder assumes the risk of any delay in the mail or in the handling of the mail by employees of the Town.Whether sent by mail or by means of personal delivery,, the bidder assumes responsibility for having his bid'deposited on.. time at the place specified.Faxed bids will not.be accepted. . 2.FORM,PREPARATION.AND PRESENTATION OF PROPOSAL The:Proposal Form as issued by the Town shall be completely filled in, in black ink or typed on the original bid form.' No photocopies will be accepted. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in both words and figures,with a total.or gross sum for which the bid.is-made. All lines: must have an indication of the bidder's response whether it be "0",'"N/A"; "No Charge'.', or a. dollar figure. All lines must be filled in to indicate bidder's acknowledgement of the request. Bids that do not have all applicable lines.filled in on'the bid proposalfform may be-disqualified as a non-responsive bid. We cannot assume there is "no charge" when lines are left empty. Bids that contain any omission, erasure,°alteration, addition or items.not called for in the itemized bid form or that contain irregularities of any kind will not be :accepted. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and total amount bid for any item, the unit price, as expressed in words, shall govern. The following two items will automatically render a bid unacceptable to the Town of Southold: a. Failure to sign bid proposal page. b. Failure to include necessary bid security deposit(as required). It shall'be fully understood that any deviations-from the inclusion of the above items will be grounds to see the bid as non-compliant and will not be considered for award. 3. BID SECURITY (a).The Bid must be accompanied by a certified check on a solvent bank or trust company with its principal place of business in New York State, or an acceptable bid bond, in an amount equal to not less than five percent(5%) of the total amo-unt bid,'made payable to the Town of Southold (herein identified as Owner), as assurance that the bid is made in good faith. The certified checks- or bid bonds of unsuccessful bidders will be returned after execution of the Contract between the Owner and the successful bidder; the certified check or bid bond of the successful bidder will be retained .until filing and approval of the Performance Bond and until the completion of ten percent(10%)of the work under.the Contract. IB-2 fs INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (b) The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the Contract and bonds required within ten (10) days after the date of notice of the acceptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security he deposited .with his bid. 4. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS (a) Forms for qualifications of bidders, giving evidence of sufficient facilities, equipment, experience and financial ability to insure completion of the work are provided with the bid specification package, and shall be filled out by the contractor and returned with the bid submission. (b) Information contained in any statement of financial ability shall be not more than thirty days old at the time of submission. (c) The Town reserves the right to make such investigation as. it may deem necessary or. advisable to determine any bidder's ability to do the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the Town, on request, all data and information pertinent thereto. The Town reserves the right to reject any bid if such investigation fails to satisfy the Town that the bidder is fully qualified to do . the work.Financial instability of a bidder may cause for non-award. 5. REJECTION OF BIDS (a) The TOWN BOARD reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted in the qualifications statement or an investigation of such bidder fails to satisfy the TOWN BOARD that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional bids will be considered informal and will.be rejected. (b) The TOWN BOARD reserves the right to reject any and all bids,in whole or in part,to waive any informality in any or all bids, and to accept the bid or part thereof which it deems most favorable to the Town after all bids have been examined and/or checked. 6. BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY (a) Bidders are cautioned not to submit bids until after having inspected the site of the proposed improvement and having made themselves familiar with local conditions. The attention of persons intending to submit bids is specifically called to the.paragraph of the Contract which debars a Contractor from pleading misunderstanding or deception because of estimates or quantities, character, location or other conditions surrounding the same. Special attention is called to the notes on the Plans or in the itemized form of bid, which are made a part of this Contract,which may alter or revise the Specifications for the particular contract. (b)No representation is made as to the existence or nonexistence of groundwater, which may in any way impede the work,proposed to be accomplished. Each bidder shall fully inform himself as to groundwater and sub-surface conditions prior to submitting his bid. 113-3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (c) The submission of a bid will be construed to mean that the bidder is firlly informed as to the extent, cost, and character of the materials; labor,.and equipment required to complete the proposed job in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, including all other expenses incidental thereto. (d)Bidders must examine the Plans and Specifications and exercise their own judgment as to the nature and amount of the whole of the work to be done, and for the bid prices, must assume all risks of variance by whomsoever made in computation or statement of amounts or quantities necessary to fully complete the work in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. (e) The Bidder shall assume all risks and responsibility and shall complete the work in whatever material and under whatever conditions he may encounter or create, without extra cost to the Town. (f)No pleas of ignorance or misunderstanding of conditions.that exist or that may hereafter exist, or of conditions or difficulties that may be encountered in the.execution of the work under this Contract, as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations and,investigations, will be to fulfill in every detail all of the requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be accepted as a basis for any claims whatsoever.for extra compensation,or for an extension of time. 7. CONSTRUCTION TERMS AND CONDITIONS The successful bidder is warned that the work specified in the Conditions of Contract, together with the Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form, General Conditions, Plans, Specifications and instructions of the Engineer or his duly authorized representative will be rigidly enforced. S. SECURITY FOR FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE The successful bidder shall be required to execute a Performance Bond equal to one hundred . percent(100%1 of the amount bid, such bonds to be executed by a New York licensed insurance carrier/surety company with an A rating or better from A.M. Best & Co. and acceptable to the Owner; or bonds secured by collateral; or securities approved by the Owner. The Performance Bond shall be written so as to remain in full force and effect as a maintenance bond for a period of not less than one(1)year after the date of final acceptance of the work. The successful bidder,upon failure to execute and deliver the bonds required within ten(10)days after the date of notice of award, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid, and he will be liable for and he agrees to pay to the Owner on demand, the difference between the price bid and the price for which such contract shall subsequently be re-let including the cost of such re-letting less the amount of such deposit.' No plea of mistake in such accepted bid shall be available to the bidder for recovery of his deposit or as a-defense to any action upon accepted bid unless said mistake can be proven by documentary evidence acceptable to the Town. After approval of the bonds and execution of the Contract and after ten(10)percent of the work IB-4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS has been completed,the bid security accompanying the bid will be returned. 9:BID RESERVATIONS Bids submitted shall remain in effect for forty-five (45) days past the date of bid opening. This period may be extended, for the benefit of the Town, by mutual agreement between the Bidder and the Purchasing Agent. 10.NON-COLLUSIVE STATEMENT The form of non-collusion bidding certification contained in the proposal package must be executed by the Bidder and submitted with the proposal. The. submission of this statement certifies that the prices in this .bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. 11. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS Every request for information or interpretation of the Contract Documents or Drawings must be addressed in writing to Michael Collins,P.E. at the Town Engineering Department of Southold 53095 Main Road Southold, New York 11971 (fax) 631-765-9015, and to be given- any consideration, must be received at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any such interpretations or supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda, and will be mailed or faxed to all prospective bidders. The failure of any bidder to receive any such addenda will not relieve the bidder of any obligation under his bid as submitted. Any addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. 12. METHOD OF AWARD The bid will be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder, as will best promote the public interest,taking into consideration the reliability of the bidder, the quality of the materials, equipment,or supplies to be furnished, and conformity with the specifications. 13. SINGLE PRICE BID ANALYSIS In the event a single bid is received, the Town will conduct a price analysis of the bid-price prior to the award of the contract. 14.MUNICIPAL EXEMPT STATUS The Town is exempt from the payment of Federal, State and local taxes. Taxes must not be included in proposal prices. 15. LABOR LAW The Contractor and each and every subcontractor performing work at the site of the project to IB -5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS which this Contract relates shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Law, as amended, of the State of New York. Attention is called to certain provisions of the Labor Law; as set forth in the Conditions of Contract,Paragraph 11,which are hereby referred to and made a part hereof. 16. WAGE RATES The rates of wages determined by the New York State Industrial Commissioner pursuant to the Labor Law,which shall be paid on this project, are set forth herein'following the Instructions to Bidders. Contractors and subcontractors are required to submit to the Town, within thirty days after issuance of the first payroll, and.every thirty days thereafter, a transcript.of the original payroll records, subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury. 17. INSURANCE REQUIRED BY THE TOWN OF SOUTHOLD The successful bidder will be required to procure and pay for the following types of insurance, as . set forth in more detail herein following the Instructions to Bidders in the Standard Insurance requirements Section. (a) Comprehensive Automobile Policy (b) Comprehensive General Liability (c) Excess/Umbrella Insurance (d) Owner's and Contractor's:Protective.Liability (e) Workmen's Compensation Insurance (f) Disability Insurance and Unemployment Insurance 18. QUANTITIES Any quantities set forth in the bid specifications are approximations only. No guarantee is made for any quantities stated. Payment shall be on the basis of actual quantities supplied or the actual work done at the unit prices quoted. 1B-6 STANDARD INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS TOWN OF SOUTHOLD CONTRACT INSURANCE REOUMEMENTS INSURANCE IDENTIFICATION: THE BID NUMBER IS TO,APPEAR ON ALL INSURANCE CERTIFICATES INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: The Corporation/Contractor/Agency/Consultant, is an independent contractor and covenants and agrees that it, its agents, servants and/or employees will neither hold itself/themselves out as,nor claim to be an employee;servant or agent of the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD,and that it,its agents and employees will not make claim, demand or application to or for any right or privilege applicable to an officer or employee of the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD including,but not limited to Worker's Compensation coverage, Unemployment Insurance benefits, Social Security coverage or retirement membership or credit. INSURANCE: Contractor/vendor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under the following paragraphs, and the Town of Southold has approved such insurance. WORKERS' COMPENSATION: Contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract, such insurance as will protect both the Town and the contractor from claims under worker's compensation acts and amendments thereto and from any other claims for property damage and for personal injury including death, which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations by contractor orb an other a directly or indirectly employed b the contractor. Co of Certificate to be Y Y party Y YY PY = provided to the Town of Southold. DISABILITY INSURANCE & UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE: Contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the entire term of the contract any disability benefits and unemployment insurance as required by law. Copy of Certificate to be provided to the Town of Southold. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the life of the contract, such bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance as shall protect him and the Town from claims for damages for bodily injury including accidental death, as well as from . claims for property damage which may arise from operations under this contract,whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor/vendor to maintain such insurance in amounts sufficient to fully protect himself and the Town, but in no instance shall amounts be less than those set forth below. These amounts are specified only to establish the minimum coverage acceptable. Bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance in an amount not less than$2,000,000 (two million dollars)for damages on account of any one accident, and in an amount of not less than $5,000,000(five million dollars)on account of any one occurrence. EXCESS/UMBRELLA INSURANCE: The contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the life of the project an excess/ umbrella insurance policy in an amount of not less than $5,000,000 (Five million dollars) each occurrence and aggregate. SIR- 1 STANDARD INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OTHER CONDITIONS OF COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE' 1. Coverage shall be written on commercial general liability form. 2. Coverage shall include: A. Contractual liability B. Independent contractors C. Products and completed operations AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE: Automobile bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance shall be provided by the contractor/vendor with a minimum combined single limit(CSL) of$1,000,00,0,(one million dollars). OTHER CONDITIONS OF AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE: 1. Coverage shall include: A. All owned vehicles B. Hired car and non-ownership liability coverage C. Statutory no-fault coverage CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY:An OCP Policy shall be required by the Town of Southold in limits of $2,000,000 combined single limit, each occurrence, $5,000,000 General Aggregate. This insurance must fully cover the legal liability of the Contractor, NANIING THE CONTRACTOR AND TOWN OF SOUTHOLD AS INSURED. The contractor shall furnish the Town with the original insurance policy. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF INSURANCE: 1. Contractor/vendor shall submit copies of any or all required insurance policies as and when requested by the Town. 2. If any of the contractor's/vendor's policies of insurance are cancelled or not renewed during the life of the contract, immediate notice of cancellation of non-renewal shall be delivered to the Town no less than 10 days prior to the date and time of cancellation or non-renewal. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE: The contractor/vendor shall file with the Town of Southold prior to commencing work under this contract, a certificate,of insurance. 1. Certificate of insurance shall include: A. Name and address of insured B. Issue date of certificate C. Insurance company name D. Type of coverage in effect E. Policy number F. Inception and expiration dates of policies included G. Limits of liability for all policies on certificate. included on certificate H.Town of Southold listed as additional insured and certificate holder. Bid Number. SIP,-2 STANDARD INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Description of operations/locatioris/etc.Box must include the statement: "THE TOWN OF SOUTHOLD IS LISTED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED" CERTIFICATE HOLDER SHALL BE LISTED AS: TOWN OF SOUTHOLD 53095 MAIN ROAD SOUTHOLD,NY 11971 2. If the contractor's/vendor's insurance policies should be non-renewed, cancelled or expire during the life of the contact,the Town shall be provided with a new certificate indicating the replacement policy information as requested above. Thirty days (30)prior written notice to the Town of Southold for cancellation is applicable. } SIR-3 J GENERAL CONDITIONS INDEX 1. Definitions of Teims 2. Standards of Workmanship 3: Samples 4. Manufactured Materials 5. . Laboratory 6. Shop Drawings 7. Permits 8. Plans and Specifications 9. Cutting,.Patching and Digging 10. Errors, Omissions and Discrepancies 11. Temporary Office&Toilet 12.'Proper Method of Work and Proper Materials 13. Inspection 14. Waiver 15..Water and Electric Power 16. Machinery and:Equipment 17. Maintenance. 18. Schedule of Operations 19: Right to Use Work 20., Notice of Warning 21. Warning Signs 22. Accident Prevention 2-3. Damages 24. Maintenance of Traffic 25. Final Site Cleaning 26. Protection of Land Markers, Trees, Shrubs, and Property. 27. Protection of Utilities 28. No Damages for Delay 29. Record Keeping 30. Subcontractors and Suppliers 31. Penal Law GC- 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.° DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever the following words and expressions are used in the Specifications,it is-understood that they have the meaning defined below: PLANS: All official drawings or reproductions of drawings pertaining to the work or to any structure connected therewith. SPECIFICATIONS: The body of directions, requirements, descriptions, etc. contained in this - document, together with all documents of any description and agreements made.'(or to.be made) pertaining to the methods or manner of_performing the work and/or to the quantities and quality of materials to be furnished and accepted under:this Contract. OWNER. Shall mean Towu Board,Town of Southold. ENGINEER (ARCHITECT): the Owner and/or duly authorized representative to represent the Owner in the execution of the work covered by the consultants and assistants engaged by the Owner: . and the.Engineer to.the extent of the particular duties entrusted to them. CONTRACT: Collectively, the Contract executed by the Owner and the Contractor, Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form (Bid), Performance Bond, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Standard Insurance Requirements (SIR 1-3), Detailed Specifications, Contract Drawings,Addenda,Performance Bonds, and all supplemental agreements.made or to be made. CONTRACTOR: The party of the second part hereto, whether corporation, .firm or individual, or any combination thereof, and successor, personal representatives, executors, administrators and assigns, and any person, firm or.corporation who or which shall at any time be substituted in place of the second part under this Contract. INSPECTOR: An authorized representative of the Owner or his Engineer assigned to make any and all necessary inspections of the work performed and the materials furnished by the Contract. MATERIALS: Any, approved materials acceptable to the Engineer and conforming to the requirements of these Specifications. WORK: All of the work proposed to be accomplished at the site of the project, and all such other .. work as is in any manner required to accomplish the complete project. This includes.all plant,labor, materials, supplies, equipment and other facilities and acts necessary or.proper or incidental to the carrying'out and completion of the terms of this.Contract. The term "work performed" shall be construed to include the material delivered to and suitably stored at the site of the project. 2. STANDARDS OF WORKMANSHIP: The apparent silence of the Specifications as to .any detail or an apparent omission from them of a detailed description.concerning any work to be done and materials to be furnished shall be regarded as .meaning that only the best general practice observed in the latest current construction work is to prevail and that only material and workmanship of first quality is to be used in this connection and all interpretations of these Specifications shall be made upon this basis. GC-2 J GENERAL CONDITIONS 3. SAMPLES: The Contractor shall furnish for approval, all samples as directed. The work shall be in accordance with,approved samples. Samples shall be submitted in ample time so as to prevent delay in fabrication or -ordering of materials, allowing for a reasonable time for the Engineer to.consider the samples submitted and, if . . necessary,to permit a resubmission of samples to the Engineer until approval is given. Work and material shall be fiunished and executed in accordance with approved samples, in.every aspect. Each sample shall be labeled, bearing material, name and quality, Contractor's name, date and other pertinent data. Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be in duplicate and of adequate size to show quality, type, color, range and finish and texture of material. Materials shall not be ordered until approval is received in writing from Engineer. . 4. MANUFACTURED MATERIALS: Where several materials are specified by name, the Engineer shall have the right,before execution of the Contract,to require any and all bidders to state the materials upon which they based their bid. Where any materials are specified by name or trade _ name, or by catalog number of a company or companies, the Contractor shall'fumish the article mentioned Lidless approval of the Engineer is obtained in writing for a substitution. Should Contractor desire to substitute another material for one or more specified by name, he shaltapply in . writing for such permission and state credit or extra involved. He shall also provide supporting data and samples for Engineer's consideration. Unless particularly specified otherwise, all manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, assembled, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer and including the necessary preparation to properly install the work. Where reference is made to manufacturer's directions, the Contractor shall submit such directions to the Engineer as required. Y The materials used in construction shall be disposed as not to endanger the work, and so that full access may at all times be had to partly completed work and structures and they shall be so disposed as to cause no injury to those having access to the work or any of the units. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their respective trades. 'Standards of work required throughout shall be of such grades as will bring first- class results only. The type of labor employed by the Contractor shall be such as will insure the uninterrupted continuity of the entire work,without conflict of any kind. 5. .LABORATORY: Laboratories shall be designated by the Engineer for testing the materials to be used under the Contract. Where tests are made by other than the designated laboratories, two certified copies showing correctly the chemical analysis and physical tests shall be fiirnished to the Engineer. 6. SHOP DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer six (6) copies of all shop drawings and schedules and no work shall be fabricated until his approval has been given. All shop. y drawings submitted to.the Engineer.must be in English, and must bear the Contractor's stamp of approval evidencing that the drawings have been checked. GC-3 GENERAL CONDITIONS The Contractor will make any corrections in the drawings required by the Engineer and will file -with the Engineer_ four corrected copies. Approval by the Engineer of such drawings or schedules - shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for (a) errors of any sort in shop or setting drawings or schedules; or(b) deviations from Plans and Specifications unless the Contractor, at-the time of submission of said drawings and schedules;has given notice to the Engineer of:any such deviations. 7. PERMITS: 7.1 Municipal: All work in connection with the installation of pipes or other underground structures of a like nature either within or without the limits of the highway, shall follow all the provisions as contained herein together with the provisions, as they apply, of the Highway Law (Town Code) with all subsequent changes, additions or corrections thereto. A. The Contractor shall.'obtain from the Building Department a certificate of occupancy, . whenever the scope of work of the Contract provides for the construction of a building or structure, or for modification or alteration of a building or structure, so that a certificate of occupancy,or a revised certificate of occupancy is required under state and/or local law. The Owner shall be responsible for obtaining the building permit and permit(s)pre-requisite thereto, including but not limited to the following, unless Contractor is specifically required to obtain.the same pursuant to other provisions of this document: (1) Building permit (2) Fire prevention permit (3) Health DepartmentlApplication to construct a) Sanitary system including SPDES permit b) Hazardous materials storage The following additional permits when required under law shall also be obtained by the Owner: (1) N)YSDEC permit(s) (2) Town Division of Environmental Protection (3) Suffolk County Farmland Committee (4) U.S.Army Corp of Engineers The Contractor shall give all notices, and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and conditions of the permits, bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn and specified, and shall be responsible for acquisition of all pertinent information necessary for such compliance. The Contractor shall be responsible for: (1) Coordinating .all building department and other department and agency inspections and approvals, (2) Obtaining U.L. approvals, (3) Health Department inspections and approvals, (4)Obtaining final certificate of occupancy. On projects involving multiple contracts, it shall be the responsibility of the"General Contractor"to GC-4 GENERAL CONDITIONS coordinate with the building department and other agencies and to obtain the certificate of occupancy. It shall be the responsibility of the mechanical contractors (prime contractors other than the G.C.) to coordinate inspections and approvals of that part of the project, which falls within the scope of their contract with the G.C., and/or as may-be appropriate, directly with the approving agency. In the event that one or more of the contractors on a multi-contract proj ect fails to perform the work in a timely manner, thereby causing undue delay in the completion of the project, and the issuance of the certificate of occupancy, the owner shall in that event, have the option to exercise "The. owners right to stop work or terminate contract" as provided for in the conditions of the contract. B. Pipes and Underground Structures: All work in connection with the installation of pipes or other underground structures of a like nature either within or without the limits of the highway, shall follow all the provisions, as they apply, of the Highway Law As per Town Code Standards)with all subsequent changes, additions or corrections thereto. C. Any work to be performed within the Town Hi hway right-of-way will require a Town Highway Department road-opening permit. Obtaining of the permit and subsequent release/approval shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Acceptance. of the contractor's Performance Bond in lieu of the Contractors road-opening bond shall be at the option of the Highway Department. 7.2 Suffolk County: All permits required for opening County roads, and making connections with County drains will be obtained by the Owner. A copy of the permit,which must be kept on the job at all times, will be supplied to the Contractor. The Contractor.will not be permitted to open any County road of make any connection to any County drain until he has been supplied with this permit. (a) Department of Public Works All permits required for opening County roads and making connections with County.drains,will be obtained by the Owner. A Copy of the permit, which must be kept on the job at all times, will be supplied to the Contractor. The Contractor will not be permitted to open any County road or make any connection to any County drain until he has been supplied with this permit. The Contractor shall be responsible for conformance to all conditions of the permit and for the subsequent release/approval. (b) Department of Health Services: The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining approvals pursuant to Health Department.permits described in paragraph 7.1A. GC-5 GENERAL CONDITIONS 7.3 State of New York: The Contractor shall obtain all necessary New York State highway permits whenever the Contract requires any work to be done within or upon existing State highway.right-of ways. These permits shall be obtained from the District Office in Hauppauge prior to the performance of the work. Upon application for the pemrit, the Contractor will be required to supply the following: (1) Three (3) copies of a sketch or print showing description and location of the proposed work. The Engineer will supply these prints to the Contractor. (2) Contingent liability insurance for the State (in addition to his own liability insurance) shall be furnished in amounts and manner as required by the State of New York. The contingent protective liability and completed operations liability insurance policy to'cover: "The people of the State of New York and/or the Superintendent of Public Works covering liability arising with respect to all operations through highway permits by permittee or by anyone acting by, through or for the permittee, including omissions and supervisory acts of the State", in the amount of personal injury(including death) and property damage as required. 8. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Contractor will be furnished with five sets of Plans and Specifications giving all the details and dimensions necessary for carrying out the work. One copy of Plans and Specifications furnished to the Contractor must be kept constantly on the site. Anything shown on the Plans and not mentioned in the Specifications or.mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans and all the work and materials necessary for the completion of the work according to the intent and meaning of the Contract shall be furnished, performed and done as if the same were both mentioned in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. Any conflict or inconsistency between the Plans and Specifications, or any discrepancy between the figures and scale of Drawings, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer, whose decision thereon shall be conclusive. In the event the meaning of any portion of the Specifications or Drawings or any supplementary drawings or instructions of the Engineer is doubtful,the same shall be understood to call for the best type of construction,both as to materials and workmanship,which reasonably can be interpreted. All materials and workmanship must be strictly in accordance with the Specifications. The Plans show approximate size, arrangement and location of the proposed work. The Engineer will give base lines, grades, shapes and dimensions and the Contractor shall construct the work exactly in accordance with such instructions of the Engineer subject, however, to change as provided for under the headings "Changes and Alterations" and "Compensation to be Paid to the Contractor". Additional copies of Plans and Specifications,when requested,will be furnished to the Contractor at cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall furnish to each of the subcontractors and materialmen such copies of the Contract Documents as may be required for their work. GC-6 GENERAL CONDITIONS 9. CUTTING, PATCHING AND DIGGING: .The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by work of other contractors shown upon or reasonably implied by Drawings and Specifications for the completed structure, and he shall make good after them as Engineer may direct. Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by-cutting, digging or otherwise, and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor save with the consent of the Engineer. 10. ERRORS,OMISSIONS AND DISCREPANCIES: a) If any errors, omissions or discrepancies appear in the drawings, Specifications or other documents, the Contractor shall, within ten days from receiving such Drawings, Specifications or documents, notify the Engineer in writing, of such.errors or. omissions. In the event of the Contractor's failing to give such notice,he will be held responsible for the results of any such errors or omissions and the cost of rectifying the same. b)If, in the opinion of the Contractor, any world is shown on Drawings, or details, or is specified in such a manner as will make it impossible to produce a first class piece of work, or,should discrepancies appear between the Drawings and/or Specifications, he shall refer the same to the Engineer for interpretation before proceeding with the work. If the Contractor fails to make such references to.the Engineer,no excuse will thereafter be entertained for failure to carry out the work in satisfactory manner as directed. c) Should a conflict occur in or between the Drawings and Specifications and/or existing conditions, the Contractor shall be deemed to have estimated on the more expensive way of doing the work, unless he shall have asked for and obtained a decision in writing from the Engineer, before the submission of bids, as to which method or material will produce the results to the best interest of the Town. 11. TEMPORARY OFFICE & TOILET: The Contractor shall provide an office trailer for use by the town and its representatives. The trailer shall be climate controlled and have a clean plan table, desk and chair provided inside. The Contractor shall provide and maintain a sanitary temporary toilet where directed by the Engineer. The temporary toilet shall be enclosed and weatherproof and kept in a sanitary condition at all times. Upon removal of the temporary outside toilet,the vault shall be disinfected,filled and all evidence of the toilet removed from the site. 12. PROPER METHOD OF WORK AND PROPER MATERIALS: The Engineer shall have the power in general to direct the order and sequence of the work, which shall be such as to permit the entire work under this Contract to be begun and to proceed as rapidly as possible and such as to bring the several parts of the work to a successful pompletion at about the same time. If at any time before the commencement or during the progress of the work the materials and GC-7 GENERAL CONDITIONS appliances used or to be used appear to the Engineer as insufficient or improper for assuring the - quality of the work required, or the required rate of progress, he:may order the Contractor to increase their efficiency or to improve their character, and the failure of the Engineer to demand any increase of such efficiency or improvement shall not release the Contractor from his obligation to secure the quality of work or the rate of progress specified. During freezing or inclement weather, no work shall be done except such as can be done satisfactorily and in a manner to secure first-class construction throughout. All work shall be done in such a manner as will properly protect and support existing pennanent structures,pipe lines, etc. 13. INSPECTION: Inspectors shall be authorized to inspect all work done on materials furnished. Such inspections may extend to all parts of the work and to the preparation or manufacture of the materials to be used. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the Inspector as to materials furnished or the manner of performing the work, the Inspector shall have the authority to reject material or suspend the work until the question at issue shall be referred to and decided by the Engineer. The Inspector shall not be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax or release any requirements of these Specifications,nor to approve or accept any portion of the work,nor to issue instruction contrary to the Plans and Specifications. The Inspector shall in no case act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor or interfere with the management of the work by the latter. Any advice, which the Inspector may give the Contractor, shall:in no way be construed as binding the Engineer nor the Owner in any way nor releasing the Contractor from the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. The Contractor shall be conclusively presumed to be acquainted with all.existing_conditions and to guarantee that all work and materials shall,upon final completion of the work,be turned over to the Owner in a complete and perfect condition and he shall be responsible for the proper care, maintenance and protection of all work and material until his entire Contract is completed and all work and materials found in good condition and accepted. The Contractor will beheld responsible for the entire work until completed and accepted by the Engineer and the Owner. The Contractor shall, at all times,provide the Owners,Engineer,assistants and inspectors under him with necessary facilities for determining both on the work and at the places of manufacture, that all work being peifoimed and all materials being manufactured are strictly in accord with the Contract. Until acceptance of work by the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for all,damages to the work ,including action of the elements or any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall continuously and adequately protect the work against damage from any cause. 14. WAIVER: Neither the inspection by the Owner or Engineer or any part of their employees nor . any order, measurement or certificate by the Engineer nor any order by the Owner for the payment of any money nor any payment for or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the work by the Engineer or the Owner nor any extension of time nor any possession taken by the Owner or its employees shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Contract or of any power herein reserved to the Owner or any right to damages herein provided; nor shall any waiver of any breach of the Contract constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach. Any remedy provided in this Contract shall be construed as cumulative; that is in addition to each and every remedy herein provided. GC- 8 GENERAL CONDITIONS 15. WATER AND.ELECTRIC POWER: All water and electric power supply for construction purposes must be provided by the Contractor. The cost shall be borne by the,Contractor. 16. MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT: All machinery, equipment, trucks and vehicles used in the prosecution of.the work or in connection therewith, shall at all times be in proper working condition. The Contractor shall be responsible for curtailing noise, smoke, fumes or any other nuisance resulting from his operations: He shall, upon written notification from the Engineer, make any repairs, replacements, adjustments, additions, and furnish mufflers when necessary to fulfill these requirements. 17. MAINTENANCE: If, within one year from the date of issuance of the Final Certificate, any portion of the work shall,in the opinion of the Owner,require repairing,replacing, or rebuilding,the Contractor shall start such repairs within five (5) days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, and if the Contractor shall,fail or neglect to start such repairs within the said five (5) days, the Owner may employ such other person or persons as they deem proper to make such repairs and pay the expense thereof out of any sum retained by them, provided nothing herein contained shall limit the liability of the Contractor or his Surety to the Owner for nonperformance of the Contractor's obligations at any time.. 18. SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS: Within 5 days after the signing of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a proposed program of operations, showing clearly how he proposes to conduct the work so as-to bring about the completion of his work within the time limit specified. This program shall outline the proposed sequence of operations, the rates of progress and the dates when his work will be sufficiently advanced to permit the installation of work under this Contract. 19. RIGHT TO USE WORK: The Owner may enter upon and use the whole or any portion of the work,which may be in condition to use any time previous to its final acceptance by the Owner. Such use shall not constitute or be evidence of acceptance by the. Owner or the Engineer of the whole or any part of the material furnished or work performed under the Contract. 20. NOTICE OF WARNING: If the Contractor shall fail to_make prompt payment to persons supplying labor or materials for the work, or refuse or fail to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials or refuse or fail to prosecute the work or any part thereof with such diligence as will insure its completion within the period herein specified (or any duly authorized extension thereof) or fail to complete the work within said period or fail or refuse to regard laws, ordinances, codes, instructions of the Engineer, then the Engineer shall forward by registered mail to the Contractor, at the address given in the Contract, a Notice of Warning, and in the event the Contractor fails to comply with said Notice of Warning within five(5)days from receipt thereof,the Owner shall have the right to terminate the Contract. 21. WARNING SIGNS: Contractor shall provide and maintain proper luminous warning and detour signs where directed by the Engineer. Obstructions such as stored materials, equipment and excavations shall be marked with not less than two lights,which shall be not more than 4 feet apart. GC-9 GENERAL CONDITIONS All lights shall be kept burning from one-half hour before sunset to until one-half hour after sunrise. 22. ACCIDENT PREVENTION: During the performance of the work, the Contractor shall exercise all reasonable precautions for the protection of persons and property. The safety provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes shall be observed. Machinery, equipment and all other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the safety provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction published by the Associated General Contractors of America to the extent that such provisions are not inconsistent with Federal, State or Municipal laws or regulations. If any operation, practice or condition is deemed by the Engineer to be unsafe, he shall notify the Contractor in writing to take corrective action. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, any operation, practice or condition shall be promptly discontinued and before the affected part of the work is resumed,remedial action taken. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of Contractor as regards the protection of the work which may come to its attention, after 24 hours'notice in writing; except that in cases of emergency it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case to deduct the cost of such remedy from money due the Contractor. Nothing in the foregoing paragraphs shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility at all times for safe prosecution of the work. 23. DAMAGES: The Contractor shall pay and make good all losses or damages arising out of any cause connected-with the Contract and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims and any and all liability or responsibility of every nature and kind for any-loss, damage or injury which may be brought against the Owner or any of its officers or agents, by reason of, or connected with the work or materials famished under the Contract and shall'pay all costs and expenses of every kind, character, and nature whatever, occurring upon or arising out of the Contract. ` 24. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC: All work under this Contract is to be completed within the time indicated in the Contract Agreement or as extended by the Owner. If in the meantime it should become necessary, because of the lateness of the season, or any other reason to stop the work, the Contractor shall at his own expense, open proper drainage ditches, erect temporary structures where necessary,prepare the roads so there will be minimum interference with traffic, set up and maintain a competent organization as directed by the Engineer, to keep the highways in first class condition for traffic, and take every precaution to prevent any damage or unreasonable deterioration of the work during the time it is closed.. 25. FINAL SITE CLEARING: Before final payment will be approved, the Contractor shall prepare the construction areas as follows: All basins, manholes and pipe as constructed shall be cleaned free from accumulated construction dirt, silt, form work, etc., and all proper restoration as called for in the items of the Specifications shall be complete in every detail. The Contractor shall clean all construction areas free from accumulated forms, excavation fill, construction materials and construction shanties. All areas shall be completed in every detail and shall be broom cleaned from excess dirt and materials. GC- 10 GENERAL CONDITIONS 26. PROTECTION OF LAND MARKERS, TREES, SHRUBS, AND PROPERTY: Wherever in the conduct of the work, a monument marking a point of public or private survey is encountered or brought to view by excavation, the fact shall at once be communicated to the Engineer. In no case shall the Contractor remove theL same until the location for.resetting shall have been made by the Engineer. All monuments or land markings exposed to view when the work is first undertaken shall be carefully preserved and the greatest care exercised to prevent injury to or disturbance of position of the same. The unit price of all items shall include the cost of restoring to its former condition any sidewalks or curbs, as well as restoring any trees, shrubs or lawns that may be damaged during this construction. No additional payment will be made. The Contractor is required at his own expense to obtain any and all permits for use of private property if he uses such property for storage, transportation or accomplishment of the work under the Contract. Private property shall be cleaned up neatly, any damage repaired and premises- restored to their original condition. 27. PROTECTION OF UTILITIES: The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existence of structures of municipal and other public service corporations on or adjoining the site of the work, and give reasonable opportunity to.and cooperation with the owners of these utilities in the work of reconstructing or altering them. Such reconstruction and alteration shall be so conducted as to delay or interfere as little as practicable with.the work of the Contractor. Any additional cost of various items of work because of these utilities shall be included in the price bid for these items. The Engineer shall direct the public utility corporations to shift or remove those utility structures that may be necessary to permit the Contractor to carry out the work in accordance with the Plans. The.Contractor shall not remove or cause to be removed, any structure or part of a structure owned by a public utility corporation without the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate with the public utility corporation whose structures (aerial, surface or subsurface) are within the limits of or along the outside of the right-of-way, to make it possible for them to maintain uninterrupted service. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a way as to delay or interfere as little as practicable with the work of the utility corporation. 28. NO DAMAGES.FOR DELAY: Notwithstanding any other provisions to this Contract, the Contractor agrees to make no claim for damages for delay in the performance of this Contract occasioned by any act of the Town or any of its representatives, and agrees that any such claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time to complete performance of the work as provided herein. This provision shall not apply to any act or omission to act of the Town or any of its representatives, wherein the same is done in bad faith and with deliberate intent to delay the Contractor in the performance of this Contract. 29. RECORD KEEPING: The Contractor shall establish and maintain complete and accurate books, records, documents, accounts and other evidence directly pertinent to performance under this contract (hereinafter the "records"). The records must be kept for the balance of the contract GC- 11 GENERAL CONDITIONS term and for six(6)years thereafter. 30. SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: Within five days after receipt from the Engineer of notice to begin work, the Contractor will furnish written notice of names of all subcontractors to be employed on the project and the general items of work to be done by them. Simultaneously,the Contractor shall furnish written notice of the names of suppliers of materials to be used on the project. The Owner may disapprove for good cause any subcontractor or material supplier selected by the Contractor by giving written notice of its disapproval within five (5) days after receiving the . names of subcontractors and material suppliers, to the Contractor who shall thereupon promptly notify the Owner of the names of the subcontractor or material supplier selected in replacement which shall again be subject to approval by the Owner. 31. PENAL LAW: Attention is called to Section 1918 of the Penal Law as follows: Construction or blasting near pipes conveying combustible gas No person shall discharge explosives in the ground,nor shall any person other than a state or county employee regularly engaged in the maintenance and repair thereof excavate in any then existing street, highway, or public place, unless notice thereof in writing shall have been given at least seventy-two hours in advance to the person, corporation or municipality engaged in the distribution of gas in such territory. The person having direction or control of such work shall give such notice, and further he shall ascertain whether there is within one hundred feet in such street, highway or public place, or in the case of a proposed discharge of explosives within a radius of two hundred feet of such discharge, any pipe of any. other person, corporation or municipality conveying combustible gas; and if thereby any such pipe, he shall also give such notice to any other such person, corporation or municipality. Provided,however, that in any emergency involving danger to life, health, or property it shall be lawful to excavate without using explosives if the notices prescribed herein are given as soon as reasonably possible, and-to discharge explosives to protect a person or persons from an immediate and substantial danger of death or serious personal injury if such notices are given before any such discharge is undertaken. Any such work shall be performed in such manner.as to avoid danger to any pipe conveying combustible gas. Any violation of the provisions of this section shall be a misdemeanor. GC- 12 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT INDEX 1. Contract Documents and Definitions 2. Scope of the Work 3. Compensation to be paid to the Contractor 4. Time of Essence 5. Commencement of Work 6. . Time of Completion 7. Liquidated Damages for Delays 8. Extension of Time. No Waiver: 9. Weather 10. Contract Security 11. Laws and Ordinances 12. Qualifications for Employment 13. _ Non-Discrimination 14. Payment of Employees 15. Estimates and Payments 16. Acceptance of Final Payment Constitutes Release 17. Construction Reports 18. Inspection and Tests 19. Plans and Specifications: Interpretations 20. Subsurface Conditions Found Different 21. Contractor's Title to Materials 22. Superintendence by Contractor 23. Protection of Work,Persons and Property 24. Representations of Contractor 25. Patent Rights 26. Authority of the.Engineer , 27. Changes and Alterations 28. Correction of Work'' 29. Weather Conditions 30. The Owner's Right to Withhold Payments 31. The Owner's Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract 32. Contractor's Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract 33. Responsibility for Work 34. Use of Premises and Removal of Debris 35. Suits of Law M 36. Power of the Contractor to Act in an Emergency 37. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 38. Subletting,Successor and Assigns 39. General Municipal Law Clause 40. Grades,Lines,Levels,and Surveys 41. Insurance Requirements 42. Foreign Contractors 43. Lien Law 44. Refusal to Waive Immunity' 45. Exemption from Sales and Use Tax CC- 1 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT I. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DEFINITIONS The Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders; Proposal Form (Bid), Performance Bond, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Standard Insurance Requirements (SIR 1-3), Detailed Specifications, Contract Drawings and any Addenda, shall form part of this Contract,. and:the provisions thereof shall be as binding tipon the parties hereto, as if they were herein fully set forth. The table of contents, titles, heading, headlines, and marginal notes contained herein are solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect, limit or cast light upon the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Whenever the term "Contract Documents" is used, it shall mean and include the Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form (Bid), Performance Bond, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Standard Insurance Requirements (SIR 1-3), Detailed Specifications, Contract Drawings and any Addenda. In case of any conflict or inconsistency between.the provisions.of the Contract and those of the Specifications, the provisions of this Contract shall govern. Extra Work: The term "extra work", as used herein,,refers to and includes all work required by the Owner, which in the judgment of the Engineer involves changes in or additions toi work required by the Plans, Specifications and any Addenda in their present form and which is not covered by a specific unit price in the Form of Bid. Subcontractor: The term "subcontractor" shall mean any person, firm, or corporation supplying labor and material for work at the site of the prof ect but not including the parties to this Contract. Notice: The term"notice", as used herein, shall mean and include written notice. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served when delivered to, or at last known business address of,the person, firm or corporation for whom intended, or his,their, or its duly authorized agents, representatives, or officer, or when enclosed in a postage prepaid wrapper or envelope addressed to such person, firm or corporation at his, their or its last known business address and deposited in a United States mailbox. Directed,Required,Approved Acceptable: Whenever they.refer to the work or its performance, "directed", "required", permitted", "ordered", "designated", "prescribed", and words of like import shall imply the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Engineer, and "approved", "satisfied", or "satisfactory", "in the judgment of', and words of like import, shall mean approved, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to, or in the judgment of the Engineer. 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK The Contractor will furnish all plant, labor, materials, supplies, equipment and other facilities and things necessary or proper for, or incidental to, the work contemplated by this Contract as required by, and in strict accordance with the applicable Plans; Specifications and Addenda prepared by the Engineer and/or required by, and in strict accordance with, such changes as are ordered and approved pursuant to this Contract, and will perform all other obligations imposed on him by this Contract. CC-2 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 3. COMPENSATION TO BE PAID TO THE CONTRACTOR (a)Agreed Prices: It is understood and agreed that the Contractor will accept as payment in fiill the summation.of products of the actual quantities in place upon the completion of the work, as determined by the Engineer's measurements,by the unit prices bid,no allowance being made for. anticipated profit or for reasons of variations from the estimated quantities set forth in the Form of Bid. (b) Extra Work: The Owner may, at any time, by a written order and without notice to the Sureties, require the.performance of such. extra work or changes in the work as it may find necessary or desirable: The amount of compensation to be paid to the Contractor for any extra work,'as so ordered,shall be determined as follows: 1)By such applicable unit prices,if any, as set forth in the Contract, or 2) If no such unit prices are set forth,then by unit price or by a lump sum mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor; or 3)If no such unit prices are so set forth and if the parties cannot agree upon unit prices or a lump - sum; then by actual net cost in money to the Contractor of the materials, permits, wages of applied labor,premiums for Workmen's Compensation Insurance,payroll taxes required by law, rental for plant and equipment used (excluding small tools) to which total cost will be added twenty (20),percent as full compensation for all..other items of profit, costs and expenses, 'including administration, overhead, superintendence, insurance, insurance other than Workmen's Compensation Insurance, materials used in temporary structures, allowances made by the Contractor to subcontractors, additional premiums upon the Performance Bond of the Contractor and the use of small tools. 4. TEM OF ESSENCE INASMUCH AS THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT RELATING TO THE TIME OF . PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ENABLING THE TOWN TO PROCEED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF A PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH A PREDETERMINED PROGRAM, SUCH PROVISIONS ARE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. J• 5. COMAMNCEMENT OF WORK The Contractor agrees that he will commence work immediately on and not later than ten (10) days after signing of the Contract. 6. TEWE OF COMPLETION The time of completion of the entire contract work shall be TWO-HUNDRED TEN (210) CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date the contract is signed by all parties. The date of such completion shall be the date of the Certification of Completion herein specified.The entire work must be satisfactorily completed so that the project improvements are available to the Town for use. CC-3 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT The Owner reserves the right to order the Contractor to suspend operations,when in the opinion of the Engineer, improper weather conditions make such action advisable, and to order the Contractor to resume operations when weather and ground conditions permit. The days during which such suspension of work is in force are not chargeable against the specified completion date. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAYS The time limit being essential to and of the essence of this Contract,the Contractor hereby agrees that the Owner shall be, and is hereby authorized to deduct'and retain out of the money which may be due or may become due to said Contractor under this agreement, the sum of One Thousand Five Hundred ($1,500.00) per day.which amount is hereby agreed upon, fixed and determined by the parties hereto as the liquidated damages, including overhead charges,services, inspector's wages and interest.on the money invested, that the Owner will suffer by reason of such default, for each and every day during which the aforesaid work may be incomplete over and beyond the time herein stipulated for its completion in 6—Time of Completion, provided, however,that the Owner shall have the right to extend the time for the completion of said work. 8. EXTENSIONS OF TEME. NO WAIVER If the Contractor shall be delayed in the completion of his work by reason of unforeseeable causes beyond his control and without his fault or negligence,including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy,fires,floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes,riots, civil commotion's or freight embargoes,the period herein above specified for completion of his work shall be extended by such time as shall be fixed by the Owner. No such extension of time shall be considered a waiver by the Owner of its right to terminate the Contract for abandonment or delay by the Contractor as hereinafter provided, or relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for performance of his obligations hereunder. 9. WEATHER During unsuitable weather, all work must stop when such work would be subject to injury and the Contractor shall transfer his men and materials to those parts of the work where weather conditions will not have any effect on the workmanship. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any damages on account of such damages or suspension, and he must protect any work that might be injured by the elements and make good any work that is injured. 10. CONTRACT SECURITY (a) The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond, or other acceptable security, equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the bid as security for the faithful performance of the Contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection with this Contract. The Performance Bond shall be written so as to remain in full force and effect as a Maintenance Bond for a period of not less than one(1)year after the date of acceptance of the work by the Engineer. r CC-4 1 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (b)Additional or Substitute Bond: If at any time the Owner shall be or become dissatisfied with any surety or sureties, or if for any other.reason such bond shall cease to be adequate security to the Owner, the Contractor shall within.five (5) days after notice from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable bond in such form and sum and signed by such other surety as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bonds shall be made until the new surety shall have been qualified. 11. LAWS AND ORDINANCES In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall comply and obey all federal, state, county and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations relating to the performance of the Contract, including but not limited to, labor employed.thereon,materials supplied, obstructing streets and highways, maintaining signals, storing, handling and use of explosives and all other general ordinances and state statutes affecting him or his employees or his work hereunder in his relations with the Municipality or..any other persons, and also all laws, codes, ordinances controlling or limiting the Contractor while engaged in executing the work under the Contract. As a condition of.the Contract, the Contractor shall and does hereby agree to.comply with all requirements of the labor laws of the State of New York. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Sections 291-299 of the Executive Law and Civil Rights Law, shall furnish all information and reports deemed necessary by .the State- Commission for Human Rights, the Attorney General and the Industrial Commissioner for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such sections of the Executive Law and Civil Rights Law.. . The Contract may be forthwith cancelled, terminated or suspended, in whole or in part, by the contracting agency upon the basis of a finding made by the State Commission for Human Rights that the Contractor has not complied with these laws. The Contractor hereby expressly agrees to comply with all the provisions of the Labor Law and any and all amendments thereto, insofar as the same are applicable to this Contract. The Labor. Law, as amended, provides that no laborer, workman or mechanic in the employ of. the Contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the work contemplated by this Contract, shall be permitted or required to work more than eight (8) hours in any one (1) calendar day, except in cases of extraordinary emergency caused by fire, flood or danger to life or property; that no such person shall be employed more-than eight (8) hours in any day or more than five (5) days in any week expect in such emergency, that*the wages to be paid for a legal day's work as herein before defined, to laborers, workmen or mechanics upon the work called for under this Contract or upon any material used upon, or in connection therewith, shall not be less than the prevailing rate for a days work in the same trade or occupation in the locality within the state where such work is to be done and each laborer, workman or mechanic employed by the Contractor, subcontractor or other person about or upon the work shall be paid the wages herein provided; that employees engaged in the construction, maintenance, and repair of highways and in water works construction outside the limits of cities CC-5 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT and villages are. no longer exempt from the provisions of the Labor Law which require the - payment of the prevailing rate of wages and the eight(8)hour day. Section 222 of the Labor Law, as amended by Chapters 556 and 557 of the Laws of 1933, provides that preference in employment shall be given to citizens of the State of New York who have been residents of Suffolk County for at least six (6) consecutive months immediately prior to the commencement of their employment. Each person so employed shall furnish satisfactory proof of residence in accordance with rules adopted by the Industrial Commissioner. Persons _ other than citizens of the State of New York shall be employed only when such citizens are not available. Section 222 further provides that upon the demand of the State Industrial Commissioner,the Contractor shall fuurnish a list of names and addresses of all his subcontractors and further provides that a violation of this section shall constitute a misdemeanor and shall be punishable by a fine of not less than Fifty Dollars ($50.00)nor-more than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or by imprisonment for not less than thirty nor more than ninety days, or both fine and imprisonment. Section 220-A of the Labor Law, as amended by Chapter 472 of the Laws of 1932,provides that before payment is made by or on behalf of the State of any city, county, town or village or other civil division of the state of any sums due on account of a contract for a public improvement,it is the duty of the Comptroller or the financial officer of the Municipal Corporation to require the Contractor and each and every subcontractor to file a certified statement in writing, in satisfactory form, certifying to the amounts then due and owing to any and all laborers for daily or weekly wages on account of labor performed upon the work of the Contractor, setting forth therein the names of the persons whose wages are unpaid and the amount due each respectively. Section 220-B of the Labor Law, as so amended,provides that any interested person who shall have previously filed a protest in writing objecting to the amounts due or to become due to him for daily or weekly wages for labor performed on the public improvement for which the Contract was entered into, or if for any reason, it may be deemed advisable,the Comptroller of the State or financial officer of the Municipal Corporation may deduct from the whole amount of any payment on account thereof of the sums or sum admitted by any contractor or subcontractor in such statement or statements so filed to be due and owing by him on account of labor performed and may withhold the amount so deducted for the benefit of the laborers for daily or weekly . wages, whose wages are unpaid as shown by the verified statements filed by any contractor or subcontractor and may pay directly to any person the amount or amounts so shown to be due for such wages. Section 220-C of the Labor Law, as so amended,provides the penalty for making of a false oath or verification. Section 220-D of the Labor Law provides that the advertised Specifications for every contract for the construction, reconstruction, maintenance and/or repair of highways to which the State, county, town and/or village is a party shall contain a provision stating the minimum rate of hourly wage that can be paid, as shall be designated by the Industrial Commissioner, to the laborers employed in the performance of the Contract either by the Contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or part of the work contemplated by the CC-6 l` CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Contract, and the Contract shall contain a stipulation.that such laborers shall be paid not less.than ` such hourly minimum rate of wage. Any person or corporation that willfully pays, after.entering into such Contract, less.than such.stipulated minimum hourly wage scale shall be guilty of a misdemeanor' and upon conviction, shall be punished for first offense by a: fine of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or by imprisonment for not more-than thirty (30) days, or both by fine and imprisonment; for a second offense by a fine of One Thousand Dollars($1,000.00) and _ in addition thereto, the Contract on which the violation has occurred shall be forfeited, and.no such person or corporation shall be entitled to receive any sum nor shall any officer, agent or employee of the State pay the same or authorize its payment from the funds under his charge or control to any person or corporation for work done upon any.contract, on which the Contractor has been convicted of second offense in violation of the provisions of this section. The minimum wage rates established by the Industrial Commissioner, State of New York, for this Contract are set forth.herein above as part of"Instructions to Bidders". 12. QUALIFICATIONS FOR EMPLOYMENT No person under the age.of sixteen,(16)years and no person currently serving sentence in a penal or correctional institution shall.be employed to perform any work on the project under-this Contract. No person whose age or physical condition is such as to make his employment dangerous to his health or safety or to the health or safety of others,shall be employed to perform any work on this project; provided, however, that such restrictions shall not operate against the employment of physically handicapped persons, otherwise employable, where each person may be safely assigned to work which they can ably perform. 13. NON-DISCR IINATION There shall be no discrimination because of race, creed, color, national origin, age or sex in the employment of persons for work under this Contract, whether performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor. Neither shall the Contractor and subcontractor or any person acting on behalf of the Contractor or subcontractor discriminate in any manner against or intimidate any employee hired for the performance of work under this Contract on account of race, creed, color, national origin, age or sex. There may be deducted from the amount payable to the Contractor by the Owner under this. Contract a penalty of Five Dollars ($5.00) for each person for each calendar day during which such person was discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provisions of this paragraph;provided that for a second or any subsequent violation of the terms of this paragraph, this Contact may be canceled or terminated by the Owner and all monies due or to become due J hereunder maybe forfeited. 14. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES The Contractor and each of his subconti actors.shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this Contract in,full (less deductions made mandatory by law) in cash or company check and not less often-than once each week. CC-7 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 15. ESTIMATES &PAYMENTS (a) Monthly: At the end of each calendar month during the progress,of the work, the Engineer shall make an approximate estimate of the work satisfactorily done, based upon the prices set forth in the Proposal Form. In consideration of the work done,the Owner will pay or cause to be paid to the Contractor the amount estimated by the Engineer as due him less five(5)percent. The making of any such estimate or payment made thereon shall not be taken or construed as an - acceptance by the Owner of any work so estimated and paid for. The five percent (5%) of the amount of the monthly estimate remaining unpaid will be retained by the Owner as a guarantee that the Contractor will faithfully and completely fulfill all obligations unposed by the Contract and.Specifications, and against any damages caused the Owner by reason of any failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill all conditions and obligations herein contained. (b) Final Estimate: One month after the completion and acceptance of the work specified and contracted for, the Engineer will make a final estimate of all the work done. Thereafter, the Owner will pay the full amount; less prior payments, less any amounts retained to complete the work according to the provisions of the Specifications, less any money paid by the Owner by reason of said Contractor having failed to carry out faithfully and completely all the obligations and requirements herein contained. Upon final settleinent,_according to the conditions herein specified and not until such settlement shall have been made, will the Contractor be relieved from the obligations assumed in the Contract. y (c)Measurement for Payment: The Engineer shall make due measurement of work done during the progress of the.work and his estimate shall be final and conclusive evidence of the amounts of work performed by the Contractor under, and by virtue of, this agreement and shall be taken as full measure of compensation to be received by the Contractor. When requested by the Contractor, the Engineer shall measure, re-measure or re-estimate any portion of the work, but the expense of such re-measurement or re-estimating shall, unless material error is proved, be paid for by the Contractor. (d) No payments will be made for materials delivered to the site which have not been incorporated into the work. (e) Contractors and subcontractors are required to submit to.the Town, within thirty days after issuance of the first payroll,,and every thirty days thereafter, a transcript of the original payroll record, subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury. CC-8 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 16. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMMNT CONSTITUTES RELEASE The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be,and shall operate as a release to the Owner from all claims and all liabilities to the Contractor for all the things done or furnished in connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and others relating to or arising out of, this work, excepting the Contractor's claims for interest upon the final payment, if this payment be improperly delayed. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall operate to release the Contractor or his sureties from any obligations under this Contract or the Performance Bond. r . 17. CONSTRUCTION REPORTS The.Contractor shall submit to the Engineer prior to commencing any work under this Contract, a detailed schedule and plan-,of operations indicating the manner in which the Contractor proposes to prosecute the work and a time schedule therefor. Such schedules are not intended to bind the Contractor to a pre-determined plan or procedure, but rather to enable the Engineer to coordinate the work of the Contractor with work required of, and to be performed by others. The detailed schedule shall include a list of the subcontractors and material suppliers he proposes to use on the work. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with periodic estimates for partial payments as required elsewhere in the Contract Documents, and in addition thereto will furnish the Engineer with a detailed estimate for final payment. Prior to being eligible to receive the final payment under this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with substantial proof that all bills for services rendered and materials supplied have been paid. _t The enumeration of the above reports in no way relieves the Contractor of his responsibility under existing Federal or State Laws of filing such other reports with agencies as may be required by such existing laws or regulations. 18. INSPECTION AND TESTS All material and workmanship shall be subject to inspection, examination and test by the Engineer at any time during the construction and at any and all places where manufacturing of materials used and/or construction is carried on. Without additional charge, Contractor shall furnish promptly all reasonable facilities, labor and materials necessary to make any .tests required by the Engineer and/or required by the Specifications. If at any time before final acceptance of the entire work, the Engineer considers necessary or advisable an examination of any portion of the work already completed,by removing or tearing out the same, the Contractor shall upon request, furnish promptly all necessary facilities, labor and materials for such examination. If such work is found to be defective in any material CC-9 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT respect, due to the fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, or if any work shall be covered over without the approval or consent of the Engineer, whether or not the same shall be defective, the Contractor shall be liable for the expense for such examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If,however, such approval and consent shall have been given and such work is found to meet,the requirements of this Contract, the Contractor shall be recompensed for the expense of such examination and reconstruction in the manner.herein provided for the payment of cost of extra work. The selection of laboratories and/or agencies for the inspection and tests of supplies,materials or equipment shall be subject to the approval of or designated by the Owner. Satisfactory, documentary evidence that the material has passed the required inspection and tests must be furnished to the Engineer prior to the incorporation of the material in the work. Any rejected work will be removed from the site of the project completely at the expense of the Contractor. 19. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: INTERPRETATIONS The Contractor shall keep at the site of the work one copy of the Plans and Specifications signed and identified by the Engineer. Anything shown on the Plans and not mentioned in the Specifications or mentioned in the Specifications and not shown in the Plans shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. In case of any conflict or inconsistency between the Plans and Specifications, the Specifications shall govern. Any discrepancy between the figures and drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be conclusive. 20. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS FOUND DIFFERENT Should the Contractor encounter subsurface conditions at the site materially differing from those shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, he shall immediately give notice to the Engineer of such conditions, before they are disturbed; the Engineer shall thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if he finds that they materially differ from those shown on the Plans or indicated on the Specifications, he shall at once make such changes in the Plans and/or Specifications as he may find necessary. Any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes will be adjusted in the manner provided herein for adjustment as to extra and/or additional work and changes. 21. CONTRACTOR'S TITLE TO MATERULS No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or any subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the work. CC- 10 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 22. SUPERINTENDENCE BY CONTRACTOR At the site of the work,:the Contractor shall give his constant, personal attention to the work or employ a construction superintendent or,foreman who shall have full authority to act for the Contractor. It is understood that such representative shall be acceptable to the Engineer and shall be one who can be continued in that capacity for the particular job involved unless he ceases to be on the Contractor's payroll. The Contractor's superintendent and foreman must be able to read wand speak the English language. 23. PROTECTION OF WORK,,PERSONS AND PROPERTY Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the proper protection of all persons, property and work. The Contractor shall give notice to the owners of utilities which may serve the area and request their assistance in predetermining the location and depth of various pipes, conduits, manholes, and other underground facilities. The safety provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes shall be observed. Machinery, equipment and all hazards shall be guarded or eliminated in accordance with the safety provisions of the Manual of Accident, Prevention in Construction published by the Associated General Contractors of America, to the extent that such provisions are not in contravention of applicable law. The Contractor shall furnish entirely at his own expense any and all additional safety measures deemed necessary by the Owner or his Engineer to adequately safeguard the traveling public. The Contractor shall, at all hours of the day, safely guard and protect his own work and adjacent property from any damage and shall replace or make good any such damage, loss or injury, unless such be caused directly,by errors contained in the Contract Documents, or by the Owner or its duly authorized representatives. The Contractor shall-provide and maintain such watchmen, barriers, lights, flares and other signals at his own.expense; as will effectively prevent any accident,inconsequence of his work for which the Owner might be liable. The Contractor shall be liable for all injuries or damage.. caused by his act or neglect, or that of his employees. The Contractor shall take particular care to avoid the blocking of fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, letterboxes,traffic signals or other visible devices maintained for the use of the public. 24. REPRESENTATIONS OF CONTRACTOR The Contractor represents and warrants: . (a) That he is financially,solvent and that he is experienced in, and competent to, perform the type of work involved under this Contract and able to furnish the plant,materials, supplies and/or equipment to be furnished for the work; and (b) That he is familiar with all Federal, State and Municipal Law, ordinances and regulations: which may in any way affect the work of those employed hereunder,including but not limited to any special acts relating to the work; and CC- 11 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (c) That such work required by these Contract Documents as is to be done by him can be satisfactorily' constructed and used for. the purpose for which is intended and that such construction will not injure any person or damage any property, and (d) That he has carefully examined the Plans, Specifications and the site of the work, and that from his own investigations he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work;the character; location, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials, structures and utilities likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the work, the general local conditions which may in any way affect the work or its performance. 25. PATENT RIGHTS As part of his obligation hereunder and without any additional compensation,-the Contractor will pay for any patent fees or royalties required in respect to the work or any part thereof and will fully indemnify the Owner or his Engineer for any loss on account of any infringement of patent lights unless prior to his use in the work a particular process or a product of a particular manufacturer he notifies the Engineer in writing that such process or product is an infringement of a patent. 26. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER In the performance of the work, the Contractor shall abide by all orders and directions. and requirements of the Engineer and shall perform work to the'satisfaction of the Engineer, at such time and places, by such methods, and in such manner and sequence as he may require. The Engineer shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of all parts of the work, shall interpret the Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents and any extra work orders and shall decide all other questions in connection with the work. Upon request,the Engineer shall confirm in writing any oral orders, directions,requirements or determinations. The enumeration herein or elsewhere in the Contract Documents of particular instance in which the opinion, judgment, discretion or determination of the Engineer shall control or in which work shall be performed to his satisfaction or subject to his approval or inspection, shall not imply that only matters similar- to those enumerated shall be so governed and performed,but without exception all the work shall be governed and so performed. 27. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Owner, upon the Engineers recommendation, reserves the. right to make alterations in location, line, grade, plan, form or dimensions of the work, or any part thereof, either before or after the commencement of construction. If such alterations diminish the amount of work to be done, no claim for damages or anticipated profits will be warranted on the work, which may be dispensed with. If such alterations increase the amount of work, such increases shall be paid for according to the quantity of work actually done and at the prices for such work as contained in the schedule of prices. CC- 12 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 28. CORRECTION OF WORK All work and all materials whether incorporated into the work or not, all processes of manufacture and all methods, of construction shall be at all times and places subject to the inspection of the.Engineer who shall be the final judge of quality, materials, processes of manufacture and methods of construction suitable for the purpose for which they are used. Should they fail to meet his approval, they shall be forthwith reconstructed, made good and replaced and/or corrected as the case may be,by the Contractor,at his own expense. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not desirable to replace any defective -or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the work injured or not performed in accordance with.the Contract Documents, the compensation to, be paid to the Contractor hereunder shall be reduced by such amount as in the judgment of the Engineer shall be equitable. The Contractor expressly warrants that his work shall be free from any defects in materials or workmanship and agrees to correct any defects,which may appear within one year following the final completion of the work. Neither the acceptance of the completed work nor payment therefor shall operate to release the Contractor or his sureties from any obligations'under or upon this Contract or the Performance Bond. 29. WEATHER CONDITIONS In the event of temporary suspension of work or during inclement weather or whenever the Engineer shall direct, the Contractor will, and will cause his subcontractors to protect carefully his and their work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If in the opinion of the Engineer any work or material shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the. part of the Contractor or any of his subcontractors to protect his or their work, such work and materials shall be removed and.replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 30. THE OWNER'S RIGHT TO.WITHHOLD PAYMENTS The Owner may withhold from the Contractor so much of any approved payments clue him as may,in the judgment of the Owner,be necessary: (a) To assure the payment of just claims then due and unpaid of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work; (b)To protect the Owner from loss due to defective work not remedied; or (c) To protect the Owner from loss due to injury to persons or damage to the work or property of other contractors or subcontractors or others, caused by the act or neglect of the Contractor or any of his subcontractors. The Owner shall have the right, as agent for the Contractor to apply such amounts so withheld in such manner as the Owner may deem proper to satisfy such claims or to secure such protection. Such applications of such money shall be deemed payments for the account of the Contractor. CC- 13 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 31. THE OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT If, (a)The Contractor shall be adjudged.bankrupt or make an- assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (b)A receiver or liquidator shall be appointed for the Contractor for any of his property and shall not be dismissed within 20 days after such appointment, or the proceedings in connection therewith shall not be stayed on appeal within the said 20 days; or (c) The Contractor shall'refuse or fail, after. notice or warning fiom the Engineer, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials; or (d) The Contractor shall refuse or fail to prosecute the work or any part thereof with such diligence as will insure its completion within the periods herein.specified(or any duly authorized extension thereof)or shall fail to complete the work within said periods; or (e) The Contractor shall fail to make prompt payments to persons.supplying labor or materials for the work; or (f) The Contractor shall fail or refuse to regard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the Engineer or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provisions of this Contract;then and in any such event, the Owner, without prejudice to any other rights or remedy it may have, may by seven(7)days'notice to the Contractor,terminate the employment of the Contractor and his rights to proceed either as to the entire work or(at the option of the Owner) as to any portion thereof as to which delay shall have occurred, and may take possession of the work and complete the work by contract or otherwise, as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the compensation to be paid the Contractor hereunder shall exceed the expense of so completing the work(including compensation for additional managerial, administrative and inspection services and any damages for delay), such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable to the Owner for such excess. If the right of the Contractor to proceed with the work is so terminated,the Owner may take possession of and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances, supplies, plant and equipment as may be on the site of the work and necessary thereof. If the Owner does not so terminate the right of the Contractor to proceed,the Contractor shall continue to work. 32. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMMATE CONTRACT If the work shall be stopped by order of the Court or other public authority for a period of three (3) months without act or fault of the Contractor or any of his agents, servants, employees or subcontractors, the Contractor may, upon ten (10) days' notice to the. Owner, discontinue his performance of the work and/or terminate the Contract, in which event,the liability of the Owner to the Contractor shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 31. The Contractor shall not be CC - 14 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT obligated to pay to the Owner any excess of the expense of completing the work over the unpaid balance of the compensation to be paid to the Contractor hereunder. 33. RESPONS]BILITY FOR WORK The Contractor agrees to be responsible for the entire work embraced in this Contract until its completion and final acceptance, and that any unfaithful or imperfect work that may become damaged from any cause either by act of commission or omission to properly.guard and protect the work that may be discovered at'any time before the completion and acceptance shall be removed and replaced by good and satisfactory work without any charge to the Owner, and that such removal and.replacement will be performed immediately on 'the requirement of the Engineer, notwithstanding the fact that it may have been overlooked by the proper inspector, and partial payment made thereon. It is fully.understood by the Contractor that the inspection of the work shall not relieve him of any obligation to do sound and.reliable work as herein prescribed, and that any omission to disapprove any work by the Engineer at or before the time of partial payment or other estimate shall not be construed to be acceptance of any defective work. 34. USE OF PREMISES AND REMOVAL OF DEBRIS. The Contractor expressly undertakes at his own expense: (a) To store,his apparatus,materials,supplies and equipment in such orderly fashion at the site of the work as will not unduly interfere with the progress of his work or the work of any of his subcontractors; (b) To frequently clean up all refuse,rubbish, scrap materials and debris caused by the operations to the end that at all times, the site:of the work shall present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance; (c)Before final payment hereunder to remove all surplus material,temporary structures,plants of any description and debris of every nature resulting from his operations. 35. SUITS OF.LAW The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from and against all suits, claims; demands or actions,for any injury sustained or alleged to be sustained by any party or parties in connection with the construction of the work or any part thereof, or any commission or omission. of the contractor, his employees or agents of any subcontractor, and in case of any such action shall be brought against the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately take charge of and defend the same at his own cost and expense. 36. POWER OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN AN EMERGENCY In case of an emergency, which threatens loss or injury to property and/or safety of life, the Contractor will be permitted to act as he sees fit without previous instructions from the Engineer. He shall notify the Engineer thereof immediately and any compensation claimed by. the Contractor due to extra work made necessary because of his acts in such emergency shall be CC- 15 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT submitted to the Engineer for approval. Where the Contractor has not taken action but has notified the Engineer of an an emergency indicating injury to persons or damage to adjoining property or to the work being accomplished under this Contract, then upon authorization from the Engineer to prevent such threatened injury or damage, he shall act as instructed by the Engineer. The amount of reimbursement claimed by the Contractor on account of any such action shall be determined in the manner provided herein for the payment of extra work. 37. PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW DEEMED INSERTED Each and every-provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall read and be enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party the Contract shall be forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 38. SUBLETTING,SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS The Contractor shall not sublet any part of the work under this Contract nor assign any money due him hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Owner. This Contract shall insure the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereunder and upon their respective successors and assigns,but neither party shall assign or transfer his interest herein in whole or in part without consent of the other. 39. GENERAL MUNICIPAL LAW CLAUSE Pursuant to the provisions of Section 103-a of the General Municipal Law, in the event that the Bidder or any member, partner, director or officer of the Bidder, should refuse, when called before a grand jury to testify concerning any transaction or contract had with the State, any political subdivision thereof, a public authority or any public Department, agency or official of the State or of any political subdivision thereof or of a public authority, to sign a waiver of immunity against subsequent criminal prosecution or to answer any relevant question concerning such transaction or contract, such person, and any firm,partnership, or corporation of which he is a member,partner, director or officer shall be disqualified from thereafter selling to or submitting bids to or receiving awards from or entering into any contracts with any municipal corporation or any public Department, agency or official thereof for goods,work or services for a period of five (5) years after such refusal, and any.and all contracts made with any municipal corporation or any public Department, agency or official thereof on or after the first day of July, 1959,by such person, and by any firm,partnership or corporation of which he is.a member,partner, director or officer may be cancelled or terminated by the municipal corporation-without incurring any penalty or damages on account of such cancellation or termination,but any monies owing by the municipal corporation for goods delivered or work done prior to the cancellation or termination shall be paid. CC- 16 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 40. GRADES,LINES,LEVELS AND SURVEYS The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor with the basic horizontal and vertical controls from which the Contractor shall transfer and stake his lines and grades and for their accuracy. The Engineer will establish the basic horizontal and vertical controls at the start of the.work, and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to safeguard such controls; and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, these controls are damaged or destroyed either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall pay the cost of having the damaged controls verified, checked,corrected or replaced. 41. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall not commence work until the Town has approved all the insurance required under this Contract as required immediately following the Instructions to Bidders.Additionally, the Contractor shall indemnify and.save harmless the Town of Southold from and against all losses and all claims, demands,payments, suits, actions,recoveries and judgments of every kind or nature,brought or recovered against the Town of Southold by reason of any act or omission of the Contractor,his agent or employees in the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit any subcontractor to commence any work under this contract until satisfactory proof of carnage of the required insurance has been posted with,and approved by the Town. 42. -FOREIGN CONTRACTORS Foreign Contractors must comply with the provisions of Articles 9A and 16 of the Tax Law, as. amended, prior to submission of a bid for the performance of this work. The certificate of the New York State Tax Commission to the effect that all taxes have been paid by the foreign contractor shall be conclusive proof of the payment of taxes. The term "foreign contractor" as used in this subdivision means in the case of an individual, a,person who is a legal resident of another state or foreign country; and in the case of a foreign corporation, one organized under the laws of a state other than the State of New York. 43. LIEN LAW Attention of all persons submitting bids is specifically called to the provisions of Section 25, Subdivision 5, Section 25A and 25B of the Lien Law, as amended, in relation to funds being received by a contractor for a public improvement declared to constitute trust funds in the hands of such Contractor to be applied first to the payment of certain claims. 44. REFUSAL TO WANE IMMUNITY Pursuant to the provisions of Section 103-A of the General Municipal Law, in the event that the bidder or any member,partner, director or officer of the bidder, should refuse when called before a grand jury,to testify concerning any transaction or contract had with the State, any political subdivision thereof, a public authority or with any public department, agency or official of the CC- 17 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 1 State or of any political subdivision thereof or of an authority, to sign a waiver of immunity against subsequent criminal prosecution or to answer any Televant question -concerning such transaction or contract, such person, and any firm,partnership or corporation of which he is a member, partner, firm director or officer shall be disqualified from thereafter selling to or submitting bids to or receiving awards from or entering into any contracts with any mwucipal corporation or any public department, agency, or official thereof, for goods,work or services, for a period of five (5) years after such refusal, and any and all contracts made with any municipal corporation or any public department, agency, or official thereof on or after the first day of July, 1959, by such person and any firm,partnership or corporation of which he is a member,partner, director or officer may be cancelled or terminated by the municipal corporation without incurring any penalty or damages on account of such cancellation or termination,but any monies owing by the municipal corporation for goods delivered' or work done prior to the cancellation or termination shall be paid. 45. EXEMPTION FROM SALES AND USE TAXES In accordance with Chapter 513 of the laws of 1974 adopted by the New York State Legislature, amending Section. 1115 (a) of the tax law, specifically paragraphs 15 and 16, political subdivisions, as described in subdivision(a)paragraph(L) of section 1116 of the tax laws, of the State of New York are exempt from the payment of sales and use taxes imposed on tangible personal property within the limitations specified in tax law 1115 (a) (15)and(16). (15) Tangible personal property sold to a contractor, subcontractor or repairman for use in erecting a structure or building of an organization described in subdivision(a)of section 1116, or adding to, altering or improving real property, property,or land of such an organization, as the terms real property, property and land are defined in the real property tax law; provided, however,no exemption shall exist under this paragraph unless such tangible personal property is to become an integral component part of such structure,building or real property. (16) Tangible personal property sold to a contractor or repairman for use in maintaining, servicing or repairing real property, or land of an organization described in subdivision (a) of section 1116, as the terms real property,property or land are defined in the real property tax law; provided, however, no exemption shall exist under this paragraph unless such tangible personal property is to become an integral component part of such structure,building or real property. - Contractors entering into Contract with the Town of Southold shall be exempt from payment of sales and use tax as described above. Procedures and forms are available to the Contractor direct from the Instructions and Interpretations Unit, State of New York, Department of Taxation and Finance, State Campus,Albany,New York, 12227. CC- 18 Town of Southold "Southold Highway Storage Barn Replacement" .;PROPOSAL PACKAGE BID OPENS: APRIL 10, 2025 . REMINDER NOTE.!!!: VENDORS MUST RETURN THIS DOCUMENT . INTACT AND FILLED 'OUT COMPLETELY! ! (Do. Not Sign the Contract Agreement. It is included only for informational purposes, and will be signed by the successful bidder after award.of;contract.) All line items on the Proposal Form must be filled in! All lines-must.have an indication of the bidder's response whether it is a dollar figure or No Bid. Please DO NOT remove any pages from this bid package! ! ! Thank you! Proposal Package 1 of 11 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST Your response to our above referenced bid will be considered unresponsive and will be rejected if the following forms are not included at the time of the bid opening. ❑ Notarized Affidavit of Non-Collusion as required by NYS Law. ❑ A Bid Deposit in the amount of Five Percent of Bid Price as required in the Invitation to Bid. ❑ As per specifications,the Town of Southold requires a current insurance certificate,with the Town of Southold listed as additional insured, to be on file in the Purchasing Department. You will be given ten(10)business days from notice of award to supply this form or the bid will be rescinded. ❑ Vendor Information Sheet and Address Record Form. ❑ Assumed Name Certification. ❑ Bidder's Qualification Statement. NOTE: Please do NOT sign the Contract Agreement. It is included only for informational purposes, and will be signed by the successful bidder after award of the contract. Proposal Package 2 of 11 VENDOR NAME: VENDOR INFORMATION SHEET TYPE OF ENTITY:CORP. PARTNERSHIP i INDIVIDUAL FEDERAL EMPLOYEE ID#: OR SOCIAL SECURITY#: DATE OF ORGANIZATION: IF APPLICABLE: DATE FILED: STATE FILED: If a non-publicly owned Corporation: CORPORATION NAME: LIST PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS: (5% of outstanding shares) LIST OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS: NAME TITLE If a partnership: PARTNERSHIP NAME: LIST PARTNERS NAMES: Proposal Package 3 of 11 ADDRESS RECORD FORM MATE,BID TO: VENDOR NAME: ADDRESS: CONTACT: TELEPHONE: FAX: E-MAIL: ONLY if different - MAILL PURCHASE ORDER TO: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE: . FAX: CONTACT: E-MAIL: ONLY if different - MAIL PAYMENT TO: ADDRESS: . TELEPHONE: FAX: CONTACT: E-MAIL: Proposal Package 4 of 11 r VENDOR NAME: . ASSUMED NAME CERTIFICATION *If the business is conducted under an assumed name, a copy of the certificate required to be filed under the New York general business law must be attached. ASSUMED NAME: If the bidder is an individual, the bid must be signed by that individual; if the bidder is a corporation, by an officer of the corporation, or other person authorized by resolution of the board of directors, and in such case a copy of the resolution.must be attached; if a partnership, by one of the partners or other person authorized by a writing signed by at least one general partner and submitted with the bid or previously filed with the Purchasing Agent. The submission of this constitutes a certification that no Town Officer has any.interest therein. (Note: In the event that any Town Officer has any such interest, the full nature thereof should be disclosed below. It is not forbidden that individuals working for the Town of Southold or other municipality bid on contracts only that such interest be revealed when they,do bid.) INSURANCE STATEMENT Bidder agrees as follows -please mark appropriate box: Insurance Certificate as requested is attached I certify that I can supply insurance as specified if awarded the bid ❑ Insurance Certificate filed on DATE FAILURE TO PROVIDE SPECIFIED INSURANCE SHALL DISQUALIFY BIDDER. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE 1 Proposal Package 5 of 11 AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION I hereby attest that I am the person responsible within my firm for the final decision as to the prices(s) and amount of this bid or, if not, that I have written authorization, enclosed herewith, from that person to make the statements set out below on his or her behalf and on behalf of my firm. I further attest that: 1. The price(s) and amount of this bid have been arrived at independently,. without consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition with any other contractor,bidder or potential bidder. - 2. Neither the price(s), nor the amount of this bid,have been disclosed to any other firm or person who is a bidder or potential bidder on this project, and will not be so disclosed prior to bid opening. I No attempt has been made or will be made.to solicit, cause or induce any firm or person to refrain from bidding on this project, or to submit a bid higher than the bid of this firm, or any intentionally high or non-competitive bid or other form of complementary bid. 4. The bid of my fur is made in good faith and not pursuant to any agreement or discussion with, or inducement from any firm or person to submit a complementary bid. 5. My firm has not offered or entered into a subcontract or agreement regarding the purchase of materials or services- from any other firm or person, or offered, promised or paid cash or anything of value to any firm or person, whether in connection with this or any other project, in consideration for an agreement or promise by an firm or person to refrain from bidding or to submit a complementary bid on this project. 6. My firm has not accepted or been promised any subcontract or agreement regarding the sale of materials or services to any firm or person, and has not been promised or paid cash or anything of value by any firm or person, whether in connection with this or any project, in consideration for my frm's submitting a complementary bid, or agreeing to do so, on this project. 7. I have made a diligent inquiry of all members, officers, employees, and agents of my firm with responsibilities relating to the preparation, approval or submission of my firm's bid on this project and have been advised by each of them that he or she has not participated in any communication, consultation, discussion, agreement, collusion, act or other conduct inconsistent with any of the statements and representations made in this affidavit. The person signing this bid,under the penalties of perjury, affirms the truth thereof. SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS Signature&Company Position Type Name&Company Position DAY OF 20 Company Name NOTARY PUBLIC Date Signed Federal I.D.Number Proposal Package 6 of 11 1 r THE PROPOSAL FORM Southold Highway Storage Barn Replacement VENDOR NAME: VENDOR ADDRESS: TELEPHONE NUMBER: FAX: The undersigned bidder has carefully examined the Contract Documents and will provide all necessary labor; materials; equipment and incidentals as necessary and called for in the said Contract Documents in the manner prescribed therein and in said Contract, and in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, at the prices listed on the attached Bid Proposal Form. If the bidder is an individual, the bid must'be signed by that individual; if the bidder is a corporation, the bid must be signed by an officer of the corporation, or other person authorized by resolution of the board of directors, and in such case a copy of the resolution must be attached; if a partnership, by one of the partners or other person authorized by a writing signed by at least one general partner and submitted with the bid documents. The submission of this constitutes a certification that no Town Officer has any interest therein. (Note: In the event that any Town Officer has,any such interest, the full nature thereof should be disclosed below. It is not forbidden that individuals working for the Town of Southold or other municipalities bid on contracts,but only that such interest be revealed when they.do bid.) The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda(if none were issued please write N/A below): Addendum No. Dated Proposal Package 7 of 11 FOR jr SCHEDULE OF PRICES TOWN OF SOUTHOLD, HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT ORAGE- AD TOWN OF 275 PECONIC LANE HIGHUyA'�STRA6E•BARN CONTRACT-A PECONIC, NY 11958 - 00 ITEM NO. ESTIMATED UNIT DESCRIPTION OF ITEM UNIT BID PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT BID � QUANTITY (FWLin UrIlFrice Written In Wards) u _.. DOLLARS CENTS DOLLARS CENTS "ALLOWANCE,FORCE BID _ Al 1 LS $30,000 o for THIRTY THOUSAND 1LS p Dollars Cents GENERAL`CONDITIONSS`SITE"MOBILIZATION,- A2 1 L8 for 1LS Dollars Cents "il COMPLETE DEhAOLITION'OF EXISTING'.BUILDING �__ -_ , -- -- - —. A3 1 LS for a_._ .._ - iL5 _ ®altars Cents A4 1 LS P y for 1!S Oollars Cents _ - COMPLETE SITE-WORK - AS LS for 1L5 Dollars Cents "COMPL'ETE CONCRETE FOUNDATION+"AND.CaNCRETE;SL:ABIAPRONS _ AG 4 LS -for ILS Dollars Gents INF•1 - SCHEDULE OF PRICES FOR TOWN OF SOUTHOLD,HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT TOWN OFSOUTHOLf} 275 pgr✓ONIC LANE �R o HIGHWAY STORAGE BARN PECONIC, NY 11958 c - CONTRACT-E b�O e� x ,lTENI NO, ESTIMATED UNIT DESCRIPTION OF ITEM UN[T-BID•PRICE EXTENDED, MOUNT BID `d ca QUANTITY (Felt in Unit Price Written in Words) ;Li DOLLARS CENTS DOLLARS CENTS -,GQNSTRUCTIN•ALLOWANCE'FQRCE'BID E1 1 LS $15,000 for FIFTEEN THOUSAND lLS !Zt Dollars Cents -GENERAL CONDITIONS.B;SITE:MOBILIZATION`__ E2 1 LS far +LS Dollars Cents POVJPR ELECTRIC_,AND LIGHTING - E3 1 LS for ILS Dollars Cents ^"FIRE-ALARM= - EMI 1 LS for ILS Dollars Cents SCHEDULE OF PRICES FOR TOWN OF SOUTHOLD,HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT TOWN OF SOUTHOLd 275 PECflNIG LANE HIGHWAY STORAGE BARN CONTRACT-P PECOhfIG, NY 11958 4-1 ITEM NO ESTIMATED' UNIT DESCRIPTION OF ITEM UNIT BID PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT BID too e� QUANTITY (FII in Unit Price Written in Words) DOLLARS CENTS DOLLARS CENTS � ^_ CONSTR!4g 1ON ALLOWRNCE ID- PiW es 1 LS $15,000 p for FIFTEEN THOUSAND 1LS =4 Dollars Cents "'` "` """GENERAL CONDITIONS&'SITE IJ1061LIZATION-_ - - � P2 1 LS for rLS motto rs Cents PLUMBING"AND FIRE SUPPRESSIQN' P3 1 LS for LS Dollars Cents CONNECT 0 TO WATER�1SERVICE _ Ph 1 LS for 1LS Dollars Cents TOTAL BID AMOUNT(Written): COMPANY: REPRESENTATIVE'S SIGNATURE: DATE: NOTE: The Town of Southold reserves the right to Increase,decrease,or eliminate In its entirety any or all Items prior to or after award of the bid. The estimated quantitles utilized for this bid worn developed based upon take-offs from generated plans as wall as field measuramonis- It is requested that all prospective bidders verify these figures to their satisfaction prior to the bidding, The City cannot guarantee these estimates, in fact; actual quantities may vary significantly due to field conditions or - circumstances encountered. IF'F-:4 AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE PRINT NAME TITLE DATE . ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF NEW PORK, COUNTY OF _ ) ss.: On the day of in the year 2025 before me, the undersigned,personally appeared, .personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument,the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument. NOTARY PUBLIC Proposal Package 11 of 11 Town of Southold BIDDER'S OUALITICATION STATEMENT The signatory of this questionnaire certifies under oath the truth and correctness of all statements and of all answers to interrogatories hereinafter made. SUBMITTED BY: A Corporation A Partnership or Entity FIRM NAME: An Individual PRINCIPAL OFFICE: PRINCIPAL OFFICERS: BACKGROUND TITLE NAME ADDRESS PROFESSION/TRADE 1. How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? 2. You normally perform what percent of the work with your own forces? % List trades that you organization normally performs below: 3. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? .If so,.note where and why. 4. Are there any claims,judgments,arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your firm or its officers?If yes,please provide details. QS-1 t 5. Has your firm requested arbitration or filed any lawsuits with regard to construction. contracts within the last five years?If yes,please provide details. 6:--1 List the major construction projects your organization has underway at this date: Name of: Engineer/ Project Owner Architect Contract Percent Scheduled Name Telephone# Telephone# Amount Complete Completion 7. List five major projects you organization has completed in the past five years: Name of: Engineer/ Work Done Project Owner Architect Contract Date of With Own Forces Name Telephone# Telephone# Amount Completion %of Work QS-2 I 8. List the construction experience of the principal individuals of your organization . (particularly the anticipated project supervisors): Present Typo of Work Position Years of For Which In What Individual's Name Of Office Experience Responsible Ca aci 9. Do you have, or can you obtain, sufficient labor and equipment to commence work when required and complete the work within the Contract Time? 10. Bank References: . 11. Trade Association Membership: 12. Has your firm ever been investigated by the New York State Department of Labor for prevailing wage rate violations?If yes,when?What was the outcome of the investigation? QS-3 13. Attach current state of financial conditions showing assets,liabilities and net worth. Failure to attach the required documentation may be considered non-responsive on the part of the Bidder and may result in rejection of the Bidder's Proposal. STATE OF ). COUNTY OF ) being duly sworn deposes and says that he is the of contractor and that answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. y (Signature of person who signed bid) Sworn to before me this day of ,2025 Notary Public Commission Expiration Date: QS-4 CONTRACT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT made this day of Two Thousand and Twenty-Four by and between the Town of Southold, party of the first part (hereinafter called the Owner), and , party of the second part(hereinafter called Contractor). WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the premises and the agreements herein contained, and the payments herein provided to be made, the parties hereto agree as follows: FIRST: The Contractor shall perform all labor, and furnish all the materials, equipment, tools, and implements and will well and faithfully perform and complete the entire work associated with the Southold Iiimhway StoraLe Barn Replacement. AS DESCRIBED IN THE Contract Documents made and prepared by the Town of Southold, and as set forth in the Contractor's Bid dated , and in strict and entire conformity and in accordance with the Notice to Bidders,Instiuctions to Bidders, Proposal Form (Bid), Performance Bond, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Standard Insurance Requirements (SIR 1-3), Detailed Specifications, Contract Drawings, Addenda, and this Agreement, hereto annexed and made a part hereof, and hereinafter collectively referred to as "Contract Documents". SECOND: In Consideration of the Contractor performing this Contract in the manner herein stated and as stated in the Contract Documents, the Owner promises and agrees to pay or cause to be paid to the Contractor the sums of money mentioned in said Contract Documents in the manner and under the conditions therein provided. THIRD: The Contractor covenants and agrees that, anything in this Contract or in the Contract Documents to be contrary notwithstanding, or regardless of any matter, thing, contingency of condition unforeseen or otherwise, present or future, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any additional or further sums of money than the amounts in said Contract Documents provided; and the failure of the Owner or its agents to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms, covenants, agreements,provisions or conditions in this Agreement or in the Contract Documents, on any one or more instances, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of any such terms, covenants, agreements,provisions and conditions and the same shall be and remain in full force and effect with power and authority on the part of the Owner to enforce the same or cause the same to be enforced at any time, without prejudice to any other rights which the Owner may have against the Contactor under this Agreement or the Contract Documents. A-1 FOURTH: The Contractor agrees to indemnify and save the Town,its officers, agents and employees harmless from any liability imposed upon the Town, its officers,.agents and/or employees arising from the negligence, active or passive, of the Contractor and from and against any damages, claims, or expenses,including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of Contractor's breach of the Agreement or from Contractor's acts or omissions outside the scope of the Agreement or arising out of claims or actions by third parties against Contractor by virtue of its performance of this Agreement. FIFTH: Terms used in the Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions: SIXTH:Neither Owner nor Contractor shall,without the prior written consent of the other, assign or sublet in whole or part his interest under any of the Contact Documents; and, specifically,Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due without the prior written consent of the Owner. SEVENTH: Owner and Contractor each-binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of the other party hereto in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. EIGHTH: The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor and may only be altered, amended or repealed by a duly executed written instrument signed by both parties. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written. Total Bid Dollars Written in Words Written in Figures TOWN OF SOUTHOLD CONTRACTOR BY BY Albert J.Krups1d Jr., Supervisor TITLE A-2 ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF On the day of in the year 2025 before me,the undersigned, personally appeared, ,personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s)whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s)on the instrument,the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted,executed the instrument. - NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF )ss.: On the day of in the year 2025 before me, the undersigned, personally appeared, ,personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s)whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument,the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted,executed the instrument. NOTARY PUBLIC A-3 Kathy Hochul,Governor 9,p �,Q' Roberta Reardon,Commissioner Town of Southold Schedule Year 2024 through 2025 Joseph Rutt .: Date Requested 09/24/2024 437 South Country Road. PRC# 2024012164 Brookhaven NY 11719 Location. Southold Highway Department Project ID# Project Type Demolish existing Storage Barn. Install new 3 bay Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure.Associated site work. No sanitary plumbing in new barn. PREVAILING WAGE-SCHEDULE FOR ARTICLE 8 PUBLIC WORK PROJECT Attached is the current schedule(s) of the prevailing wage rates and prevailing hourly supplements for the project referenced above. A unique Prevailing Rate Case Number (PRC#) has been assigned to the schedule(s)for-your project. The schedule is effective from July 2024 through June 2025. All updates, corrections, posted on the 1 st business day of each month, and future copies of the annual determination are available on the Department's website wWw.labor.ny.gov. Updated PDF copies of your schedule can be accessed by entering your assigned PRC# at the proper•location on the website. It is the responsibility of the contracting_agency or its agent to annex and make part,.the attached schedule,.to the specifications for this project, when it is advertised'for bids and /or to forward said schedules to the successful bidder(s), immediately upon receipt, in order to insure the proper payment of wages. Please refer to the "General.Provisions of Laws Covering Workers on Public Work Contracts provided with this schedule, for the specific°details relating to other responsibilities of the Department of Jurisdiction. Upon completion or cancellation of this project, enter the required information and mail OR fax this form to the office shown at the bottom of this notice, OR fill out the electronic version via the NYSDOL website:. NOTICE OF COMPLETION / CANCELLATION OF PROJECT Date Completed: Date Cancelled: Name&Title of Representative: Phone.(518)457-5589 Fax: (518)485-1870 W.Averell Harriman State Office Campus, Bldg. 12, Room 130,.Albany, NY 12240 www.labor.ny.gov. PW 200 Ask.PWAsk@labor.ny:gov LKMA Project no 24096.000 TABLE OF'CONTENTS DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01-10-00 SUMMARY 01-20-00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01-22-00 UNIT PRICES 01-25-00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01-30-00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01-32-16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01-40-00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01-50-00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01-51-00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01-57-13 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01-60-00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS u. 01-70-00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01-71-23 FIELD ENGINEERING 01-73-29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01-74-19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01-78-00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01-79-00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING - DIVISION 02 -EXISTING CONDITIONS 02-41-16 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03—CONCRETE 03-20-00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03-30-00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 05—METALS 05-50-00 METAL FABRICATION 05-58-00 MISCELLANEOUS METALS DIVISION 06—Wood, Plastics,.and Composites 06-05-73_ PRESSURE TREATED WOOD 06-10-00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06-16-43 GYPSUM SHEATHING DIVISION 07—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07-21-00 THERMAL INSULATION 07-92-00 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08—OPENINGS 08-11-00 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08-31-00 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS 08-71-00 FINISH HARDWARE DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES 10-44-16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13-34-10 FABRICATED ENGINEERED STRUCTURES Table of Contents Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 " DIVISION 21 —FIRE SUPPRESSION 21-05-17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21-05-18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21-11-00 FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 21-11-19 FIRE-DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS 21-13-16 DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL 26-05-19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26-05-29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26-05-33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26-05-53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26-24-16 PANELBOARDS 26-27-26 WIRING DEVICES 26-28-16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26-51-00 LIGHTING DIVISION 28—ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND SECURITY 28-31-11 DIGITAL,ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM DIVISION 31 -EARTHWORK 31-05-19 GEOSYNTHETICS FOR EARTHWORK 31-10-00 SITE CLEARING 31-22-00 GRADING 31-23-16 EXCAVATION 31-23-16.13 TRENCHING 31-23-23 FILL _ 31-25-00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS DIVISION 32'-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32-11-23. AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 32-12-16 ASPHALT PAVING 32-13-13 CONCRETE PAVING 32-31-13 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES. 32-92-19 SEEDING DIVISION 33 -UTILITIES 33-05-13 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES_ 33-42-11 STORMWATER GRAVITY PIPING 33-42-30 STORMWATER DRAINS 33-46-00 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT Table of Contents Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-10-00 SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Southold Highway Storage Barn Replacement B. Owner's Name: Town of Southold. C. Location: The site of the proposed general construction for the SOUTHOLD HIGHWAY STORAGE BARN REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK is located at 275 Peconic Lane, Peconic in the Town of Southold, County of Suffolk and State of New York and more particularly shown on the Contract Drawings. D. The Project consists of a new Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure(PETCS)for the use as a replacement of the existing highway storage barn facility, including but not limited to the following: the demolition of the existing storage building and foundation, removing all debris from the existing structure and saw cut existing perimeter asphalt as required to prepare for new concrete aprons Apron, new foundation, foundation walls and footings in preparation for the PETCS. The new PETCS will include but is not limited to the following: overhead garage doors, egress doors,cupolas with exhaust fans and access ceiling hatches,interior and exterior lighting, interior and exterior concrete bollards, above and below ceiling sprinklers a room heater inside a designated fire sprinkler room and other modifications shall be as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type:Three prime contracts based on a Stipulated Price as described within the contract documents. 1. Contract A: General Construction 2. Contract P: Plumbing/Fire Suppression 3. Contract E: Power, Electric and Lighting B. Without restricting the generality of the foregoing and for the convenience of each Contractor, the items of work are specified under the Standard 48 Uniform Divisions of the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI MasterFormat). C. Each Prime Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating their contractual construction schedules with each other. Each Prime Contractor shall submit a computer generated critical point method schedule indicating all items of work under their respective contracts and in. accordance with each Prime Contractor's associated work. It shall be each Prime Contractor's responsibility to update the schedule as required to reflect changes in schedule of any orall Prime Contractors. 1.03 PROJECT SCOPE A. The work to be performed under this Contract shall include all labor, materials, equipment, services and incidentals required to perform the proposed construction as indicated in the Specifications, shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. Additionally, the Contractor is advised that all Site Work shall be performed in accordance with the Town of Southold Subdivision & Land Development Regulations and standard details. B. In general,the work shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Mobilization; 2. Preconstruction, construction and post construction meetings, permits, inspections and approvals. 3. Temporary Protection and Fencing; 4. Soil Erosion &Sediment Control; Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 1 of 8 LKMA Project no 240.96.000 4. Site Preparation, Final-grade preparation and grading to the lines, levels, and grades depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Towns Designated Representative; 5. Survey Stakeout to establish line and grade; 6. Furnish, Install, Compact, Rough Grade and Final Grade disturbed areas to finished sub- grade; 7. Complete installation of full-depth asphalt pavement; 8. Complete installation of concrete aprons; 9. Complete restoration of all disturbed areas, including landscape/lawn areas. This shall include restoration of any and all damaged irrigation systems (if present);. 10. Complete furnishing and installation of 2 bay Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure (PETCS); 11. Site Preparation, Final-grade preparation and grading to the lines, levels, and grades depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative; 12. Survey Stakeout to establish line and grade; 13. Furnish, Install,,Compact, Rough Grade and Final Grade disturbed areas to finished sub grade; 14.. Complete Installation of New Electric Power distribution as indicated on the drawings (including utility connections); 15. Provide electrical inspection certificate for all electrical site work(UL Certificate); 16. As-built survey. Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 2 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.04 CONTRACTS A. All work of this contract must conform to the provisions of the contract between the Town and the Contractors. B. Contractor Insurance 1. As required by the Town in the contract documents. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Applicable Codes and Ordinances: All work shall conform to requirements of all local and state building codes and ordinances. B. The Town shall file for and secure all required Permits from the Town of Southold to conduct the Work of this Contract. All permits are to remain in effect until receipt of a permanent Certificate of Occupancy for the Work of this Contract. C. Contractors shall secure all required approvals, inspections, and certifications of the Work from all jurisdictional authorities during and upon completion of the Work. 1.06 INTERPRETATION OF THE DOCUMENTS A. Information in the Construction Documents that may appear contradictory, unclear, or subject to interpretation must-be referred to the Architect for interpretation. In the absence of interpretation by the Architect, Contractors are to assume the more expensive requirement to apply for bidding purposes. 1.07 INTENT OF THE DOCUMENTS A. Should any work or material be required which is not denoted either on the drawings or in the specifications, either directly or indirectly, but which is nevertheless necessary for the carrying out of the intent thereof, the contractor shall understand the same to be implied as required and shall perform all such work and furnish any such material as fully as if same were particularly delineated or described. B. The contractor shall examine the site and must draw his/her own conclusions as to the conditions that will be encountered at the start and during the progress of the work. No allowance will be made for failure of the contractor to obtain all necessary information by actual inspection of the site, and to correctly estimate the difficulties attending the execution of the work. WORKMANSHIP C. All work must be performed in the best manner and all materials of which the work is composed shall be of the best kind.A sufficient number of persons shall at all times be employed to execute the work with due dispatch, the whole to be done to the satisfaction of the Architect, and any materials furnished or work done not satisfactory to the Architect, shall.be immediately removed and satisfactorily replaced by the contractor at his own expense. 1.08 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. The contractor shall coordinate his work with and cooperate with contractors for other trades with which his work comes in contact so that the work of this contractor and that of other contractors may be properly executed and completed without delay or interruption. 1.09 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS A. All construction materials are to be new except where specifically noted otherwise. B. Construction materials have been selected for compatibility with a conservation environment. No substitutions of materials will be accepted without Contractor submission of all data confirming that the proposed substitution is equal in performance to the specified material. 1.10 REMOVALS, SALVAGE AND ABATEMENT A. Remove: Remove existing construction indicated on Construction Documents. All removals are to become the property of the Contractors unless specifically noted or instructed otherwise by Architect or Owner. All construction debris is to be carted off site and disposed of by legally accepted means. Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 3 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000. B. Salvage: Remove and salvage for reinstallation or storage all existing materials designated in the Construction Documents and/or as directed by the Owner. C. Asbestos Abatement:All material which may contain hazardous materials such as asbestos has been removed by the Town;prior to the start of the project,following the requirements of the local and state authorities having jurisdiction. D. Lead Containing Materials: Contractor is cautioned that all existing finishes and paints may contain lead.Where existing finished or painted surfaces are to be disturbed or prepared on-site for repainting, extreme care must be taken to prevent workers from contact with lead, lead dust, or lead vapors and to avoid releasing lead dust into the air or causing lead contamination of interior and exterior building surfaces or soils adjacent to the building. 1. Perform all work that disturbs lead-containing paint (LCP) in compliance with applicable OSHA regulations, including but not limited to, Lead in Construction and Hazard Communication Standard(Title 29, Sections 1926.62 and 1910.1200, respectively, Code of Federal Regulations, OSHA,US Department of Labor)and with all other applicable federal, state,and local laws and regulations for removal, handling, containerization,transportation, and disposal of lead-containing material. 2. .Dispose of lead-containing paint chips and other residue as hazardous waste in compliance with federal, state, and local laws and regulations 1.11 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall make or provide any shop drawings, cuts or samples which the Town's Designated Representative may require for the approval of details and to show the construction as it will be installed. No shop drawing shall be issued or used until it has been approved by the Town's Designated Representative. After approval, no changes or deviations shall be made without written notice being sent to.the Town's Designated Representative. The Designated Representative's approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Drawings or Specifications unless he has, in writing, called the Town Designated Representative's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him from,responsibility for errors or omissions of any sort in the Shop Drawing or schedule. All shop, drawings shall be submitted to the attention of the Town's Designated Representative as referenced in Section 01-30-00 Administrative Requirements. 1.12 SUPERINTENDENCE AND WORKMEN A. The Contractor shall give his constant personal attention to the work while it is in progress, and he shall place it in charge of a competent and reliable superintendent, who shall have authority to act for the Contractor, and who shall be acceptable to the Engineer. The.Contractor shall, at all times,, employ labor and equipment which shall be sufficient to prosecute the work.to full completion in the manner, and time specified. All workmen must have sufficient skill and experience in such work to properly and satisfactorily perform it and operate the equipment involved. Any person employed by the Contractor whom the Engineer may,deem incompetent or unfit to perform the work, shall be at once discharged and shall not be again employed. 1.13 INSPECTION A. All proposed work under this Contract shall be performed during and with the Town Designated Representative's approval. The Contractor is advised to inspect carefully the full premises and consult with the Town's Designated Representative regarding any items of construction or reconstruction that may be questionable. 1.14 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF TRAFFIC A. All maintenance and protection of traffic performed on this contract shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the New York State Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 4 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.15 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existence of structures of municipal and other public service corporations on or adjoining the site of the work and give reasonable opportunity to and cooperation with the owners of these utilities in the work of reconstructing or altering them. Such reconstruction and alteration shall be so conducted as to delay or interfere as little as practicable with the work of the Contractor. Any additional cost of various items of work because of these utilities shall be included in the price bid for these items. B. The Town's Designated Representative shall direct the public utility corporations to shift or remove those utility structures that may be necessary to permit the Contractor to carry out the . Work in accordance with the Plans. The Contractor shall not remove or cause to be removed, any structure owned by a public utility corporation without the approval of the Town's Designated Representative. C. The Contractor shall cooperate with the public utility corporation whose structures(aerial, surface or subsurface)are within the limits of or along the outside of the right-of-way,to make it possible for them to maintain uninterrupted service. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a way as to delay or interfere as little as practicable with the work of the utility corporation. 1.16 GRADES, LINES, LEVELS AND SURVEYS A. The Town's designated representative will establish one (1)bench mark and location of the work lines as reference points for the Contractor. B. The reference points shall be maintained by the Contractor. All other required lines, levels, grades, etc., shall be furnished by the Contractor from the reference points. C. Re-establishment of the reference points by the Town's designated representative for the Contractor shall be done at the Contractor's expense. D. The Contractor shall verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions as shown on the drawings, and he shall report any errors or inconsistencies in the aforementioned to the Town's designated representative before commencing work. Commencement of work shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense. 1.17 QUALIFICATIONS A. All bidders must have been established in the type of construction specified in the Contraot Documents for a period of at least ten (10) years. All bidders must furnish a list of five (5) projects of similar, type building construction that was built by them in the.Nassau- Suffolk area and is to accompany their bid submission.All bidders must sufficiently prove their ability to work on new and historic structures. List must contain name, address and telephone number of client's engineer for which each project was undertaken by Contract. A minimum of five (5)of the projects must have been built for municipal clients. 1.18 NOTICE TO TOWN'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE A. The Contractor will give the Town's designated representative at least 48 hours' notice before beginning construction at the start.of the project or after a suspension of work. Notice will be provided in both written and verbal form. 1.19 HOURS OF OPERATION A. The Contractor shall confine his operations to occur between the hours of 7:00 am and 4:00 pm. No work shall occur on weekends or holidays. Work outside of these limits will only be permitted when approved in writing. If work occurs outside of the stipulated time period,because of emergency or other reason based on the Contractors negligence,the Contractor will reimburse the Town those costs associated with keeping,its personnel on site to review the work. 1.20 EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION A. Prior to the start of any construction, the Contractor shall provide the Town with the phone number of a representative who has the authority to act for the Contractor in the event of an emergency during non-working hours. Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 5 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.21 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. The Contractor shall .schedule a preconstruction meeting with the Town's Designated Representative within seven (7) calendar days after the execution of the contract (unless otherwise noted).The purpose of the meeting will be to review the General Requirements of the contract. 1.22 APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTORS A. No Subcontractors shall be employed on the work unless prior approval has been given by the Town's Designated,Representative. The Contract shall, within five (5) days after signing of the Contract, submit a list of proposed Subcontractors to the Town's Designated Representative for approval. The list shall contain firm names, names of all principals and addresses and projects completed by each Subcontractor and names, addresses and telephone numbers of the particular project's Engineer for which the Subcontractor on the aforementioned project list must have been of similar nature. A minimum of five (5) projects for each proposed Subcontractor must be submitted. B. If for any reason a Subcontractor must be discharged from work, the Contractor shall notify the Town's Designated Representative at least 24 hours prior to discharge,stating the reasons,and shall provide the Town's Designated Representative with the name and qualifications of the replacement Subcontractor for approval by the Town's Designated Representative. This action is deemed necessary to maintain continuity of the work and to minimize project disruptions. All costs due to slowdown of the project for such reasons shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.23 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. Where reference is made in these Specifications to a society, the portion referred to shall be read into and shall be a part of this Contract and Specifications. Materials, methods and equipment shall conform with the latest A.S.T.M., A.W.P.A., A.S.A., N.E.C., I.E.S., etc. Specifications as may relate to or govern the construction work. 1.24 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The Contract drawings which accompany and form part.of these Specifications, bear the.general title SOUTHOLD HIGHWAY STORAGE BARN REPLACEMENT, located in the Town of Southold, County of Suffolk and State of New York and more particularly shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.25 CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor shall at all times keep the construction area, including storage areas used by him, free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish and prior to completion of the work,remove any rubbish from and about the premises. Upon completion of the construction,the Contractor shall leave the work premises in a clean, neat and workmanlike condition 'satisfactory to the Town's Designated Representative. 1.26 EMERGENCY REPAIRS A. During a valid warranty period, if the Contractor is'unable or unwilling to respond immediately to make emergency repairs under conditions which the Town may determine to be an emergency situation, the Town reserves the right, and the Contractor recognizes such right, to make such emergency repairs and then to bill the Contractor for a fair and reasonable amount in reimbursement for such repairs. 1.27 HEALTH AND SAFETY PROVISIONS A. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain a safe workplace and to monitor working conditions at all times during construction and, as necessary, to provide appropriate protective clothing, equipment and facilities for his personnel, and/or to establish work place procedures to ensure their safety, and to enforce the use of these procedures, equipment and/or facilities in accordance with the following guidelines: Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 6 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1. Safety and Health Regulations Promulgated by the U.S. Department.of Labor OSHA, 29 CFR 1910 — Occupational Safety and Health Standards, and 29 CFR 1920 — Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. 2. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Medical Monitoring Program Guidelines. B. If, at any time, the Town or the Town's designated representative is apprised of a safety hazard which demands immediate attention because of its high potential for harm to public travel, persons on or about the work, or public or private property, the Town and/or the Town's designated representative shall have the right to order such safeguards to be erected and such precautions to be taken as necessary and the Contractor shall comply with such orders.If, under such circumstances, the Contractor does not or cannot or his representative is not upon the site so that he can be notified immediately of the insufficiency of safety precautions, the Town may put the work into such a condition that it shall be, in his opinion, in all respects safe, and the Contractor shall pay all expenses of such labor and materials as may have been used for this purpose by him or by the Town. The fact that the Town and/or the Town's designated representative does not observe a safety hazard or does not order the Contractor to take remedial measures shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the entire responsibility for any costs or claims for loss, damage, or injury by or against any part sustained on account of the insufficiency of the safety precautions taken by him or by the Town acting under authority of this Section. C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to take appropriate safety precautions to meet whatever conditions of hazard may be present during the performance of the work, whether reasonably foreseeable or not. The Contractor is alerted to the fact that it shall be his sole responsibility to anticipate and provide such additional safety precautions,facilities, personnel and equipment as shall be necessary to protect life and property from whatsoever conditions of hazard are present or may be present. 1.28 GUARANTEES A. Before issuance of the Final Payment, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner the following - guarantee in addition to those specifically required in the General Conditions and in the various Technical Sections of the specifications. 1. The Contractor hereby guarantees that all materials and workmanship installed under his respective contract to be new and of good quality in every respect and to remain so for a period of one (1) year, for longer periods where so provided for in any manufacturers literature, from the date of the issuance of the Final Certificate by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Should any defect develop in the aforesaid work within the stipulated periods due to faulty materials and/or workmanship, the Contractor hereby agrees to make all repairs and do all necessary work to correct the defective parts. The Contractor at the expense of the Contractor shall complete such repairs and corrective work, including the cost of making good all the work damaged by or otherwise affected by the making of the repairs or corrective work,within five(5)days after notice to the Contractor by the Owner. 3. In case the contractor fails to do the work so ordered, the Owner may have the work done and charge the cost thereof against the monies retained as provided for in the contract and if no. money is available, the contractor and/or his sureties agree to pay the owner the cost of such work. B. Obtain, endorse and provide separate guarantees from subcontractors where called for in the various sections of this specification. 1.29 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. 1. Locate and conduct construction activities in ways that will limit disturbance to site. B. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by the Town: Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 7 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . 1. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION .01-10-00 Section 01-10-00:Summary Page 8 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-20-00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on changes. E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices: Monetary values of unit prices; Payment and modification procedures relating to unit prices. B. Section 01778-00-Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,appurtenances and all services necessary to perform all.Work as required by the plans and specifications or as required by the Engineer; at the lump sum or unit prices for the items listed herein. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination:The Contractor shall coordinate preparation of its Schedule of Values for its part of the Work.with preparation of the Contractors'Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Application for Payment forms, including continuation sheets. c. List of all subcontractors. d. List of bid items. e. List of Allowances. f. Schedule of submittals. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at the earliest possible date but no later than 7 days before date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Specifications table of contents as a guide to establish format for Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values. a. Project Name and Location b. Name of Architect c. Contractor's name and address d. Date of Submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in .tabular form with format of AIA Document G703, with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Description of Work item b. Name of subcontractor. c. Name of manufacturer or Fabricator. d. Name of supplier. e. Change Orders (numbers)that affect value. f. Dollar value; Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent.Adjusted to total 100 percent. Section 01-20-00 Price and Payment Procedures Page 1 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1) . Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough details to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payments and progress reports. Coordinate with Project manual table of contents, 4. . Round amounts to nearest whole dollar;total shall equal the Contract sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of work where Application for payment may include materials or equipment purchased or.fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off site. If required, include evidence of insurance. 6. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of values for each allowance. Show line item value of unit cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by the measured quantity. Use information in the contract documents to determine quantities. 7. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item 8. Schedule updating: Update the schedule of values before the next Applications for payment when change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change of Contract sum. 1.05 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES A. The ENGINEER'S estimated quantities for unit price pay items are approximate only and are included solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids. The OWNER does not expressly or by implication agrees that the nature of the materials encountered below the surface of the ground or the'actual.quantities of material encountered or required will correspond with the estimated quantities: 1.06 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified;submit sample to the Town's Designated Representative for approval. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of work. 3. Scheduled Values. 4. Previous Applications. 5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application. 6. Authorized Change Orders. 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 8. Percentage of Completion. 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage. E. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. - F. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. G. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. Section 01-20-00 Price and Payment Procedures Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 H. Submit pencil requisition for Town's Designated Representative review, comment or approval, two weeks prior to actual Application for Payment. I. Submit one official electronic and three hard-copies of each Application for Payment. J. Include the.following with the application: 1. Transmittal letter as specified for submittals in Section 01-30-00. 2. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01-30-00. 3. Current construction photographs specified in Section 01-30-00. 4. Partial release of liens from major subcontractors and vendors. 5. Project record documents as specified in Section 01-78-00,.for review by Owner which will be returned to the Contractor. 6. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. 7. OSHA cards. .. 8. Certified contractor payroll. 1.07 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to Contract .Documents. B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time,Architect will issue instructions directly to Contractor. C. For other required changes,the Town's Designated Representative will issue a document signed by the Town instructing Contractor to proceed:with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. D. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, The Town's Designated Representative will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary, or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 5 days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Town's Designated Representative, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work,with a statement describing the reason for the change,and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other contractors Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1. For change requested by the Engineer of Record and/or the Town's Designated Representative for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor,the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Town's Designated Representative. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will be based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by the Engineer of Record and/or the Town's Designated Representative without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by . Town's Designated Representative based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. - G. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide the following data: Section 01-20-00 Price and Payment Procedures Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract,similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information:, a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid,- d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, ,and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. `J H. Execution of Change Orders: The Town's Designated Representative will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. I. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. J. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time,revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change,and resubmit. K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.08 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previouspayments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following,have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01-70-00. END OF SECTION 01-20-00 __ Section 01-20-00 Price and Payment Procedures Page 4 of 4 LKMA 'Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-22-00 UNIT PRICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. List of unit prices,for use in preparing Bids. B. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to Work performed under a unit price payment method. C. Defect assessment and non-payment for rejected work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-20-00 - Price and Payment Procedures: Additional payment and modification procedures. 1.03 COSTS INCLUDED A. Unit Prices included on, the Bid Form shall include full compensation for all required labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work;overhead and profit. 1.04 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantities indicated in the Bid Form are for bidding and contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements of actual Work will determine the payment amount. 1.05 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement methods delineated in the individual specification sections complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the individual specification section govern. B. The Contractor shall take all measurements and compute quantities. Measurements and quantities will be verified by the Town's Designated Representative. C. The Contractor shall assist by.providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required. D. Measurement by Volume: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width and height or thickness. E. Measurement by.Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. F. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. G. Stipulated Price Measurement: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or linear means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. H. Perform surveys required to determine quantities, including control surveys to establish measurement reference lines. Notify the Town's Designated Representative prior to starting work. I. Contractor's Engineer Responsibilities: Sign surveyor's field notes or keep duplicate field notes, calculate and certify quantities for payment purposes. 1.06 PAYMENT A. Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities of Work that is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work and accepted by the Town's Designated Representative, multiplied by the unit price. B. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices Page 1 of 7 .. LKMA Project no 24096.000 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling,and disposing of rejected Products. 1.07 CONTRACT PAY ITEMS 1.08 CONTRACT-A—GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A. Item Al —Construction Allowance(Force Bid) 1. Method of Payment: Include in the contract sum the amount of$20,000.00. 2. The value of the directed work under this allowance will be determined by one or more of the methods authorized in the Conditions.of Contract. 3. Should the net cost be more than the specified amount of the allowance, the contract sum will be adjusted by Order on Contract in accordance with the General Conditions. No work in excess of the allowance will be permitted except by order on Contract. Should the net cost be less than.the specified.amount of-the allowance,the balance will be deducted from the final payment. B. Item A2—General:Conditions &Site Mobilization 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid which shall include temporary utilities, supervision and management, on-going project-related expenses, insurances, bonding, labor, materials,'equipment, and incidentals necessary to mobilize, perform construction staging, re=mobilization to the construction site, meet all of the general requirements set forth under Division 1 including, but not limited.to, project closeout activities, comply with all conditions set forth in the Conditions of Contract and General Conditions of the Contract and demobilize from the construction site upon successful completion of the project.This item shall include the cost to furnish, install,and maintain the temporary construction fence, as well as the removal of same once construction has ended.The Contractor shall furnish one(1) lump sum cost as specified, shown on the Contract Drawings and as approved by the Engineer. This item shall include all project close-out requirements.The fee for this item shall not exceed 10% of the total contract cost. 2. Method of Payment: Payments shall be made in accordance with the following schedule: a. 25%first partial payment b. 75% based upon percentage of completion c. Intent:This bid item shall facilitate requirements of Division 01000 and the boilerplate of the specification and construction operations.The fee for this item shall not exceed 10%of the total contract cost. C. Item A3—Complete Demolition of Existing Building 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid for a Complete Demolition of Existing Building and associated components as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of.Payment: Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved schedule of values.This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,tools, equipment, supplies and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and, specifications, as may be required to provide complete, functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. This item shall include utility disconnections within a 5' perimeter of the building. Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices Page 2 of 7 1 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Item A4—Complete Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure (PETCS) Building 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid for a Complete Design delegated Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure (PETCS) Building as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of Payment: Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved schedule of values. Compensation under this work item shall be made separately and based upon the completion of the work by percentage. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,tools, equipment,supplies and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and specifications, as may be required to provide complete,functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative, including but not limited to:furnishing and installing a complete maintenance garage building with all MEP, Architectural, and Structural features as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents. This item shall include utility connections within a 5'perimeter of the building, and all internal building routing and associated features (including roof leader stormwater downspouts). E. Item AS—Complete Site Work 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid for all Site Work as depicted for a Complete Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure (PETCS) Building and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of Payment: Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved schedule of values. Compensation under this work item shall be made separately and based upon the completion of the work by percentage. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,tools, equipment,supplies and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and specifications, and site survey, as required to provide complete,functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative, including but not limited to: clearing and grubbing, , removals/demolition not otherwise covered in these specifications, earthwork, sub-grade preparation and compaction, grading, drainage, excavation, RCA base, full depth asphalt pavement, bollards, pedestrian accessible wheelchair ramp, fencing,furnish and install fill as may be required, removal and disposal of surplus material as may be required.This work shall also include weeding and pruning to eliminate any existing overgrown vegetation, invasive species, and/or weeds that existing on the subject property. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal and disposal of same.This task shall include utility routing on-site and up to 5'of the building foundation.This task shall include all utility connections to existing infrastructure. No separate payment will be made for this work. F. Item A6—Complete Concrete Foundation and Concrete Slab/Aprons 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid for all J concrete foundation and slab work to support a Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure (PETCS) Building as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of Payment: Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved schedule of values. Compensation under this work item shall be made separately and based upon the completion of the work by percentage. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,supplies and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices Page 3 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and specifications, as may be required to provide complete, functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents,and/or as directed bythe Town's Designated. Representative. 1.09 CONTRACT-P—PLUMBING/FIRE SUPPRESSION A. Item P1 Construction Allowance(Force.Bid) 1. Method of:Payment: Include in the contract sum the amount of$10,000.00. 2. The value of the directed work under this allowance will be determined by one or more of the methods authorized in the Conditions of Contract. 3. Should the net cost be more than the specified amount of the allowance,the contract sum will be adjusted by Order on Contract in accordance with the General Conditions. No work in excess of the allowance will be permitted except by order on Contract. Should the net cost be,less than the specified amount.of the allowance,the balance will be deducted from - the final payment. B. Item P2—General Conditions&Site.Mobilization 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid which shall include temporary utilities,supervision and management, on-going project-related expenses, insurances, bonding, labor, materials, equipment,and incidentals necessary to mobilize, perform construction staging, re-mobilization to the construction site, meet all of the general requirements set forth under Division 1 including, but not limited to, project closeout activities, comply with all conditions set forth in the Conditions of Contract and General Conditions of the Contract and demobilize from the construction'site upon . successful completion of the project. This item shall include the cost to furnish, install,and maintain the temporary construction fence,,as well as the removal of same once construction has ended. The Contractor.shall furnish one (1)lump sum cost as specified, shown on the Contract Drawings and as approved by the Engineer.This item shall include all project close-out requirements.The fee for this item shall not exceed 10% of the total contract cost. 2. Method of Payment: Payments shall be made in accordance with the following schedule: a. 25%first partial payment b. 75% based upon percentage of completion c. Intent:This bid item shall facilitate requirements of Division 01000 and the boilerplate of the specification and construction operations.The fee for this item shall not exceed 10% of the total contract cost. C. Item P3—Complete Plumbing and Fire Suppression 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid for a Complete Pre-Engineered plumbing and fire suppression for the Timber Column Structure (PETCS) Building as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of Payment; Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved schedule of values. Compensation under this work item shall be made separately and based upon the completion of the work by percentage. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,tools, equipment,supplies and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and specifications, as may be.required to provide complete, functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town Fire Marshall and the Town's Designated Representative. D. Item P4—Connection to Water Service 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid for a water service connection to Complete Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure (PETCS) Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices Page 4 of 7 LKMA Project no.24096.000 Building as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of Payment: Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved schedule of values. Compensation under this work item shall be made separately and based upon the completion of the work by percentage. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,tools, equipment, supplies and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily,complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and specifications, as may be required to provide complete,functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 1.10 CONTRACT-E—POWER. ELECTRIC AND LIGHTING B.. Item E1 —Construction Allowance(Force Bid) 1. Method of Payment: Include in the contract sum the amount of$10,000.00. 2. The value of the directed work under this allowance will be determined by one or more of the methods authorized in the Conditions of Contract. .3. Should the net cost be more than the specified amount of the allowance, the contract sum will be adjusted by Order on Contract in accordance with the General Conditions. No work in excess of the allowance will be permitted except by order on Contract. Should the net cost be less than the specified amount of the allowance,the balance will.be deducted from the final payment. B. Item E2—General Conditions&Site.Mobilization 1. Method of Measurement: The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid which shall include temporary utilities,supervision and management, on-going project-related expenses, insurances, bonding, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to mobilize, perform construction staging, re-mobilization to the construction site, meet all of the general requirements set forth under Division 1 including, but not limited to, project closeout activities, comply with all conditions set forth in the Conditions of Contract and General Conditions of the Contract and demobilize from the construction site upon successful completion of the project. This item shall include the cost to furnish, install, and maintain the temporary construction fence, as well as the removal of same once construction has ended.The Contractor shall furnish one (1)lump sum cost as specified, shown on the Contract Drawings and as approved by the Engineer.This item shall include all project close-out requirements.The fee for this item shall not exceed 10% of the total contract cost. 2. Method of Payment: Payments shall be_nade in accordance with the following schedule: a. 25%first partial payment b. 75% based upon percentage of completion c. Intent:This bid item shall facilitate requirements.of Division 01000 and the boilerplate of the specification and construction operations.The fee for this item shall not exceed 10% of the total contract cost. C. Item E3—Complete Power,-Electric, and Lighting 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum price bid to provide power and lighting for a Complete Pre-Engineered Timber Column Structure (PETCS) Building function as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of Payment: Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved schedule of values. Compensation under this work item shall be made separately and based upon the completion of the work by percentage. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,tools; equipment, supplies and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices Page 5 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and specifications,as may be required to provide complete, functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed.by the Town's Designated Representative, including but not limited to: Electrical service connection and electrical system features as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents. D. Item E4—Complete fire alarm system 1. Method of Measurement:The Contractor shall receive the lump sum-price bid for a Complete the building Fire Alarm system as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Method of Payment: Payment for this item shall be lump sum installed in accordance with the approved,schedule of values. Compensation under this work item shall be made separately and based upon the completion of the work by percentage. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,tools, equipment,supplies, inspections and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. .3. Intent: Perform all Work not otherwise covered under these project drawings and specifications,as may be required to provide complete, functional work as depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's Fire Marshal and Designated.Representative, including but not limited to: Modem connection to Fire department. Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices Page 6 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.11 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work, or portions of the Work, not complying with specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Town's Designated Representative, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work,The Town's Designated Representative will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The defective Work may remain, but the unit price will be adjusted to.a new unit price at the discretion of the Town's.Designated Representative. 2. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions of the Town's Designated Representative, and the unit price will be adjusted to a new unit price at the discretion of the Town's Designated Representative. C. If, in the opinion of the Town's Designated Representative,, it is' not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Town's Designated Representative will direct one of the following remedies: 1: The defective Work may remain,but the unit price will be adjusted to a new unit price at the discretion of Owner. 2. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions of the Owner, and the unit price will be adjusted to a new unit price at the discretion of Owner. D. The individual specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. E. The authority of the Town's Designated Representative to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment is final. F. The authority of Owner to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment is final. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED ' END OF SECTION 01-22-00 Section 01-22-00 Unit Prices Page 7 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 0.1-25-00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedural.requirements for proposed substitutions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-22-00-Unit Prices,for additional unit price requirements. B. Section 01-23-00-Alternates,for product alternatives affecting this section. C. Section 01-60-00-Product Requirements: Fundamental product requirements, product options, delivery, storage, and handling. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes from Contract Documents requirements proposed by Contractor to materials, products, assemblies, and equipment. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Proposed due to changed Project circumstances beyond Contractor's control. a. Unavailability. b. Regulatory changes. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Proposed due. to possibility of offering substantial advantage to the Project. a. Substitution requests offering advantages solely to the Contractor will not be considered. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CSI/CSC Form 1.5C-Substitution Request(During the Bidding/Negotiating Stage) Current Edition. B. CSI/CSC Form 13.1A-Substitution Request(After the Bidding/Negotiating Phase) Current Edition. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. A Substitution Request for products, assemblies, materials, and equipment constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product, equipment, assembly, or system. 2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Agrees to provide same or equivalent maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable. 4. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other work that may be required for the work to be complete,with no additional cost to Town. 5. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 6. Agrees to reimburse the Town, Engineer of Record, and/or the Town's Designated Representative for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. B. A Substitution Request for specified installer constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has acted in good faith to obtain services of specified installer, but was unable to come to commercial, or other terms. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. Burden of proof is on proposer. 1. Note explicitly any non-compliant characteristics. Section 01-25-00:Substitution Procedures Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. .Content: Include information necessary for tracking the status of each Substitution Request,and information necessary to provide an actionable response. 1. No specific form is required. Contractor's Substitution Request documentation must include the following: a. Project Information: 1) Official project name and number, and any additional required identifiers established in.Contract Documents. f b. Substitution Request Information: 1) Discrete. and consecutive Substitution Request number, and descriptive subject/title. 2) Indication of whether the substitution is for cause or convenience..: 3) -Issue date. 4) Reference to particular Contract Document(s) specification section number, title, and article/paragraph(s). . 5) Description.of Substitution. 6) Reason why the specified item cannot be provided. 7) Differences between proposed substitution and specified item. 8) Description of how proposed substitution affects other parts of work. c. Attached Comparative Data: Provide point-by-point, side-by-side comparison addressing essential attributes specified, as appropriate and relevant-for the item: 1) Physical.characteristics. 2) In-service performance. 3) Expected durability. 4) Visual effect. 5) Sustainable design features. 6) Warranties. 7) Other salient features and requirements. 8) Include, as appropriate or requested, the following types of documentation: (a) Product Data-, (b) Samples. . (c) Certificates, test, reports or similar qualification data. (d) Drawings,when required to show impact on adjacent construction elements. d. Impact of Substitution: 1) Savings to Town for accepting substitution. 2) Change to Contract Time due to accepting.substitution. E. Limit each request to a single proposed substitution item. 1. Submit an electronic document,combining the request form with supporting data into single document. 3.02 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES DURING PROCUREMENT A. -Submittal Time Restrictions: 1. Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions and the documents required for submitting substitution requests during the bidding period. 3.03 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES DURING CONSTRUCTION A. - Submit request for Substitution for Cause within 14 days of discovery of need for substitution,but not later than 14 days prior to time required for review and approval.by the Town's Designated Representative; in order to stay on approved project schedule. B. Submit request for Substitution for Convenience immediately upondiscovery of its potential. advantage to the project, but not later than 14days prior to time required for review and approval by the Town's Designated Representative, in order to stay on approved project schedule. 1. In addition to meeting general documentation requirements, document how the requested substitution benefits the Town through cost savings, time savings, greater energy conservation, or in other specific ways. Section 01-25-00:Substitution Procedures Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Document means. of coordinating of substitution item with other portions of the .work, including work by affected.subcontractors. 3. Bear the costs engendered by proposed substitution of. a. . Town's compensation to the Engineer of Record and/or the Town's 'Designated Representative for any required redesign, time spent processing and evaluating the request. b. Other construction by the Town. c. Other unanticipated project considerations. C. Substitutions.will not be considered under one or more of the following circumstances: 1. When they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without having received prior approval. 2. Without a separate Written request. 3. When acceptance will require.revisions to Contract Documents. 3.04 RESOLUTION A. The Town's Designated Representative may request additional information and documentation prior to rendering a decision. Provide this data in an expeditious manner. B. The Town's Designated Representative will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 1. The decision of the Town's Designated Representative following review of proposed substitution will be noted on the submitted form. 3.05 ACCEPTANCE A. Accepted substitutions change the work of the Project. They will be documented and incorporated into work of the project by Change. Order, Construction Change Directive, Architectural Supplementary Instructions, or similar instruments provided for in the Conditions of the Contract. 3.06 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. See Section 01-78-00- Closeout Submittals,,for closeout submittals. B. Include completed Substitution Request Forms as part of the Project record. Include both approved and rejected Requests. END OF SECTION 01-25-00 Section 01-25-00:Substitution Procedures Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-30-00 ADMINISTRATIVE'REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General administrative requirements. B. Electronic document Submittal service. C. Preconstruction meeting. D. Site mobilization meeting. E. Progress meetings. F. Construction progress schedule.' G. Contractor's daily reports. H. Progress photographs. I. Coordination drawings. J. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. K. Number of copies of submittals. L. Requests for Information (RFI) procedures. M. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS. A. Section 01-32-16 - Construction Progress Schedule: Form, content, and administration of schedules. B. Section 01-60-00-Product Requirements: General product requirements. C. Section 01-70-00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. D.' Section 01-78-00 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents; operation and maintenance data;warranties and bonds. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AIA G716- Request for Information 2,004. B. AIA G810 -Transmittal Letter 2001. C. CSI/CSC Form 12.1A-Submittal Transmittal Current Edition. D. CSI/CSC Form 13.2A- Request for Information Current Edition. 1.04 GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01-70-00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for coordination of execution of administrative tasks with timing of Construction activities. B. Make the following types of submittals to the Town's Designated Representative: 1. Requests for Information (RFI). 2. Requests for substitution. = 3. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 4. Test and inspection reports. 5. Design data. 6. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 7. Applications for payment and change order requests. . 8. Progress schedules. Y 9. Coordination drawings. 10. Correction Punch List and Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. SECTION.01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 11: Closeout submittals.- PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the contract are'to be in electronic (PDF, MS Word, or MS Excel) format, as appropriate to the document. The preference is that these electronic documents be transmitted to the Town's Designated Representative via email. -1. Besides submittals for review, information, and closeout,..this procedure applies to Requests for Information (RFIs), progress documentation, contract modification documents (e.g. supplementary instructions, change proposals, change orders), -applications for payment, field, reports and meeting minutes; Contractor's correction punchlist, and any other.document any participant wishes to make.part of the project record'. 2. It.is Contractor's responsibility to submit documents in allowable format. 3. -Users need an email address, internet access, and PDF review software that includes ability to mark up and apply electronic stamps (such as Adobe'Acrobat, www.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu, www.bluebeam.com), unless such software capability is provided by the service provider. 4. Paper document transmittals will not be reviewed; only emailed electronic documents-will be accepted. 5. All other specified submittal .and document transmission procedures apply, except that - electronic document requirements do not apply to samples or color selection charts. 3.02 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. The Contractor shall schedule meeting after Notice of Award. B. Attendance Required: 1. Town Designated Representative. 2.. . Architect;. 3. Contractor. C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor.Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. .. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission,of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, .and progress schedule. 5. Submission of initial Submittal schedule. 6. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract. 7. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal,request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 8. Scheduling. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with,two copies to the Town's Designated Representative, participants; and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Contractor:shall schedule and 'administer meetings throughout progress of the work:at regular intervals as requested and/or approved by the Town's Designated Representative. B. The Contractor shall make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: 1. Contractor. 2. Town's Designated Representative SECTION 01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Contractor's superintendent. 4. Major subcontractors. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of RFIs. log and status of responses. 7. Review of off-site fabrication and.delivery schedules. B. Maintenance_of progress schedule, 9. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 10. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 11. Coordination of projected progress., 12. Maintenance of quality and work standards. .13. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 14. Other business-relating to work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to the Town's Designated Representative, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE SEE SECTION 01-32-16 3.05 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Include only factual. information. Do not include personal remarks or opinions regarding operations and/or personnel. B. In addition to transmitting electronically a copy. to the Town's Designated Representative, submit two printed copies at weekly intervals. 1. Submit in format acceptable to the Town's Designated Representative. C. Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site and project progress: 1. Date. 2. High and low temperatures, and general weather conditions. 3. List of subcontractors at Project site. 4. List of separate contractors at Project site. 5. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. a. Include a breakdown for supervisors, laborers, journeymen, equipment operators, and helpers. 6. Material deliveries. 7. Safety, environmental, or industrial relations incidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (submit a separate special report). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. Include comparison between scheduled work activities (in Contractor's most recently updated and published schedule) and actual activities. Explain differences, if any. Note days or periods when no work was in progress and explain the reasons why. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Directives and requests of Authority(s) Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Testing and/or inspections performed. 16: List of verbal instruction given by the Town's Designated Representative. 17. Signature of Contractor's authorized representative. SECTION 01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 8 i LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.06 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Submit photographs with each application.for payment, taken not more than 3 days. prior to submission of application for payment. B. Maintain one set of all photographs'at project site for reference; same copies as submitted, identified as such. C. Photography Type: Digital; electronic files. D. Proviide photographs of site and construction throughout progress of work produced by an experienced photographer, acceptable to the Town's Designated Representative. E. In addition to periodic, recurring views,take photographs of each of the following events: 1. Completion of site clearing. 2. Excavations in progress. 3. Foundations in progress and upon completion. 4. Structural framing in progress and upon completion. 5. Enclosure of building, upon completion. 6. Final completion, minimum of ten (10) photos. F. Views: 1. Provide non-aerial photographs from four cardinal views at each specified time, until date of Substantial Completion. 2. Consult with Town's Designated Representative for instructions on views required. 3. Provide factual presentation. 4. Provide correct exposure and focus, high resolution and sharpness, maximum depth of field, and minimum distortion. 5. Point of View Sketch: Provide sketch identifying point of view of each photograph. G. Digital Photographs: 24-bit color, minimum resolution of 1024 by 768, in JPG format; provide files unaltered by photo editing software. 1. Delivery Medium: Via email. 2. File Naming: Include project identification, date and time of view, and view identification. 3. Point of View Sketch: Include digital copy of.point of view sketch with each electronic submittal; include point of view identification in each photo file name. 4. PDF File: Assemble all photos into printable pages.in PDF format, with 2 to 3 photos per page, each photo labeled with file name; one PDF file per submittal. 5. Hard Copy: Printed hardcopy(grayscale)of PDF file and point of view sketch. 3.07 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. . Definition: A request seeking one of the following: 1. An interpretation, amplification, or clarification of some requirement of Contract Documents arising from inability to determine from them the exact material, process,.or system to be installed; or when the elements of construction are required to occupy the same space (interference); or when an item of work is described differently at more than one place in Contract Documents. 2. A resolution to an issue which has arisen due to field conditions and affects design intent. - B. Whenever possible, request clarifications at the next appropriate project progress meeting,with response entered into meeting minutes, rendering unnecessary the issuance of a formal RFI. C. 'Preparation: Prepare an RFI immediately upon discovery of a need fori interpretation of Contract Documents. Failure to submit a RFI in a timely manner is not a legitimate cause for claiming additional costs or delays in execution of the work. 1. Prepare a separate RFI for each specific item. a. Review, coordinate, and comment on requests originating with subcontractors and/or materials suppliers. b. Do not forward requests which solely require internal coordination between subcontractors. -' SECTION 01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Prepare in a format and with content acceptable to Owner.. a. Use CSI/CSC Form 13.2A- Request for Interpretation. 3. Prepare using software provided by the Electronic Document Submittal Service. 4. Combine RFI and its attachments into a single electronic file. PDF format is preferred. D. Reason for the RFI: Prior to initiation of an RFI, carefully study all Contract Documents to confirm that information sufficient for their interpretation is definitely not included. 1. Include in each request Contractor's signature attesting to good faith effort to determine from Contract Documents information requiring interpretation. 2. Unacceptable Uses for RFIs: Do not use RFIs to request the following: a. Approval of submittals (use procedures specified elsewhere in this section). b. Approval of substitutions (see Section-01-60-00-Product Requirements) c. Changes that entail change in Contract. Time and Contract Sum (comply with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract). d. Different methods of performing work than those indicated in the Contract Drawings and Specifications (comply with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract). 3. Improper RFIs: Requests not prepared in compliance with requirements of this section, and/or missing key information required to render an actionable response. They will be returned without a response, with an explanatory notation. 4. Frivolous RFIs: Requests regarding information that is clearly indicated on, or reasonably inferable from, Contract Documents, with no additional input required to clarify the question. They will be returned without a response,with an explanatory notation. a. The Town reserves the right to assess the Contractor for the costs (on time-and- materials basis) incurred by the Engineer of Record and/or the Town's Designated Representative,and any of its consultants, due to processing of such RFIs. E. Content: Include identifiers necessary for tracking the status of each RFI, and information - necessary to provide an actionable response. 1. Official Project name and number, and any additional required identifiers established in Contract Documents. 2. Name of property owner, Designated Representative, and Contractor. 3. Discrete and consecutive RFI number, and descriptive subject/title. 4. Issue date, and requested reply date. 5. Reference to particular Contract Document(s) requiring additional information/interpretation. Identify pertinent drawing and detail number and/or specification section number, title, and paragraph(s).. 6. Annotations: Field dimensions and/or description of conditions which have engendered the request. 7. Contractor's suggested resolution: A written and/or a graphic solution, to scale, is required in cases where clarification of coordination issues is involved, for example; routing, clearances, and/or specific locations of work shown diagrammatically in Contract Documents. If applicable, state the likely impact of the suggested resolution on Contract Time or the Contract Sum. F. Attachments: Include sketches, coordination drawings, descriptions, photos, submittals, and other information necessary to substantiate the reason for the request. G. RFI Log: Prepare and maintain a tabular log of RFIs for the duration of the project. - 1. Indicate current status of every RFI. Update log promptly and on a regular basis. 2. Note dates of when each request is made, and when a response is received. 3. Highlight items requiring priority or expedited response. 4. Highlight items for which a timely response has not been received to date. 5. Identify and include improper or frivolous RFIs. H. Review Time: The Town's Designated Representative will respond and return RFIs to Contractor within seven calendar days of receipt. For the purpose of establishing the start of. the mandated response period, RFIs received after 12:00 noon will be considered as having been received on the following regular working day. �J SECTION 01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Page 5 of 8 �.,., LKMA Project no 24096.000. - 1. Response period may be shortened or lengthened for specific items, subject to mutual agreement, and recorded in a timely manner in progress meeting minutes: I. Responses`: Content of answered RFIs will .not constitute in any manner..a directive or authorization to perform extra work or delay the project. If in Contractor's belief it is likely to lead to a change to Contract Sum or Contract.Time, promptly issue a notice to this effect, and follow up With an appropriate Change Order request to the Town and or their duly authorized representative. 1. Response may include a request for additional information, in which case the original,RFI will be deemed as having, been answered, and an amended one is to be. issued forthwith. Identify the amended RFI with an R suffix to the original number. 2. Do not extend applicability of a ,response to specific item to,encompass other similar. conditions, unless specifically so noted in the response. 3. Upon.receipt of a response, promptly review and distribute it to all affected parties, and update the RFI Log. 4. Notify the Town's Designated Representative within seven calendar days if an additional or corrected response is required by submitting an amended version of!the original RFI, identified as specified above. 3.08 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. . Design data. 3. Shop drawings. 4. Samples for selection. 5. Samples for verification. B. Submit to the Town's.Designated Representative for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in Contract Documents. C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide .copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01-78-00 - Closeout Submittals. 3.09 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Certificates. 2. Test reports. 3. Inspection reports. 4. Manufacturer's instructions. 5. Manufacturer's field reports. 6. Other types indicated. B. Submit for the knowledge of the Town's Designated Representative as contract administrator. 3.10 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in compliance with requirements of Section 01-78-00-Closeout Submittals: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. SECTION 01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Page 6 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Final Property Survey. E. Submit for Town's benefit during and after project completion. 3.11 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-marked up file will be'returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up; illegible files will be rejected. B. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by the Town's Designated Representative. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.12 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Requirements: 1. Use a single transmittal for related items. 2. Submit separate packages of submittals for review and submittals for information, when included in the same specification section. 3. Transmit using approved form. a. Use Form CSI/CSC Form 12.1A, or b. Use Contractor's form, subject to prior approval by the Town's Designated Representative 4. Sequentially identify each item. For revised submittals use original number and a sequential numerical suffix. 5. Identify: Project; Contractor; subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number; and specification section number and article/paragraph, as appropriate on each copy. 6. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. a. Submittals from sources other than the Contractor, or without Contractor's stamp will not be acknowledged, reviewed, or returned. 7. Deliver each submittal on date noted in submittal schedule, unless an earlier date has been agreed to by all affected parties, and is of the benefit to the project. a. Send submittals in electronic format via email to the Town's Designated Representative, or 8. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. a. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. b. For sequential reviews involving Consultants, Town Staff, or another affected party, allow an additional 7 days. c. For sequential reviews involving approval from authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ), in addition to the Town's Designated Representative approval, allow an additional 30 days. 9. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. - 10. Provide space for Contractor and Town's Designated Representative review stamps. 11. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. 12. Distribute reviewed submittals. Instruct parties to promptly report inability.to comply with requirements. 13. Incomplete submittals will not be reviewed, unless they are partial submittals for distinct portion(s)of the work, and have received prior approval for their use. 14. Submittals not requested will be recognized, and will be returned "Not Reviewed", B. Product Data Procedures: - 1. Submit only information required by individual specification sections. 2. Collect required information into a single submittal. SECTION 01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Page 7 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096,000 3. Do not submit(Material) Safety Data Sheets for materials or products. C.. Shop Drawing Procedures: 1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation-by interpreting 'Contract Documents and coordinating related work. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents to create shop drawings. 3. Generic, non-project-specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings. D. Samples Procedures: 1. Transmit related items together as single package. 2. Identify each item to allow review for applicability in relation to shop drawings showing installation locations. .3. Include with transmittal high-resolution image files of samples to facilitate electronic review and approval. Provide separate submittal page for each item image. 3.13 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A. Submittals for Review: The Town's Designated Representative will review each submittal, and NO EXCEPTIONS TdAKECORRECIIONS approve, or take other appropriate action. TAKE" El NOTED REVISEAND E3 mECTED B. Submittals for Information: The Town's Designated RFSUBFITT Representative will acknowledge receipt and CHECKING IS ONLY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN review. See below for actions to be taken. CONCEPT IO G PROTECT AND.CO TRACT CD CUMWITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN ]H THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CORRECTIONS OR COMMLMS MADE ON THIS SHOP C. The actions of the Town's Designated DRAWING DURING THIS REVIEW DO HOT RELIVE THE Representative will be reflected b marking each CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE VIIIH CONTRACTOR IS p y g OF THE COLf1RALT DOCUMENTS.THE CONTRACTOR IS returned submittal using virtual stamp on electronic RESPONSIBLE FUR:CONFIRNIINGANO CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMEIISIOHS;SELECTING FABRICATION submittals. PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION; COORDINATING WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER 1. Notations may be made directly on submitted TRADES, SUBCOHSULTANTS AND SUPPLIERS; AND items and/or listed on appended Submittal PERFORMING WORK D A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY APPLICABLE pp MANNER IN ACCORDANCE IYITH. ALL APPLICABLE Review cover sheet. CODES. D. Designated Representative's and consultants' L.K.MCLEAN ASSOCIATES,P.C. actions on items submitted for review: Dare: BY: 1. Authorizing purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and installation: a. "Approved", or"No Exceptions Taken", or language with same legal meaning. b. "Approved as Noted, Resubmission not required",, or "Make Corrections Noted", or language with same legal meaning. 1) Contractor shall comply with corrections and may proceed 2) At Contractor's option,submit corrected item, with review notations acknowledged and incorporated. 2. Not Authorizing fabrication, delivery, and installation: a. "Revise and Resubmit". 1) Resubmit revised item,with review notations acknowledged-and incorporated. 2) Non-responsive resubmittals may be rejected. b. "Rejected". 1) Submit item complying with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Designated Representative's and consultants'actions on items submitted for information: 1. Items for which no action was taken: a. "Received" - to notify the Contractor that the submittal has been received for record only. 2. Items for which action was taken: a. "Reviewed"-no further action is required from Contractor. END OF SECTION '01-30-00 Page 8 of 8 SECTION 01-30-00:ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-32-16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preliminary schedule. B. Construction progress schedule, bar chart type. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section.01-10-00-Summary: Work sequence. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AGC (CPSM)-Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual 2004. B. M-H (CPM)-CPM in Construction Management-Project Management with CPM 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Within 10 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days. C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit'draft of proposed complete schedule for review. 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. D. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. E. .Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. F. Submit in PDF format. G. Submit under transmittal letterform specified in Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduler: Contractor's personnel or specialist Consultant specializing in CPM scheduling with one year's minimum experience in scheduling construction work of a complexity comparable to this Project,and having use of computer facilities capable of delivering a detailed graphic printout within 48 hours of request. 1.06 SCHEDULE FORMAT A. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each activity with the applicable specification section number. B. Scale and Spacing: To allow for notations and revisions. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE A. Prepare preliminary schedule in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 3.02 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. D. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. SECTION 01-32-16:CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.03 REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedule with the Town's Designated Representative at each submittal. B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule. C. After review,revise as necessary as result of review, and resubmit within 10 days. 3.04 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities once every two weeks. B. Indicate 'progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work,and other identifiable changes. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes. G. Provide narrative report to- define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on the schedule. Report corrective action taken or proposed and its effect. 3.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to Contractor's project site file, to approved subcontractors, suppliers,the Town's Designated Representative, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in schedules. END OF SECTION 01-32-16 SECTION 01-32-16:CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-40-00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. Quality assurance. C. References and standards. D. Testing,and inspection agencies and services. E. Control of installation. F. Tolerances. G. Manufacturers'field services. H. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01-60-00- Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. , C. .Section 01-73-29—Cutting and Patching. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E329-Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection 2021. B. IAS AC89-Accreditation Criteria for Testing Laboratories 2021. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to the Town's Designated Representative, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1, Indicate material or product complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to the Town's Designated Representative. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery,storage,assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting,and finishing,for the Town's information. Indicate special procedures,perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. D. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for the benefit of the Town's Designated Representative as contract administrator. 1. Submit electronic copy of the report via email within 30 days of observation.. 2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 1.05 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard,.except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. SECTION 01-40-00:QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents,request.clarification from the Engineer'of Record before proceeding. E. Neither the contractual relationships,duties,or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Engineer or Record and/or the Town's Designated Representative shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference,otherwise in any reference document. 1.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES A. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform material and/or compaction testing as maybe required by the Town's Designated Representative. Costs for these services are included in Contract Sum. B. Employment of-agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. .Contractor Employed Agency: 1. Testing agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM E329, ASTM E543, ASTM E699, ASTM C1021, ASTM C1077,ASTM C1093,and ASTM D3740. 2. Laboratory Qualifications: Accredited by IAS according to IAS AC89. 3. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located. 4. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. 5. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using an NIST established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory measurement quality assurance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and, workmanship,to produce.work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers'instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Comply with the Town's Permit conditions. D. Comply with Health Department Permit Conditions. E. Coordinate all required inspections with Health Department Staff and the Town's Designated Representative. F. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Engineer of Record before proceeding. G. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. H. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. I. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. J. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. K. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Section 017329—"Cutting and Patching." L. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired construction. M. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services. SECTION 01-40-00:QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers'tolerances. Should manufacturers'tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Engineer of Record before proceeding. C.' Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing and inspection required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with the Town's Designated Representative and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify the Town's Designated Representative and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-compliance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional 'tests and inspections required by the Town's Designated Representative. 6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. _ C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke,alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel,and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify the Town's Designated Representative and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with Town's agency and pay for additional samples,tests,and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by the Town's Designated Representative. F. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions,, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. SECTION 01-40-00:QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . B. Report observations.and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. 3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of the Town's Designated Representative, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, the Designated Representative will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION 01-40-00 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 01-40-00:QUALITY REQUIREMENTS LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-50-00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering B. Temporary utilities. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D.- Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. E. Security requirements. F. Vehicular access and parking. G. Waste removal facilities and services. _ 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-51-00-Temporary Utilities. B. Section 01-55-00-Vehicular Access and Parking. C. Section 01-58-13-Temporary Project Signage. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 DEWATERING A. Provide temporary means and methods for dewatering all temporary facilities and controls. B. Maintain temporary facilities in operable condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES -SEE SECTION 01-51-00 A. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting; water, heating and cooling, and ventilation required for construction purposes. 1.06 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide at the site suitable enclosed toilet facilities for the use of construction personnel. The Contractor shall observe and enforce all sanitary regulations and maintain satisfactory sanitary conditions around and on all parts of the work. Provide at time of project mobilization. B. Adequate washing facility shall be provided for the construction personnel. C. The Contractor shall maintain,service,clean, and disinfect facilities in a satisfactory manner and enforce proper use of the sanitary facilities. D. The Contractor shall be subject to a fine and prosecution if any human excrement is deposited in or around the construction site. E. The Contractor shall pay for all expenses associated with temporary sanitary facilities during the course of the work, including furnishing all necessary permits and fees required for temporary sanitary facilities. F. Comply with all applicable codes and arrange for all necessary inspections and approvals. 1.07 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of- way and for public access to existing building. C. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants. SECTION 01-50-00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials,,site, and structures'from damage. 1.08 FIRST-AID FACILITIES AND ACCIDENTS A. The Contractor shall provide,at the site,such equipment and facilities As are necessary to supply first-aid to any of his personnel who may be injured in connection with the work. B. Accidents: 1. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Town's designated representative all accidents and whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with,the performance of the work,whether on or adjacent to the site,which cause death, personal injury or property damage, giving full details and statements of witness. 2. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused,the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to both the Owner and the Town's designated representative. 3. If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or a Subcontractor on account of any accidents,the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Town's .designated representative, giving full details of the claim. 1.09 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. B. Provide 6 foot (1.8 m) high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks: 1.10 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Town's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.11 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Town's Designated Representative B. Extend and relocate as work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. C. Maintain roads accessing construction area and all parking at the site: D. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions. E. Provide means of removing mud'from vehicle wheels before entering streets. Clean all.mud and debris from construction traffic at no additional expense to the Owner. Comply with all State and Local regulations. F. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. G. Provide one parking space for the use of the Town's Designated Representative. 1.12 WASTE REMOVAL A. See Section 01-74-19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. B. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. C. Provide containers secured to the ground with wind'and vermin resistant lids. Remove trash from site periodically. D. If materials to be recycled or re-used.on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non- combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. E. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. SECTION 01-50-00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.13 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet_ (600 mm). Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 01-50-00 SECTION 01-50-00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 3 1 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . SECTION 01-51-00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary.Utilities: Provision of electricity, lighting, heat,ventilation, and water. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-50-00-Temporary Facilities and Controls: 1. Temporary sanitary facilities required.bylaw. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. , 29 CFR 1926-Safety and Health Regulations for Construction Current Edition. 1.04 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Cost: By Electrical Contractor(EC), Contract E. B. Provide power service required from utility source(if applicable)or C. Connect to Town's existing power service (if applicable). 1. Do not disrupt Town's need for continuous service. _) 2. Exercise measures to conserve energy. D. Complement existing power service capacity and characteristics as required. E. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located at each floor. Provide flexible:power cords as required. F. Provide main service disconnect and over-current protection at convenient location.and meter. ^► G. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. H. Provide adequate distribution equipment, wiring, and outlets to provide single phase branch circuits for power and lighting. 1.05 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. Cost: By Electrical Contractor(EC), Contract E. B. Provide and maintain LED, compact fluorescent, or high-intensity discharge lighting as suitable for the application for construction operations in accordance with requirements of 29 CFR 1926 and authorities having jurisdiction. C. Provide and maintain 1 watt/sq ft (10.8 watt/sq m) lighting to exterior staging and storage areas after dark for security purposes. D. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. E. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. 1.06 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Cost: By Plumbing Contractor(PC), Contract P. ' B. Provide and maintain suitable quality'water service for construction operations at time of project mobilization. C. Contractor shall not tap existing fire hydrants or water sources without permission for owning utility. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION-NOT USED END OF SECTION 01-51-00 SECTION 01-51-00:TEMPORARY UTILITIES Page 1 of 1 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION'01-57-13 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prevention of erosion due to construction activities. B. Prevention of sedimentation of waterways, open drainage ways, and storm and sanitary sewers due to construction activities. C.. Restoration of areas eroded due to insufficient preventive measures. D. Performance bond. E. Compensation of Town for fines levied by authorities having jurisdiction due to non-compliance by Contractor. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-10-00-Site Clearing: Limits on clearing; disposition of vegetative clearing debris. B. I Section 31-22-00-Grading: Temporary and permanent grade changes for erosion control. C. Section 32-11-23-Aggregate Base Courses: Temporary and permanent roadways. D. Section 32-93-00-Plants 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. EPA.(NPDES)- National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Construction General Permit Current Edition. B. FHWA FLP-94-005-Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 1995. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of EPA (NPDES)for erosion and sedimentation control, as specified by the NPDES, for Phases I and II, and in compliance with requirements of Construction General Permit(CGP),whether the project is required by law to comply or not. B. Also comply with all more stringent requirements of the Town of Southold and/or the New York Station Stormwater Design Manual C. Comply with all requirements of the NYSDEC SPDES General Permit for Construction Activity as well as the New York State Stormwater Design manual for erosion and sedimentation control,whether the project is required by law to comply or:not. D. Runoff Calculation Standard for Urban Areas: USDA TR-55. E. Develop and follow an Erosion and Sedimentation Prevention Plan and submit periodic inspection reports as necessary F. Do not begin clearing, grading, or other work involving disturbance of ground surface cover until applicable permits have been obtained; furnish all documentation required to obtain applicable permits. 1. Obtain and pay for permits and provide security required by authority having jurisdiction. 2. Town will withhold payment to Contractor equivalent to all fines resulting from non- compliance with applicable regulations. G. Timing: Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible after disturbance of surface cover and before precipitation occurs. H. Storm Water Runoff: Control increased storm water runoff due to disturbance of surface cover due to construction activities for this project. . 1. Prevent runoff into storm and sanitary sewer systems, including open drainage channels,in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is less. SECTION 01-57-13:TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1 of 5 1 LKMA Project no 24096.000 -2. Anticipate runoff volume due to the most extreme.short term and 24-hour rainfall events that might occur in 25 years. I. Erosion On Site: Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Control movement of sediment and soil from temporary stockpiles of soil. 2. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic. 3. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to the Town. J. Erosion Off Site: Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other properties caused by water leaving the project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent windblown soil from leaving the project site. 2. Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside site. 3. Prevent mud and sediment from flowing onto sidewalks and pavements. 4. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to the Town. K. Sedimentation of Waterways Off Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways off the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary . sewers. 1 1. If sedimentation occurs,. install or correct preventive measures immediately at no,cost to the Town; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. L. Open Water: Prevent standing water that could become stagnant. M. Maintenance: Maintain temporary preventive measures until permanent measures have been established. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative.Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan: 1. Submit not less than 30 days prior to anticipated start of clearing, grading, or other work involving disturbance of ground surface cover. 2. Include: a. Site plan identifying soils and vegetation, existing erosion problems, and areas vulnerable to erosion due to topography, soils, vegetation, or drainage. b. Site plan showing grading; new improvements; temporary roads, traffic accesses, and other temporary construction; and proposed preventive measures. c. Where extensive areas of soil will be disturbed, include.storm water flow and volume calculations, soil loss predictions, and proposed preventive measures. d. Schedule of temporary preventive measures, in relation to ground disturbing activities. e. Other information required by law. f. Format required by law is acceptable, provided any additional information specified is also included. 3. Obtain the approval of the Plan by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Inspection Reports: Submit report of each inspection; identify each preventive measure, indicate condition, and specify maintenance or repair required and accomplished. D. Maintenance Instructions: Provide instructions covering inspection and maintenance for temporary measures that must remain after Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mulch: Use one of the following: 1. Straw or hay. SECTION 01-57-13:TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Wood waste, chips, or bark. 3. Erosion control matting or netting. B. Grass Seed for Temporary Cover: Select a species appropriate to climate, planting season, and intended purpose. If same area will later be planted with permanent vegetation, do not use species known to be excessively competitive or prone to volunteer in subsequent seasons. C. Bales: Air dry, rectangular straw bales. 1. Cross Section: 14 by 18 inches (350 by 450 mm), minimum. 2. Bindings: Wire or string, around long dimension. D. Bale Stakes: One of the following, minimum 3 feet(1 m)long: 1. Steel U-or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 pound per linear foot (1.98 kg per linear m). 2. Wood,:2 by 2 inches (50 by 50 mm)in cross section. E. Silt Fence Fabric: Polypropylene geotei the resistant to common soil chemicals, mildew, and insects; non-biodegradable; in longest lengths possible; fabric including seams with the following minimum average roll lengths: 1. Average Opening Size: 30 U.S. Std. Sieve (0.600 mm), maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4751. 2. Permittivity: 0.05 sec^-1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4491/D4491 M. 3. Ultraviolet Resistance: Retaining at least 70 percent of tensile strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4355/D4355M after 500 hours'exposure. 4. Tensile Strength: 100 pounds-force (450 N), minimum, in cross-machine direction; 124 pounds-force (550 N), minimum, in machine direction; when tested in accordance with ASTM D46321D4632M. 5. Elongation: 15 to 30 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632/D4632M. 6. Tear Strength: 55 pounds-force(245 N), minimum,when tested in accordance with ASTM D4533/D4533M. 7. Color: Manufacturer's standard,with embedment and fastener lines preprinted. F. Silt Fence Posts: One of the following,minimum 5 feet(1500 mm)long: 1. Steel U-or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 pound per linear foot (1.98 kg per linear m). 2. Softwood,4 by 4 inches (100 by 100 mm) in cross section. 3. Hardwood, 2 by 2 inches (50 by 50 mm)in cross section. G. Gravel: See Section 32-11-23 for aggregate. H. Concrete: See Section 03-30-00. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain such existing features to greatest extent possible. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time. 3.03 SCOPE OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES A. In all cases, if permanent erosion resistant measures have been installed temporary preventive measures are not required. B. Construction Entrances: Traffic-bearing aggregate surface. 1. Width: As required; 20 feet(7 m), minimum. 2. Length: 50 feet(16 m), minimum. 3. Provide at each construction entrance from public right-of-way or as indicated on Contract Documents. SECTION 01-57-13:TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Linear Sediment Barriers: Made of silt fences. 1. Provide linear sediment barriers: a. Along downhill perimeter edge of disturbed areas, including soil stockpiles. b. Along the top of the slope or top bank of drainage channels and swales that traverse disturbed areas. c. Along the toe of cut slopes and fill slopes. d. Perpendicular to flow across the bottom of existing ;and new drainage channels.and swales that traverse disturbed areas or carry runoff from disturbed areas; space at maximum of 200 feet.apart(at maximum of 60 m apart). D. Storm Drain Drop Inlet Sediment Traps: As detailed on drawings. E. Soil Stockpiles: Protect using one of the following measures:, 1. Cover with polyethylene film, secured by placing soil on outer edges. 2. Cover.with mulch at least 4 inches (100 mm) thickness of pine needles, sawdust, bark, wood chips, or shredded leaves, or 6 inches (150 mm) of straw or hay. No separate payment shall be made for any mulch used for this work. F. Mulching: Use only for areas that may be subjected to erosion for less than 6 months. 1. Wood Waste: Use only on slopes 3:1 or flatter; no-anchoring required: . G. Temporary Seeding: Use where temporary vegetated cover is required. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Traffic-Bearing Aggregate Surface: 1. Excavate minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 2. Place geotextile fabric full width and length, with minimum 12 inch (300 mm) overlap at joints. 3. Place and compact at least 6 inches (150 mm) of 1 1/2 to 3 1/2 inch (40 to 90 mm) .diameter stone. B. Silt Fences: 1. Store and handle fabric in accordance with ASTM D4873/D4873M. 2. Where slope gradient is less than 3:1 or barriers will be in place less than 6 months, use nominal 16 inch (405 mm) high barriers with minimum 36 inch (905 mm) Tong posts spaced at 6 feet (1830 mm) maximum, with fabric embedded at least 4 inches (100 mm) in ground. 3. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 or barriers will be in place over 6 months, use nominal 28 inch (710 mm) high barriers, minimum 48 inch (1220 mm) long posts spaced at 6 feet (1830 mm) maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches (150 mm) in ground. ' 4. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 and vertical height of slope between barriers is more than 20 feet (6 m), use nominal 32 inch (810 mm) high barriers with woven .wire reinforcement and steel posts spaced at 4 feet .(1220 mm) maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches (150 mm) in ground. 5. Install with top of fabric at nominal height and embedment as specified. 6. Do not splice fabric width; minimize splices in fabric length; splice at post only, overlapping at least 18 inches (460 mm), with extra post. 7. Fasten fabric to wood posts using one of the following: a. Four nails per post with 3/4 inch (19 mm)diameter flat or button head, 1 inch (2.5 mm) long,and 14 gauge, 0.083 inch (2.11 mm)shank diameter. b. Five staples per post with at least 17 gauge, 0.0453 inch (1.150 mm) wire, 3/4 inch (19 mm)crown width and 1/2 inch (12 mm) long legs. 8. Fasten fabric to steel posts using wire; nylon cord, or integral pockets. 9. Wherever runoff will flow around end of barrier or over the top, provide temporary splash pad or other outlet protection; at such outlets in the run of the barrier, make barrier not more than 12 inches (300 mm) high with post spacing not more than 4 feet(1220 mm). C. Straw Bale Rows: SECTION 01-57-13:TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1. Install bales in continuous rows with ends butting tightly, with one bale at each end of row turned uphill. . 2. Install bales so that bindings are not in contact with the.ground. 3. Embed bales at least 4 inches (100 mm) in the ground. 4. Anchor bales with at least two stakes per bale, driven at least 18 inches (450 mm).into the ground; drive first stake in each bale toward the previously placed bale to force bales together. 5. .. Fill gaps between ends of bales with loose straw wedged tightly. 6. Place soil excavated for trench against bales on the upslope side of the row, compacted. D. Mulching Over Large Areas: 1. Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 2-1/2 tons per acre (6350 kg per hectare); anchor using dull disc harrow or emulsified asphalt applied using same spraying machine at 100 gallons of water per ton of mulch. - 2. Wood Waste: Apply 6 to 9 tons per acre (15,200 to 20,800 kg per hectare). 3. Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. E. Mulching Over Small and Medium Areas: 1. Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 4 to 6 inches (100 to'150 mm)depth. 2. Wood Waste: Apply 2 to 3 inches (50 to 75 mm)depth. 3. Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. F. Concrete Washout Facility: As depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. G. Material Stockpiles: As depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storm that produces 0.5 inches (13 mm)or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall. B. Repair deficiencies immediately. C. Silt Fences: 1. Promptly replace fabric that deteriorates unless need for fence has passed. 2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-third of the height of the fence. - 3. Repair fences that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or other causes. D. Straw Bale Rows: 1. Promptly replace bales that fall apart or otherwise deteriorate unless need has passed. 2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-half of the height of the bales. 3. Repair bale rows that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or other causes. E. Clean out temporary sediment control structures weekly and relocate soil on site. F. Place sediment in appropriate locations on site; do not remove from site. 3.06 CLEANUP A. Remove temporary measures after permanent measures have been installed, unless permitted to remain by the. B. Clean out temporary sediment control structures that are to remain as permanent measures. C. Where removal of temporary measures would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an acceptable grade and finish to match adjacent ground surfaces. END OF SECTION 01-57-13 SECTION 01-57-13:TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-60-00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling,storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations. E. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts,tools, and software. . 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-25-00 - Substitution Procedures: Substitutions made during:procurement and/or construction phases. B. Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. C. Section 01-74-19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Waste disposal requirements potentially affecting product selection, packaging and substitutions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer,trade name,and model number of each product. 1. Submit within 15 days after date of Agreement. 2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards. B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data.. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for.this Project; indicate utility and. electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product,with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For,selection from standard finishes,submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors,textures, and patterns. PART 2 PRODUCTS . 2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents. B. Unforeseen historic items encountered remain the property of the Town; notify the Town's Designated Representative promptly upon discovery; protect, remove, handle, and store as directed by Town. C. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re-used, relocated, reinstalled, delivered to the Town, or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of the Town, become the property of the Contractor; remove from site. 2.02 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents. B. See Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements,for additional source quality-control requirements. C. Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted: 1. Made outside the United States, its territories, Canada, or Mexico. 2. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. SECTION 01-60-00:PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 I LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Containing lead, cadmium,or asbestos. D. Where other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. If used on interior, have lower emissions, as defined in Section 01-61-16. 2. If wet-applied, have lower VOC content, as defined in Section 01-61-16. 3. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 4. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 5. Result in less construction waste. See Section 01-74-19 6. Are made of vegetable materials that are rapidly renewable. 7. Are made of recycled materials. 8. If made of wood, are made of sustainably harvested wood,wood chips, or wood fiber. 9. If bio-based, other than wood, are or are made of Sustainable Agriculture Network certified products. 10. Are Cradle-to-Cradle Certified. 11. Have a published Environmental Product Declaration (EPD). 12. Have a published Health Product Declaration (HPD): 13. Have a published Green Screen Chemical Hazard Analysis. 14. Have a published Manufacturer's Inventory of Chemical Content. 2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product-meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. F. Upon request by the. Architect/Engineer, all material transport shall be trackable to verify _ scheduled delivery dates. G. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities: are correct, and products are undamaged. H. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling. I. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. SECTION 01-60-00:PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.02 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Provide protection of stored materials and,products against theft,casualty, or deterioration. B. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. See Section 01-74-19. - C. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers.'instructions. D. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. E. Arrange storage of materials and products to allow for visual inspection for the purpose of determination of quantities, amounts, and unit counts. F. Store sensitive products in- weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment . favorable to product. G. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. H. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants. I. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any. J. Do not store products directly on the ground. K. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. L. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.- M. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. N. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement, or damage. O. Store wood millwork and flooring in acclimatized spaces 7 days prior to installation. P. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection.Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION 01-60-00 • SECTION 01-60-00:PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-70-00 t- EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Pre-installation meetings. C. Surveying for laying out the work. D. Cleaning and protection. E. Starting of systems and equipment. F. :Demonstration and instruction of Town personnel. G. Closeout procedures,'including Contractor's Correction Punch List,except payment procedures. H. General requirements for maintenance service. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-30-00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, Electronic document submittal service. B. Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures. C. Section 01-50-00-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures. D. Section 01-51-00-Temporary Utilities: Temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating facilities. E. Section 01-57-13 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control: Additional erosion and sedimentation control requirements. F. Section 01-74-19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Additional procedures for trash/waste removal, recycling, salvage,and reuse. G. Section 01-78-00-Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties, and bonds. H. Section 01-79-00 - Demonstration and Training: Demonstration of products and systems to be - commissioned and where indicated in specific specification sections 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 -Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations 2022. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. 2. Submit a copy of Final As-Built Survey signed and sealed by a New York State Licensed , Land Surveyor, which clearly depicts as-built conditions and topography in compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. For surveying work,employ a land surveyor registered in the State in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Town's Designated Representative. Submit evidence of surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. Employ only individual(s) trained and experienced in collecting and recording accurate data relevant to ongoing construction activities, SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. For design of-temporary shoring and bracing (if required), employ a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Use of explosives is not permitted. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. C. Perform dewatering activities,as required,for the duration of the project. D. Dust Control:.Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide,positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. 1. The Contractor shall maintain all excavations, embankments, stockpiles, haul roads, -� permanent access roads,and waste areas, borrow areas and all other work areas within or without the project boundaries free from dust which would cause a hazard or nuisance to . others or contaminate surface water. 2. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, keep dust under control at all times on all roadways and other areas adjacent to the work or on the site of the work by the use of at least once a day and at other times when directed, (including after working hours, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays), of self-loading motor sweepers, vacuums, spraying water,and a combination of these methods.. 3. Approved temporary methods of stabilization consisting of motor sweepers, vacuums, spraying water, and a combination of these methods, will be permitted to control dust. Spraying water shall be repeated at such intervals to keep all parts of the disturbed area at least damp at all times, and the Contractor shall have sufficient suitable equipment on the job to accomplish this, if sprinkling is used. Dust control shall be performed daily as the work proceeds and whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs. 4. All areas undergoing excavation, grading, filling, cutting or subject to other dust-producing activities by vehicles should be subjected to dust-inhibiting practices. The use of liquid palliatives and penetrating asphalted materials will not be permitted. Anchored mulch . (asphaltic binders will not be permitted) shall be applied to non-traffic areas subject to blowing as a temporary treatment. Permanent vegetation shall be established as soon as possible. 5. Contractor shall perform his operations such that the Federal particulate standards of 15 mg/m3 of respirable dust for a 24-hour:period are:not exceeded at the facility property line. E. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills,from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. 2. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains,to prevent water flow. 3. Periodically inspect earthwork to,detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. F. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations. 1. At All Times:, Excessively noisy tools and operations will not be tolerated inside the building at any time of day; excessively noisy includes jackhammers. 2. Outdoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy exterior work to the hours of 8 am to 5 pm. 3. The Contractor shall use every effort and means possible to minimize or eliminate noise caused by his operation which the Town's designated representative may consider objectionable. The Contractor shall provide working machinery, designed to operate with the least possible noise. The.Contractor is responsible for maintaining.compliance with all applicable noise regulations and all State and local noise ordinances., G. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work. 1. . Pest Control Service: Weekly treatments. SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 H. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises. I. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means,and facilities to prevent contamination of soil,water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. J. Pesticides and Herbicides: . 1. Where pesticides or herbicides are to be used in construction operations; data relative to restrictions on the type or types of material available and approved for application to control or eradicate vegetation, insects or organisms shall be obtained from the State or County agriculture departments. The amount of pesticide applied shall be limited to the recommended dosage. Application equipment shall provide an even distribution of the materials in accordance with the approved rate in terms of pounds per acre. Materials delivered to the site shall be covered and protected from the elements. Contents of the containers-shall not be exposed. Application equipment or empty containers shall not be rinsed and discharged to the natural drainage channel. The rinse water shall be disposed of in a manner that would not cause pollution of surface or groundwater. Should pollution of the surface or groundwater occur, the Contractor shall immediately notify the proper authorities.The Contractor will be responsible for any and all expenses associated with the cleanup of the pollution of the surface or groundwater. 1.07 PROHIBITED CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. The Contractor is advised that the disposal of excess excavated material in wetlands, stream corridors and floodplains is strictly prohibited.Any violation of this restriction by the Contractor or any person employed by him, will be brought to the immediate attention of the responsible regulatory agencies,with a request that appropriate action be taken against the offending parties. Therefore, the Contractor will be required to remove the fill at his own expense and restore the area impacted. B. The Contractor shall at a minimum be strictly prohibited from performing the following .construction procedures: 1. Dumping of spoil material into any stream corridor,any wetlands, any surface waters, or an unspecified location. 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands or surface waters. 3. Pumping of silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into any surface waters, any stream corridors or any wetlands. 4. Damaging vegetation adjacent to, or outside of, the access road or the right-of-way. 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any stream corridors, any wetlands, any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. 6. Permanent or unspecified alternation of the flow line of any stream. 7. Burning of project debris. 8. Location of storage stockpile areas in environmentally sensitive area. 9. Disposal of excess or unsuitable excavation material in wetlands or floodplains even with permission of the property owner. 10. Discharging silty or muddy water from demucking or dewatering operations into natural water courses. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Coordinate space requirements,.supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow.routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and >conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance, and for repairs. E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. G. After Town occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents,to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS—NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. C. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. D. Verify that utility services are available,of the correct characteristics,and in the correct locations. 3.02 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify the Town's Designated Representative of any discrepancies discovered. C. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. D. Protect survey.control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. E. Promptly report to the'Town's Designated Representative the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to the Town's Designated Representative. G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. H. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations,with horizontal and vertical data, on project record.documents. I. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements;stakes for grading,fill and topsoil placement;utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations. 4. Controlling lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical trades. J. Periodically verify layouts by same means. K. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to compliance with regulatory requirements, conduct construction operations in compliance'with NFPA 241, including applicable recommendations in Appendix A. B. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .and. recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. C. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level,neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal dines, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make consistent texture on surfaces,with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. 'F. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.04 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly - condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.05 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products.Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Remove protective.coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible. 3.06 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate with requirements of Section 01-91-13- General Commissioning Requirements. B. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings,and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested: F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor_ personnel, and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. G. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to,inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. . 3.07 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. See Section 01-79-00-Demonstration and Training. 3.08 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B. The contractor shall adjust all existing utility structure covers (including but not limited septic tanks, leaching pools, and manholes) to finished grade by means of either brick and mortar or precast concrete collars as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 5 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.09 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary;Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in.the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date.Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting .documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement.showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent,completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Submit specific warranties,workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,final certifications, and similar documents. 3. Obtain-and submit releases.enabling Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,'operating,certificates, and similar releases. 4. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals,final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. . 5. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection,Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfilled requirements.Architect will prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of completed inspection will form basis of requirements for final acceptance. 3.10 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Architect.The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Architect. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 4. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 5. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Re-inspection Procedure:Architect/Engineer will re-inspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections,-has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to Architect/Engineer. 1. Upon completion of re-inspection,Architect/engineer will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, Architect/Engineer will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 6 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.11 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General:Do not use record documents for construction purposes.Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure,fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark set to show actual installation where installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at corresponding location on Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Upon completion of work, submit complete set of Record Drawings to Architect/Engineer for Owner's records. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of Project Manual, including addenda. Include with Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with text of Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 2. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 3. Upon completion of Work,submit record Specifications to Architect/Engineer.for Owner's records. D. Record Samples: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, Contractor shall meet with Architect/Engineer and Owner's personnel at Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to Owner for record purposes. Comply with Owner's instructions regarding delivery to Owner's Sample storage area. E. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to Architect for Owner's records. 3.12 FINAL CLEANING A. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. B. General: General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. C. Regular site cleaning is included in Section 011000 — Summary of Work. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to - condition expected in a normal,commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.Comply with manufacturer's instructions. SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 7 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard=surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition,free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. E. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, Scuppers,.overflow drains, area drains, and drainage systems G. Clean site;sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. H. Remove waste,surplus materials,trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site;dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or.bury. I. Pest Control: Engage experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects,-and other pests. J. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and-facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. K. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not'bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from site and dispose of lawfully. L. All basins, manholes, and drainage pipes existing and/or proposed under the scope of this Contract, as well as any adjacent drainage facilities which may have been affected by the scope of this Contract, shall be cleaned free from accumulated construction dirt,silt,form work, etc., and all proper restoration called for in the items of the Specifications shall be complete in every detail. M. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by Owner. 3.13 CLOSEOUT.PROCEDURES -GENERAL A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. B. Upon completion of work under the Contract, provide written notification to theTown and Town's designated representative that work is complete and ready for final inspection.. C. The work shall be inspected within a reasonable period of time, and a Punch List shall be prepared showing all items of work, if any, requiring correction or attention on the part of the Contractor. D. Upon satisfactory completion of remedial Work, the Town's designated representative will issue notification and application for final payment may be submitted in accordance with the appropriate Article of the General Conditions. E. Use of Completed Portion - The Town shall have the right to take possession and use any completed or partially complete portions of the work notwithstanding that the time of completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired. Such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with Contract Documents. F. Refer to Section 01-71-23 Field Engineering to Final As-Built Survey Requirements. END OF SECTION 01-70-00 SECTION 01-70-00:EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 8 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-71-23 FIELD ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Field engineering services by Contractor. B. Land surveying services by Contractor. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES A. Specific Contractor services listed, as means and methods, in this section are in addition to, and do not supersede, general Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Sole responsibility for establishing all locations, dimensions and.levels of items of work. C. Sole responsibility for provision of all materials required to establish and maintain benchmarks and control points, including batter boards, grade stakes, structure elevation stakes, and other items. D. Having a skilled instrument person(s)available on short notice when necessary for laying out the work. E. Keeping a transit, theodolite, or TST (total station theodolite with electronic distance measurement device);leveling instrument;and related implements such as survey rods and other measurement devices, at the project site at all times. F. Provision of facilities and assistance necessary for the Town's Designated Representative to check lines and grade points placed by Contractor. 1. Performance of excavation or embankment work until after all cross-sectioning necessary for determining payment quantities for Unit Price work have been completed and accepted by the Town's Designated Representative. G. Preparation and maintenance of daily reports of activity on the work. Submission of reports containing key progress 'indicators and job conditions to the Town's Designated Representative. 1. Number of employees at the Site. 2. Number employees at the Site for each of Contractor's subcontractors. 3. Breakdown of employees by trades. 4. Major equipment and materials installed as part of the work. 5. Major construction equipment utilized. 6. Location of areas in which construction was performed. 7. Materials and equipment received. 8. Work performed, including field quality control measures and testing. 9. Weather conditions. 10. Delays encountered, amount of delay incurred, and the reasons for the delay: 11. Instructions received from the Town's Designated Representative, if any. H. Preparation and maintenance of professional-quality, accurate, well organized, legible notes of all measurements and calculations made while surveying and laying out the work. I. Prior to backfilling operations, surveying - locating, and recording on a copy of Contract Documents-an accurate representation of buried work and Underground Facilities encountered. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS r A. State Plane Coordinate System for the State in which the Project is located. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Submit in addition to items required in Section 01-70-00-Execution and Closeout.Requirements. C. Informational Submittals:Submit the following: SECTION 01-71-23:FIELD ENGINEERING Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1. Field .Engineering: Submit daily reports, with content as indicated in this section (if requested). a. When requested by the Town's Designated Representative, submit. for Record documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering including, but not limited to, Contractor's surrey notes and field notes. 2. Final As-Built surrey. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Engineer's Qualifications: As established in Section 01-70-00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Land Surveyor's Qualifications: As established in Section 01-10-00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. C. Use adequate number of skilled and thoroughly-trained workers to perform the work of this section in a timely and comprehensive manner. D. Minimum accuracy for required work is as follows: 1. Grade: Horizontal Tolerance: Plus or minus 0.5 feet(152 mm),Vertical Tolerance: Plus or minus 0.05 feet(15 mm). 2. Structures: Horizontal Tolerance: Plus or minus 0.5 feet (152 mm) (location), Vertical Tolerance: Plus or minus 0.05 feet(15 mm). PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify layout_information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. Notify the Town's Designated Representative of any discrepancies immediately in writing before proceeding to lay out the work. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and base line: Preserve permanent reference points during construction. B. Existing Utilities and Equipment: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work, investigate and verify existing conditions. 3.02 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Maintain field office files, drawings, specifications, and record documents. B. Coordinate field engineering services with Contractor's approved subcontractors, installers, and suppliers as appropriate. C. Prepare layout and coordination drawings for construction operations. D. Check and coordinate the work for conflicts and interferences, and immediately advise the Town's Designated Representative of all discrepancies of which Contractor is aware. E. Cooperate as required with the Town's Designated Representative in observing the work and performing field inspections. F. Review and coordinate work on a regular basis with shop drawings and Contractor's other submittals. G. In general, match existing adjacent grades and maintain existing flow lines. H. Check the location, line and grade of every major element as the work progresses.. Notify the Town's Designated Representative .when deviations from required lines or grades exceed allowable tolerances. Include in such notifications a thorough explanation of the problem, and a proposed plan and schedule for remedying the deviation. Do not proceed with remedial work without the concurrence of the Town's Designated Representative on the remediation plan. I. Check all formwork, reinforcing, inserts, structural steel, bolts, sleeves, piping, other materials and equipment for compliance with shop drawings and Contract Documents requirements. SECTION 01-71-23:FIELD ENGINEERING Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 J. Check all bracing and shoring. (if required) for structural integrity and compliance with designs: prepared by the Contractor. 3.03 LAND SURVEYING A. Coordinate survey data with the State Plane Coordinate System of the State in which the Project is located. B. Contractor is responsible for the restoration of all property corners and control monuments damaged or destroyed by construction-related activities.- Any disturbed monuments must be replaced at Contractor's expense by a surveyor licensed in the State in which the Project is located, and approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 1. Temporarily suspend work at such points and for such reasonable times as the Designated Representative may require for resetting monuments. The Contractor will,not be entitled to any additional compensation or extension of time. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING A. General: Perform surveying as applicable to specific items necessary for proper execution of work. 1. Alignment Staking: Provide alignment stakes at 50 foot(15.24 m) intervals on tangent, and at 25 foot (7.62 m) intervals on curves, or as needed to satisfactorily perform the construction depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Slope Staking: Provide slope staking at 50 foot.(15.24 m) intervals on tangent, and at 25 foot(7.62 m) intervals on curves. Re-stake at every ten-foot difference in elevation. 3. Structure: Stake out structures, including elevations, and check prior. to and during construction. 4. Site Utilities: Stake out utility lines including elevations, and check.prior to and during construction. - 5. Road: Stake out roadway elevations at 50 foot (15.24 m)50-foot intervals on tangent, and at 25 foot(7.62 m) intervals on curves. 6. Cross-sections: Provide original, intermediate, and final staking as required, for site work and other locations as necessary for quantity surveys. B. Surveying to Determine Quantities for Payment. 1. For each application for progress payment, perform such surveys and computations necessary to determine quantities of work performed or placed. Perform surveys necessary for the Town's Designated Representative to determine final quantities of work in place. 2. Notify the Town's Designated Representative at least 24 hours before performing survey services for determining quantities. Unless waived in writing by the Town's Designated Representative, perform quantity surveys in presence of the Town's Designated Representative. C. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Recordany deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys,weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. D. Use by the Town's Designated Representative: The Town's Designated Representative may at any time use line and grade points and markers established by the Contractor. The Contractor 's surveys are a part of the work.and may be checked.by the Town's Designated Representative at any time. E. Accuracy: 1. Establish Contractor's temporary survey references points for contractor's use to at least second-order accuracy (e.g., 1:10000). Set construction staking used as a guide for the work to at least third-order accuracy (e.g., 1:5000). Provide the absolute margin for error specified below on the basis established by such orders. a. Accuracy of other staking shall be plus or minus 0.04 feet (12.2 mm) horizontally and plus or minus 0.02 feet(6.1 mm)vertically. SECTION 01-71-23:FIELD ENGINEERING Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 b. Include an error analysis sufficient to demonstrate required accuracy in survey calculations. 2. The Town reserves the right to check the Contractor's survey, measurements, and calculations. The requirement for accuracy will not be waived, whether this right is exercised or not. 3.05 SUPPORT AND BRACING A. General requirements: Design all support and bracing-systems, if required. Provide- for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of bearing the loads imposed. Design systems to not overstress the building structure. 3.06 REPORTS A. Submit electronic copy of Contractor's daily reports electronically to the Town's Designated Representative by 9:00 AM the next working day after the day covered in the associated report. Daily report shall be signed by responsible member of Contractor's staff, such as project manager or superintendent,or foreman designated by Contractor as having authority to sign daily reports. 3.07 RECORDS A. Maintain at the Site a complete and accurate log.of control and survey work as it progresses. 1. Organize and record survey data in accordance with recognized professional surveying standards, Laws and Regulations,and prevailing standards of practice in the State in which the Project is located.Record Contractor's surveyor's original field notes,computations,and other surveying data in Contractor-furnished hard-bound field books. Contractor is solely responsible for completeness and accuracy of survey work, and completeness and accuracy of survey records, including field books. Survey records, (including field books) may be rejected by the Town due to failure to organize and maintain survey records in a manner that allows reasonable and independent verification of calculations, and/or allows. identification of elevations, dimensions, and grades of the work. 2. Illegible notes or data, and erasures on any page of field books, are unacceptable. Do not submit copied notes or data. Corrections by ruling or lining out errors will be unacceptable unless initialed by the surveyor. Violation of these requirements may require re-surveying the data questioned by the Town's Designated Representative. B. Record plans: The contractor shall provide three(3)original copies of Record Plans to the Town which depict any and all built conditions with associated construction details. These plans shall identify the construction of the various contract items and shall clearly indicate construction which does not reflect the details depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents (if any). C. As-Built Survey: In addition to the Record Plans which provide details as to constructed works, the Contractor is responsible to provide the Town and the Engineer of Record with a Final As- Built Survey depicting post construction conditions.The surveyshall be completed for the entirety of the subject property and all disturbed areas. The survey shall include a complete property boundary with topographic contours at a maximum 2'interval,shall provide adequate spot grade information, and shall depict all post-construction improvements.The survey shall be signed and sealed by a New York State Licensed Land Surveyor. The Contractor is responsible to provide three (3) original copies of the Final As-Built Survey to the Town. A digital copy(.PDF)shall be submitted as well.Additionally,the Contractor shall provide the Town and the Engineer of Record with an AutoCAD file (.dwg)of the Final As-Built for record keeping purposes.The Final As-Built Survey shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Structure locations from property lines, and distances to adjacent buildings. 2. Dimensions and locations of drives,walks,walls, underground.utilities, appurtenances,and major site features. 3. Location of easements. 4. Final grading topographic survey. SECTION 01-71-23:FIELD ENGINEERING Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.08 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. See Section 01-70-00- Execution and Closeout Requirement4, for closeout requirements. B. See Section 01-78-00-Closeout Submittals,for closeout submittals. C. See Section 01-79-00- Demonstration and Training;for additional requirements. END'OF SECTION 01-71-23 SECTION 01-71-23:FIELD ENGINEERING Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000. . - SECTION 01-73-29 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. .'This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. All cutting, patching, and restoration of historic building construction materials is to be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal:Submit.a proposal describing.procedures well in advance of time cutting and patching will be performed if Owner requires approval of.these procedures before proceeding. Request approval to proceed. Include the following information,as applicable, in the .. proposal: 1. Describe extent of cutting and patching required. Show-how it will be.performed and indicate why it cannot be avoided. 2. . Describe anticipated results.in terms of changes to existing construction. Include changes to structural elements and.operating components as well as changes in building's: appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. .:List products to be used and firms or entities that wilt perform Work. 4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching.will be performed. proceed wi th cutting and patching does not waive Architect's right 5. Architect's approval to g p 9 PP. to later require complete removal and replacement of.unsatisfactory work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visual Requirements:Do not cut.and patch construction exposed on interior,exterior or in spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual.evidence of cutting and patching. . Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Ex'isting Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. PART'2 PRODUCTS A. Use materials identical.to existing materials. For exposed surfaces,use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose,installed-performance will equal,or surpass that of. existing materials. B. Use wood grain that matches existing wood grain. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be out and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take. corrective action before proceeding. B. Before proceeding, meet at'Project Site with parties involved in cutting and patching, in carpentry, mechanical, plumbing and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.' 3.02 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut:. . B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting andpatching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. SECTION 01-73-29:CUTTING AND PATCHING :Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.03 PERFOMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without-delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original conditions. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures With original Installer; comply with original Installer's recommendations. In general,where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 1. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from.exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 2. Cut through concrete using a cutting machine, such as a carborundum saw or a diamond- core drill. 3. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. 4. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or - partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing and cutting. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas:to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Seal all exposed cavities to prevent passage of rodents and pests. 3.03 PERFOMANCE A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items.Thoroughly clean piping,"conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01-73-29 SECTION 01-73-29:CUTTING AND PATCHING Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-74-19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. The Town requires that this project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible. B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors. C. Minimize trash/waste disposal -in landfills; reuse, salvage, or.recycle as much waste as economically feasible. D. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are: _ 1. Burning on the project site. 2. Burying on the project site. 3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private. 4. Other illegal dumping or burying. 5. Incineration, either on-or off-site. E. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and.complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-30-00 -Administrative Requirements: Additional_requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures,and project documentation. B. Section 01-50-00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements related to' trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. C. Section 01-60-00 - Product Requirements: Waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling. D. Section 01-70-00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk,or the like. B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity. D. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water. E. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. F. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged. G. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its' intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. PART 3 EXECUTION t 2.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-30-00 for additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation. SECTION 01-74-19:CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. See Section 01-50700 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. C. See Section 01-60-00 for waste prevention requirements related ;to delivery, storage, and handling. D. .See Section 01-70-00 for trash/waste prevention procedures.related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and:cleaning. END OF SECTION 01-74-19 SECTION 01-74-19:CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT Page 2 of 2 . LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 01-78-00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project record documents. B. Operation and maintenance data. C. Materials transparency manual. D. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-30-00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Section 01-70-00- Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. C. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. D. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to the Town's Designated Representative with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by the Town,submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. _ C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 2. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NONE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Documents required to be delivered to the Town's Designated Representative: 1. Affidavit.of Release of liens 2. Affidavit of payment of debt'and claims on the Town Forms, including:Affidavit from all Subcontractor's and material suppliers for job,stating that they have been paid; Affidavit that all payrolls, bills.for materials, equipment and other indebtedness connected with the work has been paid. 3. Releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors, if required by the Town. 4. 1 Year Maintenance Bond 5. Consent of surety to final payment 6. Operation, Maintenance and Instruction Manuals 7. The Contractor shall include all literature of the manufacturer's relating to equipment, including motors or other manufactured equipment; also,cuts, wiring diagrams, instruction sheets, and all other information pertaining to same that would be useful to the Town in the operation and maintenance of same. 8. The Contractor shall also instruct the Town's designated personnel in the operation of the equipment and/or systems. 9. Final As-Built Survey 10. Project Record Documents SECTION 01-78-00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. The Town's Designated Representative reserves the right to withhold final payment until the - Final As-Built Approval (green stamp)is obtained from the Health Department, and a copy of same is provided to the Town and/or the Town's Designated Representative. ,C. The Town's Designated Representative reserves the right to withhold final payment until the Electrical Underwriter's Certificate is obtained and a copy of same is provided to the Town and/or the Town's Designated Representative. 3.02 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the:following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original Contract drawings. - 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product,Applied Material, and Finish: 1. Product data,with catalog number,size, composition, and color and texture designations. 2.. Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods,and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture protection and weather-exposed products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections. - E.. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2: Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. SECTION 01-78-00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts: B. Where additional instructions, are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel .experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. C. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide. electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications; typed. D: Include color coded wiring diagrams.as.installed. E. Operating Procedures: Include start=up, break-in,and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, - and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and-any special operating instructions. F. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and troubleshooting;disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing,and checking instructions. G. Include manufacturer's printed'operation and maintenance instructions. H. Additional.Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible approved Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days.after completion of the applicable item. of work. Except for items put into use with Town's permission, leave date of beginning:of.time of warranty until Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. 4 D. Retain warranties and bonds until'time specified for submittal. E. Include originals of each in.operation and maintenance manuals, indexed_separately on Table of Contents. END OF SECTION 01-78-00 SECTION 01-78-00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS -Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 ' SECTION 01-79-06 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demonstration of products and systems to be commissioned and where indicated in specific specification sections. B. Training of Town personnel in care, cleaning, operation, repair and/or maintenance is required. for: 1. Fire sprinkler System. 2. Fire detection and Alarm system. 3. 'Mini split mechanical system. 4: Plumbing systems. 5. Lighting and controls. 6. Emergency generator. 7. Access control and security. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-78-00-Closeout Submittals: Operation and maintenance manuals. B. Other Specification Sections: Additional requirements for demonstration and training. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01730-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures._ 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and,systems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEMONSTRATION -GENERAL A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by the Town. B. Demonstration may be combined with Town personnel training if applicable. C. Operating. Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down,seasonal changeover, emergency conditions,and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 2. For,equipment.or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 3.02 TRAINING -GENERAL A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated. B. Do not start training until Functional Testing is complete, unless otherwise specified or approved by the Commissioning Authority. C. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Town's personnel to be trained; re-schedule training sessions as required by Town; once schedule has been approved by the Town, failure SECTION 01-79-00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 _. to conduct sessions according to schedule.will be cause for the Town to charge Contractor for personnel "show-up"time. D. Product-and System-Specific Training: 1. Review the applicable O&M manuals. 2. For doors, provide an overview of recommended.maintenance. 3. For systems, provide an overview of-system operation, design parameters and constraints,. and operational strategies. 4. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance. 5. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance. 6. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues and emergency procedures. 7. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions. 8. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation. 9. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage. 10. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers. 11. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished.by Contractor. 12. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures. E. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide written response within three days. END OF SECTION 01-79-00 SECTION 01-79-00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 024116 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General.and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. . 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of buildings and site improvements. 2. Removing below-grade construction. 3. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities. 4. Salvaging items for:reuse by Owner. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to'prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse Include fasteners or brackets needed for reattachment elsewhere. 1.04 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques,and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that maybe uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.05 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct:.conference at Project site. 1.. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be demolished_. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structures. 3. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of demolition personnel,'equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review and finalize protection requirements. 5. Review procedures for noise control and dust control. 6. Review procedures for protection of adjacent buildings. 7. Review items to be salvaged and returned to Owner. 1.06 INFORMATIONAL'SUBMITTALS A., Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery.technician. B. Engineering Survey: Submit engineering survey of condition of building. C. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property,for environmental protection,for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. D. Schedule of Building Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of demolition work,with starting and ending dates for each activity. 2. Temporary interruption of utility services. 3. Shutoff and capping or re-routing of utility services. E. Pre-demolition Photographs:Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces,that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. Section 02-41-16:Structure Demolition Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 .: F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery,was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. 1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A., Inventory: Submit.a fist of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.08 QUALITY.ASSURANCE A. . Refrigerant Recovery'.Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Buildings to be demolished will be vacated.and their use discontinued before start of the•Work. B. Buildings immediately.adjacent to demolition area will be occupied.-Conduct building demolition so operations of occupied buildings will not be disrupted. 1. Provide not.less than 24 hours'notice of activities that will affect operations of adjacent occupied buildings. 2. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings. a. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. C. Conditions existing at time of inspection forbidding purpose will.be maintained-by Owner as far as practical. 1. Before building demolition, Contractor shall confirm with the Owner that all owner items have been removed. D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be.encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately.notify Architect and.Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner - under a separate contract. v E. Hazardous.Materials: Present in buildings and structures to be demolished.A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and-use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. 1. Hazardous material rernediation is specified elsewhere_in the Contract Documents. 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except under-procedures-specified elsewhere in•the Contract Documents. 3. Owner will provide material safety data,sheets for materials that are known to be present in buildings and structures to be demolished because of building operations or processes performed there. F. On-site storage or sale of removed items or materials is not permitted. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on-site operations and . operations of adjacent occupied buildings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. , Section 02-41-16:Structure Demolition Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2.02 SOIL MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soils: Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." PART 3 EXECUTION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting demolition operations. B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C.. .Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during building rdemolition operations. D. Verify that hazardous materials have been rem ed iated.before proceeding with building demolition operations. E. Inventory and.record the condition of items to be removed.and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. Provide daily-"Photographic Documentation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Salvaged Items: Comply with the following: 1. Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris. . 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 3.03 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICALIELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Utilities to be Disconnected: Locate, identify;disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities serving buildings and structures to be demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off utilities when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. y 3- If removal, relocation, or abandonment of utility services will affect adjacent occupied buildings,.then provide temporary utilities that bypass buildings and structures to be demolished and that maintain continuity of service to other buildings and structures. 4. Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of.36 inches below grade. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. L_ 5. Do not start demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during demolition operations. Maintain exits from,existing buildings. B. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of demolition. C. Existing Utilities to Remain: Maintain utility services to remain and protect from damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by-Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Section 02-41-16:Structure Demolition Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Provide temporary,services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. a: Provide at least 72 hours' notice to the town 'if shutdown of service of adjacent buildings is required during changeover. D. Temporary Protection:.Erect temporary protection, such as walks,fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated. Comply with requirements in Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls." 1. 'Protect adjacent buildings and facilities from.damage due to demolition activities. 2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 3. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip dine of groups of trees.to.remain. 4. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people.and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 5. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building demolition area and to and from,occupied portions of adjacent buildings and structures. 6. Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent,exterior construction that are to remain and that are exposed to building demolition operations. 7. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust, noise, and dirt migration to occupied portions of adjacent buildings. E. Remove temporary barriers and protections where hazards no longer exist.Where open excavations or other hazardous conditions remain, leave temporary barriers and protections in place. 3.05 DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish indicated buildings and site improvements completely. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 2. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 8 hours after flame-cutting operations. 3. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 4. Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls,floors, or framing. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct building demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum,interference with roads,streets,walks,walkways, and.other adjacent occupied land owners and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets,walks,walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed trafficways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. C. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. 3.06 DEMOLITION BY MECHANICAL MEANS A. Proceed with demolition of structural framing members systematically-,from higher to lower . level. Complete building demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. I B. Remove debris from elevated portions of the building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 1. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to minimize ground impact and dust generation. Section 02-41-16:Structure Demolition Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Salvage: Items to be removed and salvaged are verified by the-owner. D. Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction that are within footprint of new construction indicated for new construction. Abandon below-grade construction outside this area. 1. Remove below-grade construction,foundation walls, and footings, completely. E. Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation.walls and other below-grade construction. 1. Remove below-grade construction,foundation walls, and footings, completely. F. Existing Utilities:Abandon existing utilities and below-grade utility structures. Cut utilities flush with grade. G. Existing Utilities: Demolish and remove existing utilities and below-grade utility structures. 3.07 SITE RESTORATION A. Below-Grade Areas: Rough grade below-grade areas ready for further excavation or new construction. B. Below-Grade Areas: Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from building demolition operations with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." C. Site.Grading: Uniformly rough grade.area of demolished construction to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 3.08 REPAIRS A. Promptly repair damage to adjacent buildings caused by demolition operations. 3.09 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Do not burn demolished materials. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition operations began. 1. Clean roadways of debris caused by debris transport. END OF SECTION 024116 Section 02-41-16:Structure Demolition Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 :SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1- Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete. 2..- Mechanical splices. B. Extent of cast-in-place concrete Work is shown on the Drawings. Provide'all materials, labor, hardware,equipment, transportation, and services required to fabricate,and place all reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete. C. Cooperation with Work of other Sections: 1. _Check Contract Drawings and Specifications for requirements of other sections which, affect the installation of reinforcement. 2. Examine the Drawings and Specifications for all Contracts to determine nature of proposed construction. Perform work in a manner which will not interfere or delay work of other Contractors. Cooperate with.other trades regarding installation of embedded items. Templates and instructions will be provided for setting items placed in forms. 3. Inform those performing Work of other Sections, in writing or by schedules, of requirements for services, materials, and built-in terms prepared or supplied by other Sections which affect Work of this Section. D. .Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that'relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures"for submittal requirements. 2. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements"for testing requirements. 3. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.62 SUBMITTALS A. :' Shop Drawings.-Submit shop drawings and product data to include all information necessary for fabrication and placement of reinforcement as.follows: B. Detail and placement.Drawings.shall be prepared in accordance with'CRSI Standards to define and establish the location, size; spacing, length, and shape of reinforcing and all other pertinent information required. Indicate grades of reinforcing steel. Detail wall reinfbrcing.on wall elevations. Clearly indicate the splice length for every size and type of bar used. Include all other project requirements affecting reinforcing details and placing, such as openings, curbs, and depressions. 1. Drawings 'indicating the,type, size,.and location of all accessories required for the proper assembly; placement, and support of the reinforcement: C. Mill Test Reports 1. Submit certified copies of mill test reports for reinforcing,steel, including statement of . compliance with specified ASTM Standards.. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Except:as modified by governing codes and by the Contract. Documents, comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the latest editions of the following: 1. ASTM A 36: Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. _ 2. ASTM A 82: Standard Specification for Steel.Wire, Plain,.for Concrete Reinforcement: . 3. ASTM All 85:Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete: Section 03-20-00:Concrete Reinforcement Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no24096.000 4. ASTM A 496: ,Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed,for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. ASTM A 497' Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. 6. ASTM A 576: Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality. 7. ASTM A 615: Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel:Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. B. ASTM A 706: Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM A 767: Standard Specification for.Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 10. ASTM A 775:Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing.Steel Bars. 11. ASTM A 780: Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. 12. ASTM A 820: Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete. 13. ASTM A 884: Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement. 14. ASTM A 934: Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars. - 15. ASTM C 1116: Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete. 16. ASTM C 1399:Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of Fiber- Reinforced Concrete. 17. ASTM D 3963: Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy- Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. 18. ACI 117: Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials and Commentary.' 19. ACI 301: Specifications for Structural Concrete. 20. ACI 318: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. 21. ANSI/AWS D 1.4: Structural Welding Code—Reinforcing Steel. 22. CRSI: Manual of Standard Practice. 23. CRSI: Placing Reinforcement Bars. B. In case of conflict between specified codes and standards, the most stringent requirements shall govern. In case of conflict between specified codes and standards and project specifications, project specifications shall govern. In case of conflicts between Contract Documents, immediately notify the Architect/Engineer for resolution. C. Pre-Construction Conference: The Reinforcing-Placing subcontractor shall attend the Pre- Construction Conference conducted-by the Concrete Contractor as described in Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification to facilitate sorting and placing. B. Sequence the shipments of material to the site to minimize field handling and storage: C. Store the reinforcing steel on premises in a neat and orderly manner under cover and off ground. Protect the reinforcement from damage;.dirt and.corrosion. Provide pro perdrainage. D. Transport and handle epoxy-coated reinforcement to maintain integrity of epoxy coating in accordance with ASTM D 3963. Use systems with padded contact areas, and use lifting devices;which will not abrade the bar coating. Do not drop or drag reinforcing, and do not place other materials on top of stored bars. - Section 03-20-00:Concrete Reinforcement Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bar reinforcement-Newly rolled billet steel conforming to the following. 1. All reinforcing bars:ASTM A 615-Grade 60 unless otherwise noted on the Drawings: 2. All reinforcing bars to be welded: ASTM A 706-Grade 60. B. Threaded bar couplers: Acceptable are: 1. Dowel Bar Splicer by Dayton/Richmond. 2. Lenton by ERICO. International Corporation. 3. Grip Twist Barsplice, Inc. C. Hooked anchorage replacement: ASTM A576, Acceptable are: 1. Lenton Terminator by ERICO International Corporation. 2. BPI DoughNUT termination System by Barsplice Products, Inc. D. Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185 with a yield strength of 65,000 PSI. Deliver in sheets, not rolls. E. Smooth Round Steel Dowels: ASTM A 615-Grade 40 or ASTM A 36. Ends of dowels are to be sawn squared ends or grind each end to remove all projecting burrs. Dowels to be placed in dowel baskets to maintain alignment during concrete placement. Thoroughly coat at least half the length of each dowel with a bond breaking.material such as grease. F. Reinforcement Accessories: 1.. Provide all spacers, chairs, ties, slab bolsters, clips, chair bars, and other devices for properly assembling, placing, spacing, supporting,and fastening the reinforcement. 2. Use individual and continuous slab bolsters and chairs of a type to suit the various conditions encountered.The chairs and bolsters must be capable of supporting a 300-lb concentrated load without measurable permanent deformation of the reinforcement or supports or indentation of the supporting surface. 3. Use accessories which conform to CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Class 1 or Class 2, in contact with-surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. .4. Support reinforcement for slabs on grade on plastic or steel supports designed for the purpose or precast concrete bricks of a type approved by the Architect/Engineer. Use sand plates or other means to support chairs at proper elevation on base material. Wood blocks, stones, brick chips, etc., are not acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DETAILING OF REINFORCING STEEL A. Detail reinforcing bars in accordance with the requirements of the Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures (ACI 315). B. Avoid splicing reinforcement at points of maximum stress. C: Detail reinforcing to allow clearance for intersecting reinforcing bar layers with minimum specified cover. 3.02 FABRICATION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Accurately form the reinforcement to dimensions on the approved shop drawings, details, and schedules. B. Do not commence fabrication until the shop drawings, details, and schedules have been reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. Section 03-20-00: Concrete Reinforcement Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Cold bend all reinforcement. Do not heat reinforcing for any purpose except as specifically accepted by the Architect/Engineer. D. Do not form bars in a manner injurious to the bars. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings and bars reduced in section will be rejected. E. Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings on fabricated reinforcing before delivery with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Install reinforcing only from Shop Drawings which have been reviewed by the Arch itect/Engineer. B. Accurately place and rigidly secure reinforcing in position in accordance with the requirements of Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars and requirements specified herein and on the Drawings. C. Tie reinforcing with specified tie wire and bend all wire back beyond general plane of reinforcing. D. Provide continuous welded wire reinforcement where shown in slabs with joints lapped at least one full mesh or two full mesh at construction joints, but not less than 6-inches (150 mm). Tie securely and support reinforcement at the proper elevation by accessories. Stagger laps of sheets to avoid a continuous lap in either direction. Provide supports to maintain the reinforcement in its proper position during placement of the concrete. E. Bending, tack welding, cutting or substituting reinforcement in the field, other than that shown on the Contract Drawings, is prohibited unless specific approval for each case is given by the . Architect/Engineer. F. Remove any excessive rust, scale, or other foreign substances from the reinforcement which might destroy or reduce bond prior to placing concrete. G. Avoid exposure of reinforcement to the weather for any considerable length of time before placing of concrete. Where this is unavoidable, paint reinforcement with a heavy coat of cement grout. Be responsible for protecting the exposed concrete and any other materials against staining from exposed reinforcement. H. Before the concrete is cast, check all reinforcement after it is placed to insure that reinforcement conforms to Contract Drawings,shop detail drawings, and Specification requirements. Use only qualified experienced personnel to check. Notify the Architect/Engineer's representative at least 36 hours (excluding weekends and holidays) prior to the concrete placement to give the opportunity to observe the completed reinforcement and formwork before concrete placement. I. Remove and replace damaged bars. J. Splice the reinforcing only as shown on the Drawings or as approved by the Architect/Engineer. All lap splices shall be contact lap splice. K. Do not tack welded wire reinforcement around structural steel members to be encased in concrete. Use tie wires and lap to securely hold in position. L. Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Requirements: 1. Refer to mechanical, electrical, and plumbing drawings for formed concrete requiring reinforcement steel. Section 03-20-00:Concrete Reinforcement Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 .. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner's Testing Agency: Refer to Division 1 Section:"Code-Required Structural Inspection and - Procedures"for"Concrete Reinforcement"inspection and test requirements. END OF SECTION. _. 03 26 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT I Section 03-20-00:Concrete Reinforcement Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cast-in-place concrete. 2. Curing compound. 3. Grouts. 5. Vapor retarder B. Extent of cast-in-place concrete Work is shown on the drawings. Provide all materials, labor, services, equipment,transportation,and hardware required for all cast-in-place concrete. Include additional concrete required to compensate for deflection of steel framing by other trades. C. Cooperation with Work of other Sections: 1. Check Contract Drawings and Specifications for requirements of other Sections which affect the placement of cast-in-place concrete. 2._ Examine the Drawings and Specifications for all Contracts to determine nature of proposed construction. Perform work in a manner which will not interfere or delay work of other Contractors. Cooperate with other trades regarding installation of embedded items. Templates and instructions will be provided for setting items placed in forms. 3. Inform those performing Work of other Sections, in writing or by schedules, of requirements for services, materials and built-in terms prepared or supplied by other Sections which affect Work of this Section.. D. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures"for submittal requirements. 2. Division 1 Section "Code Required Structural Special Inspections and Procedures"for testing requirements. 3. Division 31 sections for concrete work related to sitework. 4. Division 3 sections for related concrete formwork and reinforcing. 5. Division 5 sections for stay-in-place metal forms and for methods of attachment to hardened concrete. 6. Division 7 sections for related insulation and waterproofing systems. 7. Division 7 Section "Vapor Retarders"for vapor retarder. . 8. Division 9 sections for restrictions on concrete finishing and curing to assure compatibility with finish materials. E. Responsibility of the Contractor: . 1. The design,strength, safety and adequacy of all methods of construction, and the strength, slump, consistency, finish and general quality of concrete are the responsibility of the Contractor. No_action by the Architect/Engineer will eliminate, lessen or restrict this responsibility in any manner. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: For standard factory manufactured materials, including specifications for application and installation of proprietary items and materials such as bonding agents, admixtures, curing and sealing compounds, patching compounds, grouts, hardeners, epoxies, and dryshake finish materials. B. Concrete design mixes and backup data: Refer to Part 2 Article"Concrete Mix Design"in this Section for requirements. Include test reports on the following: Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 1 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1. Gradation analysis and soundness tests for coarse and fine aggregate. Identify sources of aggregate. 2. .Mill test reports on cement, including brand,type and source of supply. 3. Compression tests on trial cylinders. 4. Slump and air content of trial batches. 5. Admixture certification, including chloride ion content. C. Samples to Testing Agency: Concrete constituents including admixtures. D. Shop drawings showing locations of all sleeves, depressions, and curbs. E. Materials and methods for curing.concrete. F. Methods proposed for hot weather and cold weather curing and protection of concrete-submit prior to commencement of any concrete work. G. Method of developing bond at joints. H. Pre-Construction Conference meeting minutes. I. Perform petrographic analysis per ASTM C-295 on aggregates used for Architectural concrete. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the latest editions of the following: 1. ASTM C33: Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM C39:Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 3. ASTM C94: Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete. 4. ASTM C150: Specification for Portland Cement. 5. ASTM C157:,Test Method for Length Changes of Hardened Hydraulic—Cement Mortar and Concrete. 6. ASTM C171: Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 7. ASTM C192: Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 8. ASTM C295: Standard Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. 9. ASTM C260: Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 10. ASTM C330: Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. 11. ASTM C494: Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 12. ASTM C595: Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 13. ASTM C618: Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete." 14. ASTM C881: Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. 15. ASTM C989: Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars. 16. ASTM C1059: Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding,Fresh To Hardened Concrete. 17. ASTM C1107: Standard Specification for Packages Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-Shrink). 18. ASTM C1116: Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete. 19. ASTM C1218: Test Method for Water-Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete. 20. ASTM C1240: Standard Specification for Silica Fume for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Hydraulic-Cement Concrete, Mortar, and Grout. 21. ASTM C1315: Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 22. ASTM D1751: Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 2 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 23. ASTM D1752: Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 24. ASTM D2240: Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness. 25. ASTM D4397: Standard Specification for Polyethylene.Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications. 26. ASTM D6817: Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Geofoam. 27. ASTM E154: Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Wall, or as Ground Cover. 28. ASTM E1155: Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using the F-Number System. 29. ASTM E1643: Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 30. ASTM E1745: Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. 31. ACI 211.1: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. 32. ACI 211.2: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete. 33. ANSI/AWS D1.4: Structural Welding Code—Reinforcing Steel. 34. NRMCA: Concrete Plant Standards and Truck Mixer and Agitator Standards. 35. CRSI: Manual of Standard Practice. 36. CRSI: Placing Reinforcement Bars. B. In case of conflict between specified:codes and standards, the most stringent requirements shall govern. In case of conflict between specified codes and standards and project Specifications, project Specifications shall govern. In case of conflicts between Contract Documents, immediately notify the.Architect/Engineer for resolution. A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. At least 30 days prior to submitting the concrete mix designs for approval,the Contractor shall conduct a meeting to review the detailed requirements for preparing the concrete mix designs and to determine the procedures for producing proper concrete construction within the specified tolerances and required quality. 2. Responsible representatives from all concerned parties are required to attend the conference including, but not limited.to, the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Architect/Engineer. c. Laboratory responsible for concrete mix designs. d. Owner's Testing Agency. e. Concrete subcontractor. f. Formwork subcontractor g. Reinforcement-placement subcontractor h. Ready-mix concrete supplier. i. Admixture manufacturer(s). j. Concrete pumping equipment operator. 3. The contractor shall send a pre-construction conference agenda to all attendees 7 days prior to the scheduled date of the conference. . 4. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work and availability of materials. Establish proposed work progress schedule and testing procedures. 5. Record and distribute legible meeting minutes within 5 days to all parties in attendance at the conference. Include a statement from the suppliers indicating that the proposed concrete mix design(s)and method(s)of placement will produce concrete(s)of the quality required by these Specifications. Transmit an additional copy to the Owner's Representative. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 3 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with ACI 301 and with ACI 304. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. The concrete supplier shall have a minimum of five years experience in manufacturing ready mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. The supplier must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. B. The concrete contractor shall have a minimum of five years experience with installation of concrete similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful-service performance. C. Inspection and Testing of the Work: Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting, as directed by the Architect/Engineer, at any time during progress of work. Allow free access to material stockpiles and facilities. Tests, not specifically indicated to be done at the Owner's expense, including retesting of rejected materials and installed work, shall be done at the.Contractor's expense. See ["Quality Requirements"] ["Quality Control"] section of the Specifications. 1. Inspection or testing by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Acceptance Criteria for Concrete Strength:The strength level of an individual class of concrete shall be considered satisfactory if both the following requirements are met: 1. The average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equal or exceed the required f'c. 2. No individual strength test falls below the required f'c by more than 500 psi. .3. A strength test shall be defined as the average strength of two cylinder breaks tested at the strength age indicated on the drawings for that class of concrete. E. Responsibility for Selection and Use of Concrete Admixtures and Chemical Treatments: The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting admixtures and surface treatments that are compatible with the intended use of the concrete including all final surface treatments called for within this or other specifications or on the structural or architectural drawings. The Contractor is responsible for following the manufacturer's instructions for the use of their product including abiding by any limitations placed by the manufacturer on the use of any of its products. F. Survey for Anchor Rods and Reinforcing Steel Dowels:The Contractor shall use a qualified, licensed professional engineer/land surveyor to lay out the proper location of all embedded . anchor rods and reinforcing steel dowels for columns above before they are encased in concrete. The surveyed locations of such elements shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for record. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use materials from the same source from the start to the finish of the project, unless a change is accepted in writing by the Architect/Engineer. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: American made Portland Cement, ASTM C150 Type I or III. For concrete exposed to salt air or salt water, provide Type II or Type V cement. 1. Do not exceed an alkali content of 0.6% unless the manufacturer certifies that no alkali reactivity is produced with the proposed combination of materials when tested in accordance with ASTM C227. B. Fine aggregate(normal weight): Washed, inert, non-reactive natural sand conforming to ASTM C-33. Fineness modulus of 2.40 to 3.00. For pumped concrete, 15 to 30 percent passing Number 50 sieve, and 5 to 10 percent passing a Number 100 sieve. Comply with ACI 302 Table 5.4.1 for slab on grade fine aggregates. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 4 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Coarse aggregate(normal weight): Washed, non-reactive well graded crushed stone or gravel conforming to ASTM C-33. Refer to Section 2.4"Concrete Mix Design"for additional requirements. G. Water: Potable, clean and free from deleterious substances. H. Air Entraining Agent: Comply with ASTM C260. Agent shall be fully compatible with all other concrete mix materials. Subject to project requirements, provide products from one of the following: 1. W.R. Grace Co. 2. The Euclid Chemical Co. 3. Sika Corp. 4. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC I. Water reducing and plasticizing admixtures: Comply with ASTM C494, Type A. Acceptable products are: 1. Eucon WR-75 by The Euclid Chemical Co. 2. . WRDA with Hycol by W.R. Grace Co. 3. Pozzolith 322N or 20ON by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC 4. Plastocrete 161 by Sika'Corp. J. Mid range water reducing admixture: Comply with ASTM C494,Type A. Acceptable products are: 1. Eucon MR by The Euclid,Chemical Co. 2. Daracem 55 by W.R. Grace Co. 3. Polyheed by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC K. High range water reducing (HRWR)admixture (superplasticizer): Comply with ASTM C494, Type F or G. Use only with prior review and acceptance of Architect/Engineer. Provide a qualified technical representative of the admixture supplier on-site during initial concrete placements to assist in proper usage. Acceptable products are: 1. Daracem 100 by W.R. Grace Co. 2. Eucon 37 by The Euclid Chemical Co. 3. Rheobuild 1000 by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC 4. Sikament 300 or 320 by Sika Corp. L. Accelerating Agent: Non-corrosive, containing no chloride; conform to ASTM C494, Type C or E. Acceptable products are: 1. Accelguard 80 by The Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Polarset by W.R. Grace Co. 3. Pozzutec 20 or Pozzolith NC534 by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC 4. Plastocrete 161 FL by Sika Corp. M. Retarding admixtures: For use in hot weather concreting. Comply with ASTM C-494, Type D water-reducing and retarding. Acceptable products are: 1. Plastiment by Sika Chemical Corp. 2. Pozzolith 100XR by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC 3. Eucon Retarder-75 by The Euclid Chemical Co. N. Calcium Nitrite corrosion inhibitor: Comply with ASTM C494'Type C. Dosage rate 2 to 6 gallons per cubic yard. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: a. DCI by W.R. Grace&Co b. Eucon CIA by The Euclid Chemical Co. c. Rheocrete CNI by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC. O. Calcium Chloride and Chloride Ion Content: y 1. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.5% chloride ions by weight of the admixture are not permitted. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 5 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. The maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration in hardened concrete at ages from 28 to 42 days contributed from all ingredients including water, aggregates, cementitious materials, and admixtures shall not exceed the limits specified in ACI 318-02 Table 4.4.1. Water-soluble chloride ion tests shall conform to ASTM C1218. 3. The Concrete Supplier shall certify that the chloride ion content in all concrete mix designs used on the project will not exceed limits stated above. 2.03 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A and complying with the following: 1. Tensile strength MD: Minimum 67 lb/in. 2. Puncture ASTM D1709, Method B: Minimum 2440 grams. 3. Permeance: 0.03; ASTM E 96. B. . Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Below are all Class A:ASTM E1745-with similar properties, cost between 25-35 cents per square foot for materials. See end of section for comparison. 2. Moistop Ultra"A'; Fortifiber Corporation. 3. Vapor Block 15; Raven Industries Inc. 4. Griffolyn Type-65G or 105; Griffolyn, Division of Reef Industries, Inc. 5. Stego Wrap, 15 mils; Stego Industries, LLC. 2.04 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS. A. Liquid Densifier/Sealer- 100% active colorless aqueous siliconpte solution. Apply to moist cured floors where indicated on the Contract Documents at the manufacturer's suggested rate and method of application. Acceptable products are: 1. L&M Seal Hard by LATICRETE International, Inc. 2. Diamond Hard by The Euclid Chemical Co. 3. Ashford Formula by Concrete Construction Chemicals. 4. Mastertop CST by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC 5. Sonosil by Sonneborn. 2.05 CURING MATERIALS A. Concrete Curing Materials: Use where moist curing is indicated on Contract Documents. Use where bonded toppings, overlays, applied surface treatments or other applied finishes are incompatible with liquid membrane forming curing compounds. 1. Waterproof Paper: ASTM C171. 2. Polyethylene Film: ASTM C171. 3. Burlap: Federal Spec CC-C-467A. B. Concrete Curing and Sealing Compound (Water Based): Liquid membrane forming type conforming to ASTM C1315. Clear non-yellowing acrylic; minimum solid content of 30%; moisture vapor transmission rate less than 0.40 kg/sq.M for 72 hours when applied at coverage of 300 sq.ft. per gallon. Manufacturer's certification required. Sodium silicate compounds and rubber based products are prohibited.. Verify that material used is compatible with any finish material subsequently applied to the concrete surface. Acceptable products are: .1. Dress and Seal WB30 by L&M Construction Chemicals. 2. Super Diamond Clear VOX by The Euclid Chemical Company. 3. Highseal 30 by Conspec. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS RELATED MATERIALS A. Non-shrink, non-metallic standard cement grout: For use under steel base plates and bearing plates. Factory premixed grout with no drying, shrinkage or settlement at any age. Compressive strength per ASTM C-1107 of not less than 5,000 psi at 7 days and 8,000 psi at 28 days when placed in flowable consistency. Acceptable products are: Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 6 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 I. Masterflow 555 by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC 2. Hi-Flow Grout by The Euclid Chemical Co. 3. Duragrout by L& M Construction Chemicals 4. 10K Grout by Sonneborn. 7. Conform to the requirements of CRD-621 "Corps of Engineers Specifications." B. Non-shrink, non-metallic precision grout: For use under machine base plates and other applications with vibration and/or load reversals. Acceptable products are: 1. Crystex by L&M Construction Chemicals. 2. Five Star Grout by U.S. Grout Corporation. 3. Masterflow 928 by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC 4. 14K Grout by Sonneborn. C. Non-Slip Aggregate: Chemically inert natural or man-made non-slip aggregate with MOH hardness of seven or higher; #4 to#16 mesh size. Acceptable products are: 1. Euco Non-Slip Aggregate by The Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Grip-It by L&M Construction Chemicals. 3. Frictex by Sonneborn. D. Non-Reemulsifiable Latex: Not less than 48 percent solids. Acceptable products are: 1. SBR Latex by The Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Sikalatex by Sika Corp. 3. Everbond by L& M Construction Chemicals E. Epoxy Resin Bonding Agent: ASTM C-881 two component 100 percent solids mineral filled epoxy-polysulfide polymer. Acceptable products are: 1. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation. 2. Euco Epoxy No.452MV or No. 620 by The Euclid Chemical Company. 3. Sonobond by Sonneborn. 4. Epobond by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 5. Concresive 1090 by BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC F. Non-shrink patching mixture: Specially formulated high bond package mixture. Acceptable products are: 1. Euco Speed Patch by The Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Durapatch by L& M Construction Chemicals. 3. Sonopatch by Sonneborn. 4. Sika Set Roadway Patching by Sika Corp. G. Polymer Patching Mortar: Free flowing, polymer modified cementitious mortar. Acceptable products are: 1. Sikatop 121 or 122 (horizontal repairs)or Sikatop 123 (vertical and overhead repairs)by Sika Corporation. 2. Thin Top Supreme or Concrete Top Supreme (horizontal repairs)or Verticoat/verticoat Supreme(vertical and overhead repairs)by The Euclid Chemical Company. 2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Engage a Technical Agency familiar with local construction conditions and materials to design concrete mixes. Use a Technical Agency other than the Testing Agency engaged by the Owner for field quality control. B. Prior to the formulation of design mixes, review with the Technical Agency the concrete mix requirements relative to strength, slump, air content, seasonal adjustments required due to temperatures and anticipated job use and placement conditions. r Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 7 of 18 LKMA Project no 24b96.000 C. Provide separate design mixes for each anticipated and/or actual changes in type of mix materials including changes in admixtures,.in proportion of basic.materials, in slump limits and in placement methods, especially pumping. Identify the proposed use for each mix. D. Prepare the mix designs with sufficient lead time to allow testing and adjustment of the mix. Establish the,concrete mix design proportions to provide the required average strength using the procedures defined in Section 5 of ACI 318. Whenever possible, use appropriate field test data (30 consecutive tests)to establish a standard deviation for the mixes. When an acceptable record of field test results is not available, establish the concrete proportions based on 3 point curves from laboratory.trial batch mixtures. When a standard deviation cannot be properly established for the mix design, proportion concrete to provide an average strength of fc plus 1200 psi. For concrete strengths above 5,000 psi, increase the safety factor to 1400 psi. E. Submit the complete proposed design mix along with the appropriate test data and technical data to the Architect/Engineer for review at least 15 days prior to job use. For each mix design, identify the cement type, proportions of each constituent,water-cement.ratio and brand,type and proportion of each admixture. Include the measured slump, air content, unit weight, and compressive strength test results for each mix. F. Concrete mix design submittals that are incomplete or do not satisfy the requirements of the Specifications will be rejected. Additional testing and/or revisions to the mix design may be required to achieve compliance. Do not place any concrete in the Work until design mix submittal(s)satisfactory to the Architect/Engineer have been reviewed and accepted. Keep a copy of the reviewed mix designs on file in the field office. I. Lightweight concrete mix designs will be subject to the review of the lightweight aggregate manufacturer. The lightweight aggregate manufacturer must certify that the proposed mix " design(s)are appropriate for the intended use and method of placement. K. For slab on grade concrete, formulate the concrete mix design to minimize the amount of cement and water necessary to produce the required slump and workability. Utilize properly graded aggregates of cubical shape to minimize water and cement demand.. M.: In addition to the concrete mix design requirements listed above, limit the water/cement ratio to the following maximums: 1. 0.40 for reinforced concrete exposed to deicing salts, brackish water or salt spray. 2. 0.45 for concrete required to be watertight and/or subject to cycles of freezing and thawing (including foundation walls).. 3. 0.50 for all concrete not otherwise specified. 4. Concrete containing microsilica and/or High Range Water Reducers etc. may have the above requirements waived if evidence of acceptable performance in-service is provided. 5. For interior slab on grade concrete,limit the cement content to a maximum of 540 pounds per cubic yard. N. Provide air entrainment for all lightweight concrete, and for all exterior concrete or concrete otherwise exposed to cycles of freezing and thawing. Comply with ACI 318, Table 4.1.1 "Severe Exposure"for amount of air entrainment in concrete at point of deposit. Adjust admixture dosages as necessary to account for climatic conditions, method of placement and other constituents of mix.. Do not use air entraining admixtures for interior normal weight concrete flatwork requiring a smooth troweled finish. O. Provide a water reducing (plasticizing)or high range water-reducing (super plasticizer) admixture for all structural concrete. Use a specified super plasticizer for all pumped concrete, concrete with a water/cement ratio less than 0.50 and for"Architectural'concrete. P. All concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture(superplasticizer)shall have a maximum slump of 9 inches unless otherwise approved by the architect/engineer. The concrete shall arrive at the job site at a slump of 3 inches+/- 1 inch, be verified, then the high. range water reducing admixture added to increase the slump to the approved level. Proportion Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 8 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 design mixes of all other concrete to result in concrete with the following slumps measured at the point of placement: 1. Reinforced slabs and beams 3 inches +/- 1 inch. 2. Reinforced walls and columns 4 inches +/- 1 inch. 3. Heavy duty overlay topping 1 inch. 4. All other concrete 3 inches +/-.1 inch. Q. Use the following maximum coarse aggregate sizes, per ASTM C33: 1. Size 57 for beams,slabs and walls. 2. Size 7 for tight pours and thin sections. 3. Size 67 for all other concrete. 4. Size 467 for standard slabs on grade and foundations. 5. Industrial Slabs on Grade: Blend fine and coarse aggregates to achieve a smooth gradation of aggregate sizes. A minimum of 8 percent and a maximum of 18 percent of the total aggregate weight is to be retained on each sieve below 1-1/2 inch and above the No. 100 sieve size. R. Maintain an air dry unit weight for structural lightweight concrete between 100 pcf and 115 pcf. Adjust the.proportion of lightweight coarse aggregate and/or substitute lightweight fines for sand as necessary to obtain the proper unit weight. Determine the air dry unit weight of the concrete in accordance with ASTM C567. Limit drying shrinkage at 28 days to 0.03 percent. S. Specifically identify those concrete mixes which are intended to be placed by pumping. Indicate the modifications made to the basic mix to aid in pumping, including changes in slump, air content,fly ash content, cement paste vs. aggregate content, and admixtures-such as superplasticizers. Pre-soak all lightweight aggregates in pumped concrete per the lightweight aggregate manufacturer's recommendations. Carefully control the gradation of the coarse and fine aggregates, keeping the grading as close to the middle of the ASTM C33 or C-330 range as possible. Review pumping techniques with the Architect/Engineer prior to placement. 1. Make one test of each concrete design mix to verify that the total chloride ion (CI-) content is less than 0.10% of the weight of the cement, that the total sulfate (as SO3) content of the mix is less than 0.05% of the weight of the mix, per ASTM C-114, and that the thiocyanate ion(as SCN-)content is less than 0.15%of the weight of the cement. T. Adjust mix designs that do not prove to be satisfactory in use, subject to the Arch itect/Engineer's review. Concrete that does not consistently exhibit the specified control characteristics will be considered unsatisfactory. Any additional costs incurred due to changes required in the mix are to be borne by the Contractor. U. Provide additional mix.designs and appropriate test data for any revisions to the approved concrete mix designs requested by the Contractor during the course of work. Do not-use the revised mix until reviewed and-accepted by the Architect/Engineer. 2.08 MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Supply all concrete from a ready-mix plant acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Batch all constituents, including admixtures, at the central batch plant, except for HRWR's which may be added at the job site. B. Comply with ACI 304 recommendations. Accurately weigh all materials. Mix, dispense and use admixtures in accordance with the specific manufacturer's written instructions. C. Conform with Truck Mixer and Agitator Standard of the Truck Mixer Manufacturer's Bureau of the National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association, as well as ASTM C94. Do not load trucks in excess of NRMCA ratings for normal weight aggregate concrete. D. Water may be added initially to concrete which arrives at the site with a slump below the specified slump if, after the addition of water, neither the maximum permissible water/cement ratio nor the maximum slump is exceeded. Provide thorough additional mixing. The Owner's Testing Agency will observe the adding of water and mixing. Retempering after initial slump adjustment is not permitted. Redosage with the specified super-plasticizer may be done with the prior approval of the Architect/Engineer. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 9 of 16 LKMA Project no 24096.000 E. Discharge of Materials: Discharge concrete without segregation of the ingredients. Incorporate all concrete in the work in its final shape and location.within 90 minutes after the introduction of water to the mix or within a shorter time period as the testing agency may direct during hot weather. Immediately remove all concrete materials from the construction site not incorporated into the Work within the specified time limits. F. Cold Weather Requirements: Comply with ACI 306 whenever ambient air temperatures are below 40 degrees F. Heat the mixing water and, if necessary,the aggregates to produce concrete at the temperature specified in ACI 306,Table 1.4.1 when placed. If the mixing water is heated, do not exceed a temperature of 140 degrees F.-at the time it is added to the cement and aggregates. G. Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with ACI 305 whenever conditions of high air temperature, low relative humidity and/or wind exist. Provide crushed ice in.lieu of equal weight of mixing water if necessary to provide concrete of the proper temperature. Ice must be completely 'dissolved before placing concrete. At the Contractor's option, liquid nitrogen may be used to cool the concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Install all embedded items to conform to the requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 6, Paragraph 6.3, "Conduits and Pipes Embedded in Concrete,"and as specified below. Do not install any accessories until their type and location have been verified by the affected trades. B. Coordinate the installation of all inserts required by other trades prior to the placing of reinforcing steel.. C. Install anchor rods, etc.,furnished by other Sections. Use line and transit to locate anchor rods and secure-with templates to prevent displacement during concreting operations. D. Provide steel sleeves for pipes passing through concrete. E. Non-aluminum electrical conduit is the only piping which may be embedded in structural concrete. Place conduit by the following guidelines: 1. Do not cut or displace any reinforcement. 2. Do not place conduit between concrete surfaces and reinforcement. 3. Solid slabs-restrict O.D.of conduit to 1/4 of slab thickness. Keep within the middle half of that thickness. 4. Place conduit larger than 1/6 of the slab thickness approximately parallel to or at right angles to the slab reinforcing, not diagonally. 5. Place nearly parallel conduits apart at least 6 times the outside diameter of conduit being used. 6. Do not embed conduit in concrete beams or concrete ribs unless specifically shown on _s the Structural Drawings. 7. Conduit in slabs on metal deck: Restrict O.D. of conduit to 1-inch for 3-1/4 inch (83 mm) topping and 3/4-inch for 2-1/2 inch topping. Where conduit runs perpendicular to,span of metal deck, place conduit directly on top of metal deck. Where conduit runs parallel to span of metal deck, place conduit in low flute of metal deck,with one conduit maximum permitted per flute. Where conduit runs parallel to shear connectors, maintain 18-inches minimum spacing between conduit and closest shear connector. 3.02 PLACING CONCRETE A. Comply with ACI 301, Chapter 8 and as modified below. B. Transport concrete mixes to place of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which prevent segregation of the ingredients and displacement'of reinforcement. Avoid rehandling. Do not deposit any partially hardened concrete. Provide a baffle plate or spout at the discharge end of the chute to prevent segregation. Use a downpipe, elephant trunk,spout or other appropriate method to prevent concrete from falling freely through a height of more than 3 feet. When the operation is intermittent, discharge the chute into a hopper. Do not allow concrete to Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 10 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 flow horizontally within forms over a distance exceeding 5 feet. Do not move concrete horizontally with vibrators. Provide runways to allow wheeled equipment to move over reinforcement. Do not support runways on reinforcement. C. Schedule the work so that a section begun on any one day is completed in daylight on the same day. D. Protect exposed to view walls and columns from concrete spatter when placing slabs. E. Remove water and all foreign matter from place of deposit. Do not place any concrete into any form or excavation containing trash;free water, frost, ice or frozen ground. Provide adequate protection against frost action during freezing weather. Do not place concrete flatwork in the rain. Protect exposed concrete surfaces from rain until final set occurs. F. Do not use calcium chloride in any concrete. G. Thoroughly clean foreign materials and laitance from all construction joints including vertical and inclined surfaces: Where necessary, roughen the joint with suitable tools such as chipping hammers,wire brushes, etc., and re-clean with a stream of water or compressed air. Saturate the joints with water. After free or glistening water disappears, thoroughly coat the joints with a neat cement grout mixed to the consistency of very heavy paste. Provide a coating of at least 1/8 inch thickness,wherever possible, scrubbed in by means of stiff bristle brushes. Deposit the new concrete before the neat cement grout hardens. Use an epoxy resin bonding agent in lieu of neat cement grout when bonding fresh concrete to fully cured existing concrete. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions. Place new concrete while the bonding agent is still tacky. H. Deposit concrete continuously in layers of a thickness that will prevent new concrete from being deposited on partially hardened concrete. Limit height of vertical lifts to 24-inches. Do not allow formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. Vibrate through successive lifts to avoid pour lines, stone pockets, honeycombing and segregation. Immediately notify the Architect/Engineer, if due to emergency conditions, a section cannot be placed continuously between planned construction joints. If approved,create a field joint and provide additional reinforcement as necessary to preserve the structural continuity of the member. I. Thoroughly compact concrete by means of internal mechanical vibrators to produce required quality of finish. Use experienced operators under close supervision to produce homogeneity and optimum consolidation in the concrete without permitting segregation of the constituents or "pumping"of air. Comply with ACI 309 "Standard Practice for Consolidation of Concrete." J. For all surfaces designated as Architectural Concrete supplement vibration by proper wooden spade puddling to remove included bubbles and honeycombing. K. After depositing concrete in columns or walls, wait at least 3 hours before depositing concrete in beams, girders or slabs supported thereon. L. When placing exposed concrete vertical surfaces, strike corners of forms rapidly and repeatedly from the outside along the full height while depositing concrete and vibrating. M. Thoroughly clean chutes, hoppers, spouts, adjacent work, etc., before and after each run. Discharge the water and debris outside the form. N. Finish all structural slabs and slabs on grade to the elevations shown on the Contract Documents. Provide additional concrete as necessary to compensate for all settlements and deflection due to the weight of the wet concrete. 3.03 FINISHING OF FORMED CONCRETE SURFACES A. Comply with ACI 301 and as modified below. B. Finish formed concrete surfaces other than Architectural Concrete as follows: 1. Knock off fins and grind if necessary. Provide rough form finish for surfaces not exposed to public view and smooth form finish for all concrete surfaces exposed to public view. 3.04 FINISHING FLATWORK A. Preliminary Slab Finishing: For all slabs regardless of final finish: Section 03-30-o0:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 11 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1. Rough Finishing: Accurately strike off the top surface of the flatwork to provide a true and level surface within the required tolerances. After concrete has been placed, consolidated, and struck off, highway straightedge and/or highway bull float the.surface. Remove all water and foreign material which may work to the surface as soon as the condition of the slab permits, and before it has hardened appreciably. When water sheen has disappeared, use power driven float blades to compact the surface. Recheck the surface for trueness and levelness; restraighten,fill, or cut down with a 10-foot highway straightedge to achieve the specified Ff numbers. 2. Power Troweling:Wait until the water sheen has disappeared or the mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit the proper operation of a power driven trowel. Power trowel the surface to produce a smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks. Hand float locations inaccessible to the power driven machine with wood, aluminum, or magnesium floats. Recheck trueness of surface with a 10-foot highway straightedge applied at no fewer than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill in low spots to produce a finished surface within the specified tolerances. B. Floated Finish: After power troweling,float the slab immediately at least twice using a wood float to produce uniform smooth granular texture. Use a magnesium'float for lightweight concrete. Provide on the following surfaces: 1. Slabs to receive membrane or elastomeric.roofing or membrane.waterproofing. 2. Slabs to receive sand bed terrazzo. 3. Top surfaces of walls, curbs, or other surfaces not requiring a steel troweled surface. 4. Exterior slabs not specified to receive broom finish. C. Steel Troweled Finish: Perform additional hand troweling as soon as the surface has hardened sufficiently to produce a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface. Produce a uniform, smooth, glossy surface free of trowel marks or other defects. Grind smooth any defects which would telegraph through the applied floor covering. Equipment pads shall receive a dense, hard, but not burnished surface. Provide steel troweled finish on the following surfaces: 1. Slabs to receive carpeting., 2. Slabs to receive seamless floor finish. 3. Slabs to receive resilient flooring, quarry tile or ceramic tile. Lightly scarify surface with fine broom if finish material is installed with thin set mortar. 4. Roof surfaces scheduled to become future floors. 5. Slabs to be left exposed and not specified to receive another finish. 6. Top surfaces of equipment pads. D. Sealed Finish:: Just prior,to the completion of the project, apply a second coat of the specified concrete curing and sealing compound where indicated on the Drawings to the following, surfaces: 1. All exposed'concrete floors within the building not receiving another finished material and subject only to pedestrian traffic as called for in the Contract Documents. E. Non-slip aggregate application:Apply to concrete stairs, ramps and to concrete floors where indicated on the Contract Documents. 1. Soak non-slip aggregate in water and allow to drain thoroughly. 2. Finish the floor as for a steel trowel finish except that immediately prior to final troweling, apply the non-slip aggregate uniformly over the surface at the rate of 25 lbs./100 sq.ft. Embed the non-slip aggregate into the concrete surface by the final light troweling operation. 3. After curing, lightly work surface with,steel wire brush to exposed non-slip aggregate. F. Sawcutting: Begin sawcutting as soon as the saw will not dislodge the aggregate or ravel the edge of the sawcut. If a "Soff-Cut"saw is used, begin immediately after final finishing. If a conventional saw is used, begin no later than 12 hours after the slab is placed. Provide sufficient personnel and equipment to complete sawcutting operations within 18 hours after the slab is placed. Sawcut a minimum of one quarter of the slab depth leaving a clean, sharp edge Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 12 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 in the pattern shown on the Contract Documents. If no pattern is shown, space joints a maximum of 15-feet on center in each direction and located to conform to column spacing (half- bays etc.). G. Maintaining floor flatness: For slabs-on-grade that initially meet the specified floor flatness and levelness requirements but become out of tolerance due to curling, grind the surface to adjust flatwork to within tolerance requirements. 3.05 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES A. Formed surfaces: Refer to Division 3 Section "Concrete Formwork"for tolerances related to formwork, shoring and cambering, including Architectural concrete. B. Flatwork: Finish concrete flatwork to the following surface profile tolerances when measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155: 1. Ff= Face floor flatness number. 2. FI= Face floor levelness number. 3. All slabs on grade not otherwise specified: a. Overall Ff 25/FI 20. b. Local Ff 17/FI 13. 4. All elevated slabs not otherwise specified: a. Overall Ff 20. b. Local Ff 13. C. For the purposes of flatness and levelness control, the minimum floor section boundaries are defined as one bay of 20 x_20. D. Refer to Part 3 Article"Repair of Defective Concrete Surfaces"-for repair of any floor section which measures below the Minimum Local Value for either Ff or Fl. E. If either the Actual Overall Ff number or the Actual Overall FI number calculated for the entire - slab installation measures less than the value specified, repair the slab in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3. F. Provide floor surfaces with an average elevation within +/-3/4 inch of the finished floor elevations indicated on the Contract Documents, 3.06 CURING, PROTECTION AND FORM REMOVAL A. General: 1. Comply with ACI 301, and as modified below. 2. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying, mechanical damage and excessively cold or hot temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for the period of time necessary for hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete. 3. Start initial curing as soon as free moisture has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. B. Curing-Moisture Retention: Maintain the concrete in a continually moist condition for a minimum of 7 days. Avoid rapid drying at end of curing period. 1. Formed surfaces-Keep the forms continuously wet by periodic spraying with water. After the forms are removed, continue moist curing by one of the methods described for unformed surfaces. 2. Unformed surfaces-Where moist curing is indicated on the Contract Documents, use only methods a, b, or c below. Retain moisture in the concrete by immediate application of one of the following methods: a. Ponding or continuous fog spray(mist)of water-periodic sprinkling is not acceptable. b. Apply an absorptive cover and keep continuously wet. c. Apply continuous waterproof sheets-lap and seal seams and repair any holes or tears. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 13 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 d. Apply a specified liquid membrane-forming curing and sealing compound at the manufacturer's specified rate and method of application to comply with specified water retention. Apply as soon as possible after final finishing operations are complete. Apply in two (2)directions,the second application perpendicular to the first. Do not use if liquid membrane is incompatible with future applied finishes or if a bonded concrete overlay will be placed over slab. Dissipating liquid membrane resin cures may be used if they are completely removed after curing. C: Curing-Temperature: Maintain the temperature of the concrete at 50.degrees F or above during the curing period. Keep the concrete temperature as uniform as possible-and protect from rapid atmospheric temperature changes.Avoid temperature changes in concrete which exceeds 5 degrees F in any one hour and 50 degrees F in any 24-hour period. 1. Cold Weather Concreting: a. Comply with ACI 306R whenever the average.daily temperature is less than 4.0 degrees F. b. . Heat the formwork,reinforcing and underlying subgrades with live steam or hot air jets to raise the temperature of each well above freezing prior to placing concrete. Provide concrete of at least the temperature shown in Table 1.4.1 of ACI 306. Heat, insulate, cover, enclose and protect the concrete as necessary to-continuously maintain the concrete temperature between 50 degrees F and 60 degrees F for the entire curing period. Do not allow temporary heaters to exhaust combustion gases into the enclosed space containing the slab surface. c. Only non-corrosive, non-chloride accelerators may be used in cold weather after review and acceptance by the Architect/Engineer. Calcium chloride,thyocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. 2. Hot Weather Concreting: a. Comply with.ACI 305R whenever the atmospheric temperature or the form surface temperature is at or above 90 degrees F., or climatic conditions of wind and/or low humidity will cause premature drying of the concrete. b. Cool the formwork and underlying subgrades to a maximum of 80 degrees F. and keep moist. Cool reinforcing by covering with water soaked burlap if'it is too hot. Cool the temperature of the concrete to 75'degrees F. by substituting ice for mixing water or other methods. c. Take precautions before placing-concrete to prevent rapid moisture loss from the concrete surface. Erect sunshades and windbreaks, provide continuous fog spray of water and/or other protection as necessary to prevent premature drying of the concrete surface. d. Schedule placements of concrete flatwork to begin in the late afternoon if daytime temperatures and drying conditions are critical. e. Suitable retarders may be added to the concrete mix if the retarder mix design has been reviewed and accepted by the Architect/Engineer prior to use on the project. D. Protection from Mechanical Injury: During the curing period,protect concrete from damaging.mechanical disturbances including load stresses, heavy shock, excessive vibration, and from damage caused by rain or flowing water. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage by subsequent construction operations. E. Wait a minimum of 48 hours after finishing slab before-allowing foot traffic on slab. Do not allow construction traffic or loads to be applied to slab on grade until the concrete is 7 days old. F. Temperature Records: Maintain a set of record drawings on site on which the progress of work is shown. Indicate the day, time, and ambient temperature at time of placement for each concrete pour. Keep a permanent.log showing the date.and the outside and concrete temperatures during all concreting operations (including curing).Take thermometer readings at the start of work in the morning, at noon, and again late in the afternoon. Record the locations of all concrete placed and cured during these periods, in a manner which will show any effect the temperature may have had on the construction. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 14 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 G. Removal of Forms: Refer to Division 3 Section "Concrete Formwork." 3.07 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE SURFACES A. Comply with ACI 301, and as modified below. B. Identify those areas requiring repair, and review locations with Architect/Engineer and Owner's . Testing Agency on a case by case basis. Refer to Section "Corrective Work"where it is determined by the Architect/Engineer that the load carrying capacity of the concrete may be jeopardized. If it is determined that only surface repairs are necessary, submit a proposed repair procedure, outlining a description of materials,sequencing, preparation, etc.for review. 1. Cut out defective concrete down to sound concrete leaving neat, square cut edges. 2. Where reinforcement is exposed by removal of defective concrete, cut around reinforcement to provide a clear space not less than 318 inch wide on all sides of the bar. 3. If so directed by the Architect/Engineer, provide 2 by 2 inch stainless steel mesh reinforcement securely attached to existing reinforcement with stainless steel wire. 4. Thoroughly saturate.the concrete surface to receive the patch.for several hours prior to application of patching materials. Remove excess water to obtain saturated, surface dry substrate.Apply primer or scrubcoat of bonding agent according to the manufacturer's instructions. 5. Use the specified polymer patching mortar where a color match to the adjacent concrete is not required. 6. Do not mix more mortar than can be placed in 20 minutes. Apply in layers according to the manufacturer's instructions. Leave all layers except the final layer in a rough condition to receive the succeeding layer. 7. Finish the final layer to match the existing concrete surface in color and texture. Where the concrete surface is to be visible in finished work, add colored aggregates and/or cements as required to provide a mixture which will exactly match the color of the parent concrete after hardening and curing. Provide test patches in an inconspicuous location to verify the color and texture match before proceeding with remainder of patching. If necessary, rub the surface lightly with a fine Carborundum stone at 1 to 5 days age. C. Provide repairs with the strength, elasticity and durability equal to the parent material being repaired. Remove and replace patches which become crazed, cracked, sound hollow upon tapping, or,which in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer do not exactly match the surrounding concrete surfaces or otherwise do not satisfy the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. When flatness and levelness testing indicates concrete flatwork that does not comply with the specified tolerances, grind the surface to adjust flatwork to within tolerance requirements. Perform grinding as soon as possible after the concrete is strong enough to prevent dislodging of the coarse aggregate, preferably within three (3)days. E. All patching and repairs shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. 3.08 CORRECTIVE WORK A. Concrete in place will be considered defective if cylinder strength test results do not meet the requirements of ACI 318 Section 5.6. Additional causes for rejecting concrete include, but are not limited to, concrete placed with excessive slump, insufficient air content, beyond specified time limits, with unauthorized retempering, without proper supervision or inspection, improper curing or protection, or if there is visible evidence of scaling, cracking, voids or excessive deflection. B. If, in the Architect/Engineer's opinion,the strength, stiffness ordurability of the structure may be compromised,test specimens may be taken from the structure at locations designated by the Architect/Engineer. Obtain and test the specimens in accordance with ASTM.C42 and/or perform petrographic analysis in accordance with ASTM C856. Test results which indicate non- compliance with the Specifications are cause for rejection. Alternatively, at the Architect/Engineer's discretion, load tests may be performed and evaluated in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 20. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 15 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Remove and replace concrete that, in the Architect/Engineer's opinion, does not satisfy the - performance requirements of this Specification if repairs cannot be accomplished to the Architect/Engineer's satisfaction. D. Where it is determined that repairs may be attempted, submit a complete repair procedure to the:Architect/Engineer for review. Include all necessary information on proposed products, preparation, and sequence of repair including manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. Do not proceed with repairs until this procedure has been reviewed and accepted by the Architect/Engineer. The repair must account for the strength, stiffness and long term durability of the entire structural,element under repair. E. The costs of all tests, additional services required of the Architect/Engineer, and for repair or removal and replacement are at the expense of the Contractor. 3.09 GROUTING OF AND BASE PLATES J A. . Grout Mixture: Use the specified grout mix With the minimum amount of water required to produce a flowable grout. Extend grout with 3/8-inch coarse aggregate for grout placements over 2-inches thick. The proposed grout mix with the 3/8-inch aggregate must be reviewed and approved by the grout manufacturer and the engineer prior to use. B. Mixing: Per approved grout manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not mix more grout than can be placed within 20 minutes. C. Preparation: 1.. Remove all defective concrete, laitance, dirt, etc.from the concrete surface. Saturate the surface of the concrete thoroughly with clean water for at least 24 hours. Remove free water just prior to placing the grout. 2. -Clean, align, and level the base plate into final position and maintain that position during grouting. Bring the concrete and plate to.be grouted to a temperature of 65 degrees to 90 degrees F.just prior to grouting. D. Grouting: 1. Place the grout quickly and continuously to provide complete bearing and avoid air entrapment. 2. After'the grout has acquired its initial set, cut off all unconfined, exposed edges, leaving sloping "shoulders". Cure the grout for a minimum of 3 days by application of a curing compound applied to the exposed shoulders. Maintain temperature above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for this time period. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner's Testing Agency: Refer to Division 1 Section"Code-Required Structural Special Inspections and Procedures"for"Cast-In-Place"inspection and test requirements. B. Testing Agency: The Owner will engage a Testing Agency at his own expense, acceptable to the Architect/Engineer,to perform detailed concrete quality control,testing and inspection. Provide the Testing Agency with the following: 1. Materials,samples, and access to materials as required for testing. 2. Minimum one day's advance notice when concrete is to be placed. 3. Incidental labor required to facilitate testing. 4. Approved on-site storage facilities for concrete test cylinders. 5. Copies of the delivery ticket of each load of concrete as it arrives at the jobsite. Identify the concrete strength,water/cement ratio,type and size of coarse aggregate, batch plant of origin and time cement was discharged into the delivery truck. 6. Copy of the most current reinforcing steel shop drawings which have been reviewed by the Architect/Engineer, and access to the Contract Documents. C. Reimbursement of costs for testing and inspection resulting as a consequence of the following: 1. Work not in compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Testing requested by the Contractor or Subcontractor such as additional cylinders for early breaks,form removal, etc. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 16 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Testing to verify the adequacy of work done without prior notice,without proper supervision, or contrary to standard construction practice. 4. Changes in source, quality or characteristics or materials. 5. Wasted time of inspectors because of cancellations.or delays of concrete placement or other work. D. Do not place concrete until the Owner's Testing Agency has reviewed and approved the work, and all reported deficiencies.have been corrected. Concrete placed prior to approval is subject to removal. E. Testing.Agency Responsibilities: 1. Perform all tests and inspections required by the Controlled Inspection Provisions of the New York City Building Laws. 2. Conduct the tests and inspections required herein, interpret and evaluate the results for compliance with the Contract Documents, and promptly furnish reports of the results to the ti Owner,Arch itect/Engineer, Contractor, and Local Building Authority. 3. At the start of the project, check the concrete constituents, including admixtures,for compliance with the Contract Documents.Test the dry rodded weight of the coarse aggregate whenever a sieve analysis is made, and when it appears there has been a change in the aggregate. 4. At the start of the job and periodically, as determined by the Architect/Engineer, perform inspections of the Batch Plant and its operation. Observe the batching equipment,the condition of materials used, and check for conformance with the design mix proportions. 5. Perform concrete compression strength testing in accordance with ASTM C31 and C39. Sample concrete for test specimens at the point of deposit in accordance with ASTM C172. General concrete testing will consist of one (1)set of four(4)cylinders made from a single sampling for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each class of concrete placed each day. All test specimens are to be laboratory-cured.Test as follows: a. One (1)7-day break. b. Two(2)28-day breaks. c. One (1)56-day break. Hold in reserve for testing if 28-day breaks do not comply. d. Immediately notify the Contractor and Architect/Engineer if 7 day strengths are less than 70%of design strength. 6. If the total volume of concrete is such that the frequency of testing as specified above would provide less than five strength tests for a given class of concrete,tests shall be made from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five batches are used. 7. If the total volume of concrete is such that the frequency of testing as specified above would provide less than five strength tests fora given class of concrete, tests shall be made from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five batches are used. - 8. The above frequencies assume that one batch plant will be used for each pour. If more than one batch plant is used, the frequencies cited above shall apply for each plant used. 9. Determine the air content of concrete per ASTM C173 or ASTM C231 (normal weight concrete only). For concrete required to be air-entrained,test the first truck and every 25 cu.yards thereafter each day. For concrete not required to be air-entrained, test'every 100 cu. yards at random. For pumped concrete, initially test concrete at both the hopper and the discharge end of the hose to determine change in air content. F. Perform slump tests in accordance with ASTM C143. Test the first truck each day, and every time test cylinders are made. Test pumped concrete at the hopper and at the discharge end of the hose at the beginning of each day's pumping operations to determine change in slump. Provide a slump cone, plate, rod and measuring device for use on the project at all times. G. Perform unit weight tests in compliance with ASTM C138 for normal weight concrete and ASTM C567 for lightweight concrete. Test first truck and each time cylinders are made. Section 03-30-00:Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 17 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 H. Determine the temperature per ASTM C1064 for each truckload of concrete during hot weather and cold weather concreting operations. I. Observe the placement of all concrete. Inspect the formwork and the reinforcing steel placement, including bar size, spacing and grade of steel prior to concrete placement. Submit detailed report of observations. J. Immediately notify the Contractor of any items which do not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If satisfactory corrections are.not made,contact the Architect/Engineer . for direction before the concrete is placed. K. Review the delivery tickets of the ready-mix concrete trucks arriving on-site.: Notify the Contractor if the concrete cannot be placed within the specified,time limits or if the type of concrete delivered is incorrect. Reject any loads which do not comply with the Specification requirements., Rejected loads are to be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense. Any rejected concrete that is placed will be subject to removal. Refer to Part 3-Corrective Work. L. Measure concrete flatwork for levelness and flatness as follows: 1. . Perform.Floor Tolerance Measurements Ff and FI in accordance with ASTM E-1155. Calculate the actual overall F-numbers using the inferior/superior area method. 2. Perform all floor tolerance measurements within 48 hours after slab installation and prior to removal of shoring and formwork. 3. Provide the Contractor and the Architect with the results of all profile tests-including a running tabulation of the overall Ff and FI values for all slabs installed to date-within 72 hours after each slab installation. M. Standard of Strength Control 1. The Owner's Testing Agency will establish a coefficient of variation for the statistical evaluation of concrete for the Project.The Contractor shall be fully acquainted with all provisions relative to coefficient of variation as specified herein and fully comply with the applicable requirements. .2. The coefficient of variation will be established for the project on the basis of not less than 30 test results from any one class of concrete. Once established,the Testing Agency will maintain the coefficient of variation as a moving average based on the 10 latest.test results to check compliance with specification requirements. Maintain a continuous up to date log at the job site in both graphical and tabulated form for each class of concrete. Report results weekly to the Architect/Engineer. 3. The coefficient of variation shall be assumed as 20% unless another value has been determined from current similar tests, or until it may be calculated_from the results of 30 or more job tests. This computation is described in ACI 214. 4. Strength Requirements and Compliance Therewith: Concrete will be considered to meet strength requirements of the Specifications when in compliance with ACI 318 Section 5.6 N. Enforcement: 1.. When actual non-compliance and/or ominous trends are observed by the testing laboratory, promptly notify the Contractor and the concrete supplier who shall take immediate appropriate action to correct the deficiency. 2. If non-compliance occurs,the producer will be warned to take immediate corrective action. Test results of concrete furnished subsequent to such a warning must comply. Test results indicating non-compliance after one warning will be sufficient cause for the Architect/Engineer to refuse to permit any additional concrete to be furnished by the non- complying producer. 3. Refer to Part 3-Corrective Work-for concrete in place that does not comply,with the strength requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03-30-00: Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 18 of 18 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 05-50-00, METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fabrications include: 1. Custom timber strapping and bracing 2. Metal downspout boots 3. ( Loose bearing and leveling plates not specified in other sections. B. Products furnished include: 1. Galvanized Anchor bolts. 2. Loose Needle beams. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers'written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time-for installation. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. B. Mill Certificates: Signed by stainless-steel manufacturers, certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. C. Welding certificates. D. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. E. Research/Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors,from ICC-ES. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Coatings products. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations,sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Custom pipe guard and rails. 2. Supplemental steel framing counter top supports. 3. Timber strapping and bracing (Galvanized). 4. Metal down spout boots. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For tower pipe guard rail including analysis data signed and sealed by a NYS qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. B. Mill Certificates: Signed by stainless-steel manufacturers, certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. C. Welding certificates. D. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. 'Section 05-50-00:Metal Fabrications Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 E. Research/Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors,from [CC-ES. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements:Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth,flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 1. Steel Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip,and Plate:ASTM A 666, [Type 316L]. 3. Stainless-Steel.Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, [Type 316L]. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM,A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight(Schedule 40)unless otherwise indicated. 5. Material: Galvanized steel,.ASTM A 653/A 653M, [commercial steel,Type B] [structural steel, Grade 33.(Grade 230)],with G90 (Z275) coating; [0.108-inch (2.8-mm)] [0.0794nch (2-mm)] [0.064-inch (1.6-mm)] nominal thickness. 6. Bronze Extrusions:ASTM B 455, Alloy UNS No. C38500(extruded architectural bronze)' .7. Bronze Castings:ASTM B 584,Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass)or No. C84400 (leaded semired.brass). 8. Nickel Silver Extrusions:ASTM B 151/B 151M, Alloy UNS No. C74500. 9. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B 584,Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze). 2.02 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide[Type 316]stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F.1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 3. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver.. 4. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. 5. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, ASTM.F 593 (ASTM F 738M); with hex nuts,ASTM F 594(ASTM F 836M);.and, where indicated,flat washers; Alloy[Group 1 (Al)] [Group 2 (A4)]. 6. Anchor Bolts:ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated;with nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and,where indicated,flat washers. . a. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. 7. Anchors, General:Anchors capable of sustaining,without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, . . conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. a. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329. b. Post-Installed Anchors: [Torque-controlled expansion anchors] [or] [chemical anchors]. Section 05-50-00:Metal Fabrications Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 c. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941 M), Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. d. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated:Alloy[Group 1 (Al)] [Group 2 (A4)],stain less-steel bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M), and nuts, ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M). 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide.primers that comply with Section 0-99600"High-Performance Coatings." Section 099113"Exterior Painting,"Section 099123 Interior Painting," B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. C. Water-Based Primer: Emulsion type,anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI#107 and compatible with topcoat. D. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.04 FABRICATION GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straightedges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and'develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. F. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing[and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface]. G. Form exposed connections with hairline joints,flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible.Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk)fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. H. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Section 05-50-00:Metal Fabrications Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000, I. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. J. Provide for anchorage of type.indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. K. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches (3.2 by 38 mm),with a minimum 6-inch (150- mm)embedment and 2-inch (50-mm) hook, not less than 8 inches (200 mm)from ends and corners of units and 24 inches (600 mm)o.c., unless otherwise indicated. I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level,plumb,true,and free of rack;and'measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Field welding to occur outside. Field welding will not be allowed with-in'the structure 2. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 3. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 4. Remove welding flux immediately. 5. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts,toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals.with the following: 1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum:Two coats of clear lacquer. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. B. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm)dry film thickness. C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in division-09 D. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections,.and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. Section 05-50-00:Metal Fabrications Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 E. Replace damaged materials specified in this Section with new materials that meet requirements. END OF SECTION 05-50-00 Section 05-50-00:Metal Fabrications Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION:05 58 00 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. The work under this Division shall be subject to the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS, DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES, ADDENDA and other Contract Documents. B. Refer to the Drawings and Specifications of other trades and Contractors for items which might affect the work under this Division. C. Provide all various miscellaneous metal support, bracing and framing not provided under other sections and required to complete the work,whether or not such items are shown on Drawings or specified. 1.02 BOLLARDS A. Bollards shall be minimum of schedule 40 steel pipe. B. Bollards shall be adequately backfilled,tamped and set so as to provide a neat, level and plumb appearance. C. Bollards shall be filled with concrete. D. Bollards shall be installed in the locations shown and as detailed in the Contract Drawings. E. Painting and cleaning of bollards shall conform to the requirements of Division 9- Finishes, Section 09910. 1.03 TIE DOWNS A. Tie downs shall be Neenah mooring eyes model number R-3490A manufactured by Neenah . Foundry. B. Tie downs shall be installed as per manufacturer's instructions. C. Confirm tie down layout through shop drawing submittal with the Owner. 1.04 ALUMINUM SADDLES A. Aluminum saddles and slip saddles where indicated or specified herein shall be shaped to fit jambs and other adjoining work closely, and shall be cut and drilled as required to fit hardware. B. Saddles at exterior entrances unless otherwise shown shall be abrasive cast aluminum, weatherstrip type,fabricated and set in accordance with manufacturer's approved details. Saddles shall be full length of door opening, of width and profile as shown. Saddle shall be not less than 3/8 inch thick at any point and shall be set in a nonstaining bed of caulking secured in place with 3/8 inch flush head white bronze expansion bolts, 12 inches o.c. C. Furnish and install dividing strip saddles, 1/8 x 1/4 inch strip, at centers of door openings and elsewhere shown on the Drawings, wherever different types_of flooring.finish occur in opposite side of openings except as otherwise shown on Drawings. 1.05 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING A. Provide miscellaneous framing members at fascias and soffits as shown and elsewhere as required consisting of angles, channels, plates, hangers, brackets, clips,fasteners and other miscellaneous items shown or required. 1.06 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. All work shall be protected by positive.means from any damage or defacement. All defective or otherwise unsatisfactory parts shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 05-58-00:Miscellaneous Metals Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Upon completion of the work, all coatings and materials applied for temporary protection shall be removed. All ornamental metal shall be washed with mild soap and water or with a petroleum distillate. No abrasive cleaning agent shall be used. C. All operative items shall be adjusted to work properly, and work left whole, clean and in satisfactory condition. END OF SECTION 05-58-00 Section 05-58-00:Miscellaneous Metals Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 06 05 73 PRESSURE TREATED WOOD PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Preservative treatment of plywood. B. Preservative treatment of lumbers at the following assemblies: 1. Misc.framing not mentioned in other sections. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM A153/A153M-Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. ASTM A653/A653M-Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process, B. American Wood-Protection Association (AWPA): 1. AWPA E12-Standard Method of Determining the Corrosion of Metal in Contact with Wood. 2. AWPA M4-Standard for the Care of Preservative Treated Wood Products. 3. AWPA P5-Standard for Waterborne Preservatives. 4. AWPA P26-Standard for Alkaline Copper Quat Type A(ACQ-A). 5. AWPA P27-Standard.for Alkaline Copper Quat Type B(ACQ-B). 6. AWPA P28-Standard for Alkaline Copper Quat Type:C'(ACQ-C). 7. AWPA P29-Standard for Alkaline Copper Quat Type D (ACQ-D). S. AWPA T1 -Use Category System: Processing and Treatment Standard. 9. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's instructions for use, including requirements for storage, cutting, and finishing. B. Preservative Treatment Certification:Treating plant's certification of compliance with specified standards, process employed, and preservative retention values. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Wood Treatment Plant Qualifications: Wood treatment plant experienced in performing work of this section licensed by Viance,.LLC. Or approved equal. B. Source Quality: Obtain treated wood products from a single approved source. C. Preservative Treatment: Mark each piece of plywood and lumber to show compliance with specified standards. D. Independent Third-Party Inspection: 1. Provide plant inspections. E. Kiln Dry after Treatment(KDAT): Provide kiln dry material as indicated or required 1. .Kiln.dry after treatment to 19 percent maximum moisture content for lumber and 18 percent for plywood in accordance with AWPA T1, Section 7- Drying After Treatment (lumber) and AWPA T1, Section :F: Pressure treated composites (3c)kiln drying after treatment). 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Exposure: Prevent wood products against moisture and dimensional changes, in accordance - with instructions from treating plant. Section 06-05-73:Pressure Treated Wood Page 1 of 2 I LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.06 WARRANTY A. Preserve ACQ) Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard lifetime limited warranty for pressure treated wood PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Viance - Treated Wood Solutions, which is located at: 8001 IBM Dr. Building 403 ; Charlotte, NC 28262; Toll Free Tel: 800-421-8661; Tel: 704-5220825;-Fax: 704- 527-8232; or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Dimension Lumber:As specified in Section 06 10 00-.Rough Carpentry. B. Fasteners and Metal Hardware In Preservative Treated Wood : For treated wood and where wood is in ground contact, subject to high relative humidity, or exposed to weather, provide corrosion resistant steel fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A153/A153M, provide corrosion resistant hardware per ASTM A653/A653M Class G185 in compliance with building code requirements. 2.03 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT OF WOOD A. All lumber and Plywood treated with PT shall be protected from exposure to the weather during transit and storage. PT treated products shall be stored out of ground contact and protected against.exposure to liquid water. B. Preservative Treatment,.Ground and Fresh Water Contact: Ramp construction, stair construction, and posts. 1. Treatment:ACQ in accordance with AWPA U1. .C. Use 0.40 Ib/cu ft(6.4 kg/m3)of ACQ in accordance with AWPA U1 (UC4A)as appropriate. D. Use 0.40 Ib/cu ft(6.4 kg/m3)retention. E. If required, kiln dry after treatment to 19 percent maximum moisture content for lumber and 18 percent for plywood. F. Treat wood in the following locations: 1. In contact with ground. 2. In contact with fresh water. PART 3 EXECUTION INSTALLATION Framing and Sheathing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 06- Rough Carpentry. Preservative Treated Wood: 1. Surface treatment of field cuts:-All field cuts on members that provide structural support to a permanent structure shall be field treated in accordance with AWPA M4 END OF SECTION 06-05-73 Section 06-05-73:Pressure Treated Wood Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 06-10-00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Exterior Work includes. 1. Exterior Misc.framing not mentioned here B. Interior work includes: 1. Interior framing of Fire Sprinkler Room. 2. Interior door rough framing adjustments. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Lumber: American Softwood Lumber Standard PS 20 by the U.S. Department of Commerce. Comply with applicable provisions for each indicated use. B. Plywood: Product Standard PS 1 for Softwood Plywood, Construction and Industrial by the U.S. Department of Commerce. C. Plywood Installation: APA Design/Construction Guide, Residential & Commercial by the American Plywood Association (APA). D. Grading Rules: 1.. Southern'Pine: Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB). . 2. Spruce-Pine-Fir: National.Lumber Grades Authority(NLGA). 3. User Specification for Treated Wood,American Wood Protection Association Standard (AW PA) U 1=02. E. Framing Installation: American Forest and Paper Association (AFPA). F. ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.; ESR-1721. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Certification for the.following wood treatments: 1. Pressure Treatment: Certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process.used, net amount of chemical preservative retained, and conformance with specified standards. 2. Wood Treatment: Compatible with galvanized metal connector plates, unless other compatible protective finish for connector-plates is approved by the Town Designated Representative for use with approved treatment: 3. Preservative Treatment: Category UC4A for Ground Contact or Freshwater; Non-critical components. 4. Preservative Treatment: Category UC4B for Ground Contact or Freshwater; Critical components or difficult replacement. 5. Preservative Treatment: Dissolved copper azole, CA-C or dispersed copper azole, NCA-C for Categories UC1, UC2, UC3A, UC4A, and UC413. Section 06-10-00:Rough Carpentry Page 1 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE RATED SHEATHING A. LP FlameBlock Fire Rated Sheathing by Louisiana-Pacific-Corporation,www.lpcorp.com, or approved equal. B. Minimum 7/16 inch thick nailed to wood framing with 1-7/8"long 6d nails, spaced at 6 inches O.C. on the perimeter and 12 inches O.C. in the panel field.Vertical joints centered in studs. Horizontal joints backed with nominal 2x4 wood blocking. C. ICC-ES Listing Report ESL-1002 certification. D. Component in 2 hour Exterior Wall Assembly—UL Design No. V337. E. Meet ASTM E84 for standard test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM International. 2.02 FRAMING HARDWARE A. Fasteners and Anchoring Devices: Select and furnish items of type,size,style,grade, and class as required for secure installation of the Work. Items shall be Hot Dip galvanized or stainless steel for exterior use. Items exposed to treated wood shall be Hot-Dip galvanized conforming to ASTM Standard A653; Class G-185 or AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel. Unless shown or specified otherwise, comply with the following: 1. Nails, Screws, Lag Screws/Lag Bolts, Bolts/Nuts/Washers: 2. Hot-Dip galvanized, ASTM Standard A653; Class G-185. 3. Stainless steel AISI 316. _ 4. Expansion Anchors: Hot-Dip galvanized steel wedge anchors,ASTM Standard A653; Class G-185. 5. Toggle Bolts: Cadmium or zinc plated tumble-wing type. 6. Self-Threading Masonry Screws: Zinc Plated; "Tapcon" by Elco Industries, Inc., 1111 Samuelson Rd., PO Box 7009, Rockford, IL 61125-7009, (815)397-5151. 7. Metal Hangers and Framing Anchors: Size and type for intended use, galvanized finish, manufacturer's recommended fasteners. Items exposed to treated wood shall be Hot-Dip galvanized conforming to ASTM Standard A653; Class G-185 and epoxy coated in the field. 8. Stainless Steel Anchors:AISI 316;Applications include permanent wood foundations and corrosive environments such as saltwater spray and preservative treated wood. Section 06-10-00:Rough Carpentry Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 PART 3 EXECUTION 6.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of.Conditions: Examine substrate and supporting structure on which rough carpentry is to be installed for defects that will adversely affect the execution and quality of the Work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 6.02 GENERAL PROCEEDURES AND PROJET CONDITIONS A. Do not use units of material with defects which impair the quality of the Work and units which are too small to fabricate the Work with minimum joints or with optimum joint arrangement. - B. Install Work accurately to required lines and levels-with members plumb and true, accurately cut and fitted and securely fastened. Closely fit rough carpentry to other associated construction. C. Securely attach carpentry Work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as indicated or, if not indicated, as required by the referenced standards. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate through members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections,between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. Set nail heads in exposed Work which is to be painted or stained"and fill resulting holes. D. Treated Wood: Apply heavy brush coat of treatment material to field cut surfaces. 6.03 WOOD FRAMING A. Install framing members of.nominal sizes indicated or of units built-up to dimensions indicated, on spacing shown. Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the recommendations of the AFPA "Manual for Wood Frame Construction". Construct required openings for installation of related work. Do not splice structural members between supports. B. Anchor and nail members as indicated. If not indicated, comply with the"Recommended Nailing Schedule-Table 1" of the"Manual for Wood Frame Construction"and other applicable recommendations of the AFPA. C. Install miscellaneous blocking and framing indicated and as required for attachment and support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. D. Stud Framing: Install stud framing,indicated. Unless otherwise shown, use 2 x 4-inch wood studs spaced 16 inches.on center with 4-inch face perpendicular to direction of wall or partition. Install single bottom plate and double top plates 2 inches thick by width of studs; except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing partitions. Nail or anchor.plates to supporting construction. _ 1. Construct corners and intersections with not less than 3 studs. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Install nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. E. Joist Framing: Install framing of sizes and on spacing shown. Install with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less than 1-1/2 inches of bearing on wood. Attach to wood bearing members with metal connectors;frame to wood supporting members with wood ledgers or with metal connectors. Do not notch in middle third of joists; limit notches to 1/6- depth of joist, 1/4 at ends. Do not bore holes larger than 1/3-depth of joist or locate closer than 2 inches from top or bottom. Install solid blocking (2 inches thick by depth of joist)at ends of joists unless nailed to header or band member. 1. Lap members framing from opposite sides of beams, girders or partitions not less than 4 inches or securely tie opposing members together. Install solid blocking(2 inches thick by depth of joist)over supports. 2. Install solid blocking between joists under jamb studs at openings,shade shelter post and guard rail post locations. Section 06-10-00: Rough Carpentry Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Under non-load-bearing partitions, install double joists separated by solid blocking equal to depth of studs above. F. Install bridging between joists where nominal depth-to-thickness ratio exceeds 4, at intervals of 8 feet. 6.04 WOOD NAILERS AND GROUNDS A. Install required items where indicated and where required for support, attachment or screeding of other Work. Form to shapes indicated or required. Coordinate locations and cut and shim as required to provide items at true and level planes to receive Work to be attached. Install closure strips for nailers at all edges. 1. Attach to substrates as indicated; if not indicated, size and space fasteners as required to support applied loading. Maximum spacing of fasteners shall not exceed 16 inches. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, install and secure material to non-wood construction as follows: a. Counter-sink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise shown. 2. Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key- beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of the thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 6.05 WOOD FURRING A. . Install members plumb and level with closure strips at all edges. Shim with wood as required to achieve tolerance specified. 1. Fastening: Attach to substrates as indicated; if not indicated, attach material as specified for nailers and blocking. 2. Tolerance: Shim and level wood furring to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 13. Firestop furred spaces on walls at each floor level,with wood-blocking or other approved non- combustible materials. Fit members accurately to close furred spaces. END OF SECTION 06-10-00 Section 06-10-00:Rough Carpentry Page 4 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 06-16-43 GYPSUM SHEATHING PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Fiberglass-mat faced, moisture and mold resistant gypsum sheathing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry. 2.-. Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International(ASTM): 1.- ASTM C473 Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel 2. Products. 3. ASTM C518 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of-the Heat Flow MeterApparatus. 4.- ASTM C1002 Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screwsfor the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. 5. ASTM C1177 Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. 6. ASTM C1280 Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 7. ASTM D3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 8. ASTM D6329 Standard Guide for Developing Methodology for Evaluating the.Ability of Indoor Materials to Support Microbial Growth Using Static Environmental Chambers. 9. ASTM E72 Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction. 10. ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 11. ASTM C1396 Standard Specification for Gypsum Board 12. ASTM E 136 Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C 13. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building_Materials 14. Gypsum Association (GA): GA-253 Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each product specified. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Provide products that offer twelve months of coverage against in-place exposure damage (delamination, deterioration and decay) commencing with the date of installation of the product in such structure. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Five years against manufacturing defects commencing with the date of installation of the product in such structure. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Fiberglass mat gypsum panels 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. 1. Fiberglass-Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing: DensGlass Sheathing. 2. Fiberglass-Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing, Type X for Fire Rated Designs: DensGlass Fireguard Sheathing. 3. Or approved equal. B. MATERIALS 1. Fire-Rated Fiberglass-Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing:ASTM C1177, TypeX: 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. Section 06-16-43:Gypsum Sheathing Page 1 of-2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Width:4 feet. 4. Length: [8 feet] [9 feet] [10 feet]. 5. Weight: 2.5 lb/sq.ft. 6. Edges: Square. 7. Surfacing: Fiberglass mat on face, back, and long edges. B. Racking Strength (Ultimate, not design value)(ASTM.E72): Not less than 654pounds per square foot,dry. 9. Flexural Strength, Parallel(ASTM C1177): 100 Ibf,parallel. 10. Humidified Deflection (ASTM C1177): Not more than 1/8 inch. 11. Permeance(ASTM E96): Not less than 17 perms. 12. 11. R-Value (ASTM C518): 0.67. 13. Mold Resistance(ASTM D3273): 10, in a test as manufactured. 14. Microbial Resistance(ASTM D6329, UL Environmental GREENGUARD 3-week protocol):Will not support microbial growth. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Screws:ASTM C1002, corrosion resistant treated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Inspection:Verify that project conditions and substrates are acceptable, to the installer, to begin installation of work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A., General: In accordance with GA-253,ASTM C1280 and the manufacturer`s recommendations. 1. . Manufacturer's Recommendations: a. Current"Product Catalog", Georgia-Pacific Gypsum. 2. Requirements associated with UL assembly as indicated on the drawings. - 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect gypsum board installations from damage and deterioration until date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 06-16-43 Section 06-16-43:Gypsum Sheathing Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 07-21-00 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 2. Mineral-wool blanket insulation. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 2. Mineral-wool blanket insulation. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Installer's Certification: Listing type,manufacturer,and R-value of insulation installed in each element of the building thermal envelope and fire rated assembly. Refer to the drawings. 1. Sign, date, and post the certification in a conspicuous location on Project site. B. Product Test Reports: For each product,for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND'HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources.Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS . 2.01 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. G lass-Fiber.Blanket Insulation, Kraft Faced:ASTM C665,Type II (non reflective faced), Class C (faced surface not rated for flame propagation); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier). 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: a. CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company c. Knauf Insulation d. Owens Corning 2. Labeling: Provide identification of mark indicating R-value of each piece of insulation 12 inches and wider,in width. 2.02 MINERAL-WOOL BLANKET INSULATION A. Mineral-Wool Blanket Insulation, Unfaced: ASTM C665,Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; passing ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,.the following: a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company b. Owens Corning c. ROCKWOOL B. Flame-Spread Index: Not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. Smoke-Developed Index: Not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. D. Labeling: Provide identification of mark indicating R-value of each piece of insulation 12 inches and wider in width. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Section 07-21-00:Thermal Insulation Page 1 of 2 L LKMA Project no 24096.000 A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of puncturing insulation or vapor retarders, or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.02 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Install insulation with manufacturer's R-value label exposed after insulation is installed. D. Provide insulation baffles,for ventilation at all eaves. E. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. F. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses,widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated foror protected from contact with.insulation. 4. For wood-framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C1320 and asfollows: - a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish materialis installed over it. 5. Vapor-Retarder-Faced Blankets:Tape joints and ruptures in vapor-retarder facings,and seal each continuous area of insulation to ensure airtight installation. a. Exterior Walls: Set units with facing placed toward interior side of sprinkler room. See _ drawings for more information. b. Interior Walls: Set units with facing placed as indicated on Drawings. c. Interior Ceilings facing placed towards ceiling finishes. B. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 1. Mineral wool Fiber Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu.ft.. or as per UL assembly requirements. 2. Anstall insulation to fit snugly without bowing. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. B. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07-21-00 , Section 07-21-00:Thermal Insulation Page 2 of 2 l LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Provision of elastomeric sealants and bond breaker/backer rod at metal to metal joints, roof to metal joints, metal to wood joints. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF'WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: . 1. Joint sealants and fillers. B. This Section includes joint sealants for the applications specified with the products in this Section and as indicated on the Drawings. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish:and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product. B. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples. with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials.forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. -' D. . Field Test Report Log: For each elastomeric sealant application. E. Product Test Reports:'Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qua Iified.testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. F. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. .Joint-sealant application,joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. G. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. . C. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers,for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Use manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. Section 07-92-00:Joint Sealants Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers. 4. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data.that are based on previous'testing-of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with,joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. D. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants,field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by A/E. .2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below: a. , Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. b. Each type of non-elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3. Notify A/E seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field=Applied Sealant Joint Hand'Pull Tab, in Appendik X1 in ASTM C 1193. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates,verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 4. Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 5. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results:Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C). 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. Section 07-92-00:Joint Sealants Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 JOINT SEALANTS,GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials.that are compatible. with one another and with.joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants:As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 2.02 ,JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade,class,and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Single-Component Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. ' Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: . a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b. GE Silicones; SIIPruf LM SCS2700. c. May National Bondaflex Sil 290 d. Pecora Corporation;864. e: Tremco Inc.; Spectrem 1. 2. Use Sealants compatible with roof manufacturers membrane warranty. 3. Extent of Use: Joints in exterior vertical and soffit surfaces. 2.03 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant.manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant-Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient of temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal,to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials-or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials,free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent-to joints. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Section 07-92-00:Joint Sealants Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1.. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion ofjoint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents,water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include concrete, masonry and unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. - 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following metal, glass, porcelain enamel and glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests.or prior experience.Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application.and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. Section 07-92-00:Joint Sealants Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Cooperate with field quality control personnel.Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas,as needed to perform inspections. B. Additional inspections and retesting of materials which fail to comply with specified material and installation requirements shall be performed at Contractor's expense. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage,or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION'07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 5 of 5 Section 07-92-00:Joint Sealants LKMA Project no 24096.000 / SECTION 08 11 00 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 'Section includes: 1. hollow metal door and-frame. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings, 14 gage, according to SDI A250.8. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM International 1. ASTM A 153—Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. ASTM A 653—Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM A 879-Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated by the Electrolytic Process for Applications Requiring Designation of the Coating Mass on Each Surface. 4. ASTM A 1008-Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. 5. ASTM A 1011 -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. B. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA)A156.115- Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors or Steel Frames C. Steel Door Institute (SDI) 1. SDI 100—Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI A 250.3-Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Factory Applied Finish Coatings for Steel Doors and Frames. 3. SDI A 250.4-Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames and Frame Anchors. L 4. SDI A 250.6—Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 5. SDI A 250.8--Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 6. SDI A 250.10—Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 7. SDI A 250.11 —Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 8. SDI 111 —Recommended Details for Standard Steel Doors,Frames,Accessories and Related Components. 9. SDI 122—Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Details of doors, including vertical-and horizontal-edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. Section 08 1100 Metal Doors and Frames Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of anchorages,joints,field splices, and connections. 6. Details of accessories. a. Samples for Initial Selection: For hollow-metal doors and frames with factory-applied galvanized finishes. b. Product data: include construction details installation instructions, core descriptions, fire resistant ratings and temperature-rise ratings. 1.06 'QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with SDI 100 and as herein specified. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal work crated to provide protection from damage during transit and job storage. In addition, provide sealed doors in plastic wrapping. Provide additional protection to _ prevent damage to factory-finished units. B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage: Minor damages maybe repaired provided finish items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the owner and owner's representative,otherwise, remove and replace. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Store vertically, place units on minimum 4in. high wood blocking. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4,inch space between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURES A. CECO Door Products B. ASSA ABLOY Door Group, Inc. 9159 Telecom Drive Milan,TN 38358, USA C. Or approved equal. 2.02 FIRE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities,having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings[and temperature- rise limits]indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252.or.UL 10C. 1. Smoke-and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. 2. Provide Fire labels 2.03 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A 250'.8, Level 2; SDI A 250.4, Level B. 1. Doors: a. Type:As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face:.Steel sheet,_mihimum thickness of 0.053 inch. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. e. Edge Bevel; Bevel lock edge 1/8,inch in 2 inches. f. Core: Manufacturer's insulated standard. 2. Frames: a. Materials: Steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Construction: Full profile welded. Section 08 11 00 Metal Doors and Frames Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Finish Factory hot dipped galvanized. 2.04 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Type:Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable doorand.frame standard, and suitable for performance level indicated. 2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for frames with no floor anchor. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches, or portion thereof, of frame height above 7 feet. 3. Post-installed Expansion Anchor: Minimum 3/8-inch diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts, with manufacturer's standard pipe spacer. B. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of post-installed expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. C. Material: ASTM A 879, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls,steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008 or ASTM A 1011; hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153, Class B. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet:ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel(CS),Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153. C. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated,fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated. D. Mineral-Fiber Insulation at fire rated doors:ASTM C 665,Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting.of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool;with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. E. Polyurethane core at exterior doors. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement,tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Hollow-Metal Doors/Frames: Fabricate in one piece. 1. Frame, provide countersunk,flat-or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. Doors,Astragal Seal: provide weather tight seal with rubber seal on each leaf unless otherwise indicated. 3. Door bottom-Sill assembly: provide rubber door bottom with integral sweep. 4. Frame, provide fully adhered rubber weather-stripping. 5. Silencers, provide fully adhered silencers, do not drill the frames. C. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware, include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A 250:6,the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-templated, mortised,and surface-mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with BHMA Al56.115 for preparing hollow-metal doors and frames for hardware. 2.07 CLEARANCES A. Unless noted otherwise, clearances are subject to tolerance of plus or minus 1/32 inch. B. Clearance between Door and Frame Head and Jambs: 1/8 inch. Section 08 1100 Metal Doors and Frames Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24,096.000 . C. Clearance at Bottom: 112 inch. D. Clearance between Door Face and Door Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch. 2.08 STEEL FINISHES A. Hot dipped,galvanized doors and frames: 1. Shop finish: Manufacturer's standard hot dipped galvanized finish,ASTM A 924/A 924M: General requirements for steel sheet, metallic-coated by the hot-dip process. 2. ASTM A 653/A 653M: Specifications for steel sheet, zinc coated or zinc iron alloy (galvannealed)by.the hot dipped process. B. Minimum coating weight: G60 (0.6 ounces'of zinc per square foot of steel). . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth,flush, and invisible on exposed faces.Touch up factory-applied finishes where spreaders are removed. B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive non-templated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow-metal doors.and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Comply with SDI A 250.11. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are.set.After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage to completed Work. a. Where frames are fabricated in sections,field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind,fill,dress,and make splice smooth,flush, and invisible on exposed faces.Touch- up finishes. b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. 2. Floor Anchors:-Secure with post-installed expansion anchors.- a. . Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of post-installed expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Solidly pack mortar inside frames. Do not use pourable grout. 4. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to .plane of wall.. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames,within clearances specified below. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: Comply with SDI A 250.8: 3.03 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP A. . Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust=inhibitive primer. B. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Section 08 11 00 Metal Doors and Frames Page 4 of 5 I LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Factory-Finish Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with same material used for factory finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections. END OF SECTION 08 11 00 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1 Section 08 11 00 Metal Doors and Frames Page 5 of 5 i LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 08 31 00 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The work under this Division shall be subject to the requirements of the CONDITIONS.OF CONTRACT, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS, DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES,ADDENDA, and other Contract documents. B. Refer to the Drawings and Specifications of other trades and contractors for items which might affect the work under this Division. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. This section includes furnishing all labor, materials equipment and incidentals necessary to install electronically operated overhead sectional doors,operators,controls and accessories as shown on the contract documents. 1.03 REFERENCES A. General:Standards listed by reference, including revisions by issuing authority,form a part of this specification section to the extent indicated. Standards listed are identified by issuing authority, authority abbreviation, designation number,title or other designation established by issuing authority. Standards subsequently referenced herein are referred to by issuing authority abbreviation and standard designation. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 653/A 653M-Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM A 924/A 924M -Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 1.04 PERFORMANCE A. Exterior sectional doors shall be designed to withstand at least twenty(20) pounds per square foot windload: Windlocks shall.be provided'as required for windload protection. B. All doors shall be able to withstand a standard maximum of up to 50,000 operating cycles for the life of the door. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show application to project. B. Product Data: .Catalog sheets, specifications, and installation instructions for rolling service door assemblies,finishes, and operators. -- C. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. Operation and maintenance data. 2. Replacement parts list. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Utilize an installer having demonstrated experience on projects of similar size and complexity, and trained and authorized by the door dealer to perform the work of this section. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE & HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid construction delays. B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Section 08-31-00: Overhead Sectional Doors Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.08 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit,for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under contract documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SECTIONAL DOOR(BASIS OF DESIGN)—ANY SUBSTITUTION MUST MEET SAME DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. A. Manufacturer: Raynor Door, model TM300 (3", R-24.54 insulated commercial sectional doors) Contact: P.O. Box 448, 1101 East River Road, Dixon, IL 61021-0448; Telephone: (800)472-9667, (815)288-1431; Fax: (815)288-7142; E-mail:thegarage@raynor.com; website:www.raynor.com. 2.02 DOOR OPERATORS A. Raynor PowerHoist Optima with Contactor style motor starter(Model Series PHO) or Raynor Control Hoist Optima with Solid State motor controller(Model Series CHO). 1. Type: Trolley 2. Motor Horsepower Rating: Continuous Duty'/z HP. 3. Electrical Requirements: 120-240 volt single phase. 4. Duty Cycle: 30 cycles/hour. 5. Control Wiring: Contactor Style Motor starter 24 volt control with provisions for connection of safety edge to reverse and external radio control hook-up.Solid State motor Controller 24 volt control with provisions to select up to 6 standard wiring types plus delay on reverse, mid stop, maximum run timer, and door lock feature. 6. General contractor shall confirm door operator with the door manufacturer prior to ordering. 7. General contractor shall provide all switches and control wiring for the overhead door. 8. Electrical contractor shall provide line voltage to the overhead door system. 2.03 DOOR SECTIONS A. Sections shall be mechanically interlocked and pressure bonded to a 2-7/8 inches {73 mm) thick extruded polystyrene core. Hinge reinforcement plates shall be 16 gauge edge plates and 16 gauge center plates, located within section interior at every hinge location. End stiles to be 14 gauge galvanized steel. B. Material: Steel sandwich construction, 3 inches (76mm)thick, roll formed from commercial quality, hot-dipped galvanized (G60 exterior)steel complying with ASTM A 653. Exterior and interior skin to be constructed of 25 gauge steel embossed stucco texture. C. Mounting: Sections mounted in door opening using Lap Jamb Angle Mounting: section overlap door jambs by 1 inch (25mm)on each side of door opening D. Insulation: Expanded polystyrene, R-value of 24.54. E. Seals: Interior and exterior skins to be separated by a continuous dual durometer vinyl seal held in place by a mechanical interlock to form a thermal break and complete weatherseal along section joint.Top of door to be provided with dual durometer vinyl standard. Bottom of door to have flexible U-shaped vinyl seal in an extruded aluminum retainer. F. Trussing: Doors designed to withstand a wind load of 12 P.S.F. Deflection of door in horizontal position to be maximum of 1/120th of door width. Section 08-31-00:Overhead Sectional Doors Page 2 of 3 - LKMA Project no 24096.000 G. Color and Paint Type: Interior skins to have two coats of paint, one primer coat and one finish coat. Exterior to be powder coated. Color by owner. H. Windows: Locations to comply with door elevations. 1. 'Size: 24 inches by 12 inches full-view(square-edge)window encased in an extruded PVC frame. 2. Glazing:Windows to be provided with insulated glazing units as follows: a. Glass consisting of two panes of 1/8 inch(3.2mm) thick DSB.glass. 2.04 TRACK A. Material: Hot-dipped galvanized steel (ASTM A-653),fully adjustable for adequate sealing of door to jamb or weather seal. 2.05 COUNTERBALANCE SYSTEM A. Type: Provided with;aircraft-type, galvanized steel lifting cables with minimum safety factor of 5. 2.06 HARDWARE A. .Hinges and Brackets: Fabricated from galvanized steel and white powder coating on hinges and u-bar B. Track Rollers:consistent with track size,with hardened steel ball bearings. C. Perimeter Seal: Provide complete weather stripping to reduce air infiltration. Weather stripping shall be replaceable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions and recommendations of door manufacturer. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify through direct observation and field measurement that site conditions are acceptable for installation of doors, operators, controls and accessories. Ensure that openings square flush and plumb. B. Do not proceed with installation of doors, operators, controls and accessories until unacceptable conditions are corrected. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install door, track and operating equipment complete with all necessary accessories and,hardware according to shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: At Owner's request, provide manufacturer's field service consisting of product installation and use recommendations, and periodic site visits to observe and ensure product installation is done in'accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Site Visits:two (2) 3.05 ADJUSTING A. General: Lubricate bearings and sliding parts, assure weather tight fit around door perimeter and adjust doors for proper operation, balance, clearance and similar requirements. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair or replace installed products damaged prior to or during installation. B. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. Remove and legally dispose of construction debris from project site. END OF SECTION 08 31 00 Section 08-31-00:Overhead Sectional Doors Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 08 71 00 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. I The work under this Division shall be subject to the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS, DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES,ADDENDA, and other Contract documents. B. Refer to the Drawings and Specifications of other trades and contractors for items which might affect the work under this Division. C. The manufacturer's representative for the locking devices and closing devices must inspect and approve, in writing,the installation of their products. Hardware installed incorrectly must be reported to the architect and owner prior to the architect's final punch list. 1.02 SCOPE A. Furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and app Ilan ces.necessary or required for finish hardware on swinging doors indicated on schedules and/or shown on drawings including but not limited to hinges, lock or latch sets, dead locks, cylinders, bolts, exit devices, push/pull units, closers and miscellaneous door and access control devices, protection plates, and other miscellaneous hardware. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: All finish hardware shall conform to all the following standards: 1. Testing Laboratories: Underwriters Laboratory(UL)and or Warnock Hersey Fire Laboratories Division: All fire rated doors shall have hardware assemblies approved by one of the listed laboratories. Panic hardware UL Listed only. 2. National Fire Protection Association: NFPA 80 and NFPA 101. 3. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA). 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. American Disabilities Act(ADA). 6. Where required, products shall have MEA approval. B. All products specified shall comply with the Buy American Act. C. Supplier: Finish hardware shall be furnished by those having a minimum of 5 years of builders hardware experience and shall have in their employ at least one certified Architectural Hardware Consultants (AHC)to correctly interpret the plans, detailed drawings and specifications. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with the provisions of the general contract documents. B. Hardware Schedule: Submit hardware schedule in vertical format. Horizontal schedules will not be accepted. Follow Door and Hardware Institute (DHI)guide lines for scheduling. At the end of the schedule list each door number with appropriate heading number and hardware set number. Furnish initial draft of schedule at the earliest,possible date, in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work. Furnish final schedule after samples, manufacturer's data.sheets have been approved. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements. D. Keying Schedule: A key schedule showing all key numbers and spaces to which each permits entry, shall be provided. Consult with.OWNER before submitting final key schedule. After final approval has been received,the schedule and the key cabinet, along with the key gathering envelopes containing keys for each lock endorsed with lock number and space designation, shall be turned over to the OWNERS. Section 08-71-00:Finish Hardware Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 E. Samples: Prior to submittal of the final hardware schedule and prior to delivery of hardware, submit one (1)sample of each exposed hardware unit. Sample will be reviewed by the ARCHITECT for design, color and texture only. Compliance with other requirements.is the exclusive responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Samples approved by the ARCHITECT shall be turned over to the OWNER for attic stock. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle,store, distribute, protect and install in accordance with the manufacture's instructions. Deliver packaged material in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact. Deliver assemblies completely identified and with adequate protection for storage, handling and installation'. B. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control the, handling and installation of.hardware which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses; both before and after installation. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the. thickness, profile,swing, security and similar requirements indicated and as necessary for t proper installation and function. Deliver packaged hardware items to the proper locations for. installation. B. Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors,frames and other work to be factory prepared for the installation of_hardware. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. The hardware manufacturers shall provide full replacement warranty as listed below. 1. Surface Closers 25 years 2. Exit Devices 3 years 3. Locksets.etc. 1 year 4. Balance of hardware 1 year PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Hand of Door: The drawings show the swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper.installation and operation-of the door swing shown. B. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of the basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness but in no case of lesser quality material. C. Fasteners: Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws. D. Screws: Furnish screws for installation,with each hardware item. Finish exposed screws to match the hardware finish. E. Tools for Maintenance: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools as needed,for the OWNERS continued maintenance,,removal and replacement of hardware. F. Concealed Fasteners: Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when the door is closed except to the extent no standard manufacturer's units are available with concealed fasteners. Use thru bolts only where necessary to adequately fasten hardware to the door. 2.02 HINGES A. Butt hinges to be Ives 5BB1 or 5BB1HW. B. Provide non-removable pin (NRP) hinges on out-swinging doors with keyed locks. Section 08-71-00: Finish Hardware Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Provide NRP and Security Stud hinges on,exterior doors with butt hinges. D. Provide sufficient width hinges to clear trim and wall conditions as shown on drawings. E. Provide 4'/2"x 41/z"for doors up to TO"wide, 5"x 4'/2"for doors over 3'0"wide. F. Provide heavy weight hinges at high traffic doors. G. Quantity of hinges shall be provided to conform to the following: 1. Doors up to 60"in heights------------------2 hinges 2. Doors 60"to 90" in height-----------------3 hinges .3. Doors 90"and over---------I hinge every 30" in height H. All hinges shall be the products of one manufacturer. 2.03 MORTISE LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS A. Mortise locks and latches to be Schlage, L Series. _ 2.04 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. Manufacturer to be Schlage. Consult Town's Locksmith for series. B. Cylinders and keying information must match existing system. C. Key all cylinders into existing grand master key system per instructions of the Town's locksmith D. Owner to install permanent cores upon completion. E. Furnish keys as follow: ' 1. Change Key Blanks: 3 per lock 2. Master Key Blanks: 10 each per key symbol 3. , Grand Master Key Blanks: 10 each 2.05 EXIT DEVICES A. Exit devices shall be Von Duprin 9875F Series. B. Provide mortise exit devices. 2.06 DOOR CLOSING DEVICES A. Door closers shall be LCN 4111 Series. B. Provide cast iron body, forged forearms and parallel arms, and non-ferrous covers. C. Provide non-sized closers,to meet maximum opening force requirements of ADA. D. Provide drop plates, brackets, or adapters for closer arms as required. E. All closers shall be installed so that closer bodies are positioned on room side of doors to and from corridors, i.e., in-swing doors shall be regular arm. Out-swing doors shall have a parallel arm.. Regular arm shall be used in connecting doors between rooms. 2.07 THRESHOLDS AND GASKETING A. Thresholds and gasketing shall be Zero 429A at head and jambs and 656A thresholds with MSLA-10 anchors with machine screws. B. Provide aluminum extrusion, 1"wider than doorframe depth. C. Provide saddle-type wherever possible.D. Provide gasketing as required for smoke and fire labeled doors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Set units level, plumb and true 1 to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper installation and operation. Section 08-71-00:Finish Hardware Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000, 1. Unless otherwise specified, locate all hardware in accordance with the recommended _ locations for builder's hardware for standard doors and frames as published by the door and hardware institute. 2. Gaskets: install jamb-applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots,trim astragals to tops of sweeps. 3. Unless otherwise specified or detailed, install thresholds with the bevel in vertical alignment with the outside door face. Notch and closely fit thresholds to frame profile. Set thresholds in full bed of sealant. 4. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames. 5. Shim doors as required to maintain proper operating clearance between doors and frame. 6. Use only fasteners supplied by or approved by the manufacturer for each respective item of hardware. 7. Where necessary, adjust doors and hardware as required to eliminate binding between strike and latch bolt. Doors should not,rattle. 8. Adjust spring power of door closers to insure exterior and fire rated doors will consistently close and latch under existing conditions. Adjust all other door closers to insure opening force does not exceed 5 lbs. 9. Adjust"sweep", "latch", &"back check"valves on all door closer to properly control door throughout the opening and closing cycle.Adjust total.closing speed as required to comply with all applicable state and local building codes. 10. Deliver to the owner one(1) complete set of installation and adjust instructions, and tools as furnished with the hardware. 3.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. After installation has been completed, the hardware supplier and manufacturers' representatives for locksets, door closers, exit devices, and overhead stops shall check the project and verify compliance with installation instructions, adjustment of all hardware items, and proper application according to the approved hardware scheduled. Hardware supplier shall submit a list of all hardware that has not been installed correctly. B. After installation has been completed, the hardware supplier and manufacturer's representative shall meet with the owner to explain the functions, uses, adjustment, and maintenance of each item.of hardware. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. B. At final completion, and when HVAC equipment is in operation, installer shall make final adjustments to and verify proper operation of all door closers and other items of hardware. Lubricate moving parts with type lubrication recommended by the manufacturer. C. All hardware shall be left clean and in good operation. Hardware found to be disfigured, defective, or inoperative shall be repaired or replaced. D. Final Adjustment:Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of space or area, return to work during week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. 3.04 HARDWARE SETS A. The following is a general listing of hardware requirements and is not intended for use as a final hardware schedule.Any items of hardware required by established standards or practices, or to meet state and local codes or proper door operation shall be furnished whether or not specifically called out in the following listed groups. 1. Hardware Group-No. 01 Single Exterior. Designated'HW1'on door schedule. Provide each single door(s)with the following: ~ Page4of5 Section 08-71-00: Finish Hardware LKMA Project no 24096.000 HW1 —Hardware Set No.1 QTY. DESCRIPTION CATALOG NO. FINISH MANUF. 3 EA HW HINGE 51361 HW 4.5 X 4..5 626 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 9875-L-NL-996-06 626 VON 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER PER TOWN LOCKSMITH 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111SCUSH 626 LCN 1 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4110-18 626 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 8"X 2" LDW B4E 626 IVE 1 EA SEAL 429A BL ZERO 1 EA THRESHOLD 656A AL ZERO J 2. Hardware Group No. 02 Single Interior. Designated 'HW2'on door schedule. Provide each single door(s)with the following: HW2—Hardware Set No.2 QTY. DESCRIPTION. . CATALOG NO. FINISH MANUF. 3 EA HW HINGE 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 626 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 9875-L-NL-996-06 626 VON 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER PER TOWN LOCKSMITH ' 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111SCUSH 626 LCN 1 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4110-18 626 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 8"X 2"LDW B4E 626 IVE 1 EA SEAL 429A BL ZERO 1 EA THRESHOLD 656A AL ZERO 3. Hardware Group No. 03 Overhead Door. Designated 'HW3'on door schedule. Provide each single door(s)with the following: HW3—Hardware Set No.3 QTY. DESCRIPTION CATALOG NO. FINISH MANUF. 1 EA COMMERCIAL CPS-U - LIFT PHOTO EYES MASTER 1 EA OPTICAL RUBBER OES-SD16 BL LIFT EDGE SYSTEM MASTER 1 EA OPEN-CLOSE-STOP PBS-3 BL MMTC PUSH BUTTON SYSYEM END OF SECTION 08-71-00 L Section 08-71-00:Finish Hardware Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 10=44-16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. B. - ICC/ANSI;A-117.1 -Requirements for the Physically Handicapped; protruding objects (2009). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and. classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets. B. Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire extinguisher schedule with fire protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function. C. Warranty:sample of special warranty. D. Closeout submittal: 1. Operation'and Maintenance Data:For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to local jurisdiction having.jurisdiction. _f 1.04 .COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or - replace fire extinguishers that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. B. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PORTABLE. HAND—CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated. B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated 2-AA0-B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity. C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Oval_fire products or approved equal: a. fire Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher b. - Class ABC, 10 lb. D. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10,Appendix Band bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. r \ Section 10-44-16:Fire Extinguishers Page 1 of 2 r LKMA Project no 24096.000 2.02 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated,with plated or black baked-enamel finish. 1. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Oval fire products or approved equal. B. Identification: Lettering complying with local authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated on the drawings. 1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the words"FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with.requirements of manufacture's instructions, the local authorities having jurisdiction. B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. END OF SECTION 22-42-00 Section 10-44-16:Fire Extinguishers Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 13 3410 FABRICATED ENGINEERED STRUCTURES A.K.A. PRE-ENGINEERED TIMBER COLUMN STRUCTURE(PETCS) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-Engineered factory and field fabricated Timber Column Structure B. Prefinished metal roofing and siding panels C. Prefinished metal trim items D. Prefinished soffits E. Prefinished gutters and downspouts F. Insulation, interior framing and liner package 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION . A. None 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS, 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Preservative Treated Lumber . 1. American Wood Protection Association (AWPA) a. Commodity Specification C2 (2001), Preservative Treatment By Pressure Processes b. Use Category System U1; User Specification for Treated Wood _ C. UC4A(Important Structural—Ground Contact) d. UC4B (Structural Support—Ground Contact) e. Items treated under AWPA standards shall bear the quality mark of an independent testing agency or service 2. International Code Council Evaluation Service(ICC-ES) a. Items treated under ICC-ES.reports shall meet or exceed the applicable standard and shall bear the quality mark of an independent testing agency or service 3. Federal Specification TT-W-571-J. B. Framing Lumber 1. Lumber Grading Rules and Wood Species a. National Design Specification for Wood Construction, current edition b. Northeastern Lumber Manufacturer's Association, Inc. (NELMA) ` c. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB) d. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB) e. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) C. Wood Trusses 1. All lumber used in the design of wood trusses shall be kiln dried to maximum 19% moisture content and graded in accordance with the current grading rules. Design stresses allowed are those listed in the current editions of the respective Lumber Association's grading rules. 2. The design of wood members shall be in accordance with the formulas published in the 2001 edition of the National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 3. Light metal toothed connector plates and joint design shall conform to specifications as set forth in the 2002 edition of Truss Plate Institute's Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses (TPI-2002). a. Connector plates shall be fabricated in accordance with applicable ICC-ES standards. Section 13-34-10:Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 1 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 4. Truss members and joints shall be designed in accordance with TPI-200AII truss designs shall be accompanied by complete and accurate shop drawings and:contain the following information: a. Slope or depth, span and spacing of the truss b. Heel bearing height c. Design loading to include: 1) Top chord live load 2) Top chord dead load 3) Bottom chord dead load 4) Concentrated loads and their points d. Adjustments to lumber and plate design values for conditions of use e. Plate type, thickness of gauge and.size f. Lumber size, species and grade for each member 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Clear span: Refer to Construction Drawings B. Bay spacing of: Refer to Construction Drawings C. Primaryframing 1. Columns: Refer to Construction Drawings 2. Trusses: Refer to Construction Drawings 3. Wind.bracing: Refer to Construction Drawings D. Secondary framing 1. Perimeter baseboards and preservative treatment: Refer to Construction Drawings 2. Wall girts: Refer to Construction Drawings 3. Purlins: Refer to Construction Drawings 4. Overhang rafters and fascia: Refer to Construction Drawings 5. Ancillary blocking or furring as required: Refer to Construction Drawings E. Roof Covering ` 1. Prefinished ribbed metal panels: Refer to Construction Drawings 2. Other roof coverings as required: Refer to Construction Drawings F. Wall Covering 1. Prefinished ribbed metal panels: Refer to Construction Drawings 2. Other wall coverings as required: Refer to Construction Drawings G. Insulation and Liner package 1. Wall insulation: Referto Construction_Drawings 2. Ceiling insulation: Refer to Construction Drawings 3. Air deflectors: Refer to Construction Drawings 4. Vapor retarder: Refer to Construction Drawings 5. Wall stripping: Refer to Construction Drawings 6. Prefinished ribbed metal panels: Refer to Construction Drawings 1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Roof Design Loads: Refer to Construction Drawings B. Wind Speed 1. 130 MPH (V3s). Exposure"B" C. Roof and wall system shall be able to withstand the imposed loads with maximum allowable deflection of L/180. D. Assembly shall permit movement of components without buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects. E. Size and fabrication of wall and roof systems to be free of distortion or defects that would be detrimental to appearance or performance. Section 13-34-10:Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 2 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340 B. Provide four(4)sets of the following bearing the seal of a Professional Engineer, registered in the State of(New York) 1. Complete and detailed shop and erection drawings showing size and location of each part and component, certifying that the building design meets specified roof and wind loading requirements 2. Truss engineering analysis and design data, including the following: a. Axial forces and bending moments for each member b. Basic plate design value c. Design analysis of each joint showing that proper plates have been applied 3. Manufacturer's standard color chart 1.08 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate members in accordance with standard industry practice 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall have a minimum of forty years documented experience in the manufacture and erection of this type of structure. B. Design structural components under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State (New York). C. Employ adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are.completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed,for proper and safe performance of the work. D. Contractor shall'be responsible for all materials, whether furnished by himself or a subcontractor, and proper storage of the same. 1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable building codes and ordinances covering the work. B. Contractor shall cooperate with regulatory agencies or authorities to provide data as requested. 1.12 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. The meeting will convene no later than one week prior to commencing work under provisions of Section 01201 1.13 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Field measurements shall be taken to verify that components match shop drawings. 1.14 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store prefabricated components (trusses, columns, steel panels and other items)so that they will not be damaged or deformed. B. Stack materials on platforms, pallets or other structures covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weather-tight ventilated coverinHandle and store structural parts in a manner that will avoid deforming members or subjecting parts to excessive stresses. C. Store roofing and siding panels to allow water to drain freely. D. Panels shall not be stored in contact with other materials that may cause staining or discoloration. 1.15 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordination Section 13-34-10:Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 3 of 9 Y LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Fit carpentry work to other worScribe and cope as required for accurate fitting. C. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking and supports to allow for attachment.of other work. 1.16 CERTIFICATIONS A. In order for the bidder's proposal to be considered,the following certifications shall be tendered with the bid forms: 1. Certification of the sheet steel supplier stating: a. Minimum thickness of metallic coating steel in decimal inch b. Identification of all metallic coatings c. Coating weight range d. Verification that material supplied is in conformance with applicable ASTM standard as stated in the technical specification - e. Verification that final.assembly meets all UL requirements 2. Certification of paint supplier stating: a. Generic chemistry of exterior side topcoat b. Percentage of polyvinylidene difluoride(PVDF)in resin 3. Certification of sheet steel coater stating: a. Nominal paint film thickness in mils (one mil equals one thousandth of an inch) 4. Certification of treated lumber stating: a. Preservative type b. Preservative retention in the wood(pounds per cubic foot of wood) c. Depth of assay zone d. Compliance of preservative and its retention in wood with AWPA or ICC-ES standards 5. Warranty a. Sample copy of warranty to be issued at completion of project b. Verification that warranty meets or exceeds the requirements stated in the technical specification B. Failure to supply the required submittals will result in the bidder's proposal being rejected as non-responsive. 1.17 WARRANTY A. The building manufacturer shall supply a warranty to the Owner which shall provide that the manufacturer will: 1. For a period of fifty(50)years: a. Absorb repair or replacement costs, including materials and labor,if any preservative treated lumber fails due to decay or insect attack b. Repair, or at its discretion, replace free of charge the building framework, including roofing and/or siding panels, if directly damaged by snow loads. 2. For a period of thirty-five(35)years: a. Repaint any roofing or siding panel on which, under conditions of normal weather, the paint has separated from the panels due to flaking or peeling. b. Repaint any roofing or siding panels on which, under conditions of normal weathering, chalking greater than a rating of 8 (ASTM D4212 Method 'A')or color change greater than five (5) units (ASTM D2244)has occurred. 3. For a period of ten (10)years: a. Repaint any roofing or siding panel on which, under conditions of normal weather, exhibit corrosion resulting in red rust greater than 1/2 inch from any sheared edge which is clearly visible in casual observation. 4. For a period of five (5)years: Section 13-34-10:Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 4 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 a. Repair, or at its discretion, replace free of charge the building framework, including roofing and/or siding panels, if directly damaged by wind loads, unless damage is caused by flying or falling objects. b. Repair any roof leaks due to defects in materials.or workmanship. 5. For a.period of one (1)year: a. Repair other building parts that prove to be defective in materials or workmanship. 6. The manufacturer shall not be liable for damage due to deterioration caused by interior chemical vapors and/or dust, deterioration from proximity to salt water body or aggressive exterior atmosphere, damage by flying or failing objects,or collateral damage to interior walls, ceiling, partitions, equipment and/or contents, or cost of preparation of the site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS—BUILDING SYSTEM A. MORTON BUILDINGS, INC., Morton, Illinois B. Other manufacturers offering similar systems 1. As approved by project architect 2. See certification procedure 1.16. C. Substitutions to-or deviations from these specifications: 1. None. 2.02 MATERIALS—FRAMING A. Columns (Columns on Concrete Foundation) See also 2.04 1. Factory fabricated from minimum 3-ply No. 1.SYP 2. Provide factory or field installed blocking on outside face of column between nailers. B. .Wood Trusses 1. Lumber a. Top Chord: Southern Yellow Pine of size and grade to meet design requirements b. Bottom Chord: Southern Yellow Pine of size and grade to meet design requirements c. Webs: Southern Yellow Pine of size and grade to meet design requirements 2. Trusses shall be constructed of surfaced lumber(S4S) and compliant with SPIB visual and structural grade requirements 3. Plates:.Connector plates shall meet design requirements and shall be compliant.with applicable ICC-ES standards and specifications 4. Design and-fabricate trusses and connections to withstand snow,wind and all dead loads., 5. Fabricate trusses in plant, using mechanical or hydraulic fixtures as required to bring members into contact. Install plates in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Baseboards 1. 2"x 8" No. 1 Southern Yellow Pine with 1/2"x 7/16"notch 2. Pressure treated with wood preservative to a retention in compliance with applicable AWPA or ICC-ES standards and specifications and kiln dried after treatment to 19% maximum moisture-content 3. Preservative shall penetrate 100% of sapwood. D. Wall girls 1. First nailer(girt)above baseboard: 2"x 6" No. 2 or better Spruce-Pine-Fir(SPF)with 1/2" x 3/4" notch in bottom. 2. Balance of nailers: 2"x 4"2100 MSR (minimum)SPF. 3. Overhang-top nailer: 2"x 6" No. 2 or better SPF. E. Base reinforcement 1. 7/16"x 32" OSB panels installed between the baseboard and first nailer and located in notches. F. Purlins and truss ties 1. 2"x 4" No. 2 or better SPF - Section 13-34-10: Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 5 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 G. -Overhang framing 1. Provide factory fabricated rafter frames. 2. Provide 2"x 6" No. 2 or-better SPF factory beveled fascia boards. H. Wind bracing 1. 2"x 6"No.2 or-better SPF from endwall column to first truss back. I. Framing around openings 1. 2"'x 4" No. 2 or better SPF around personnel doors. 2. 2"x 6" No.2 or better SPF around overhead door openings_ J. Headers 1. Provide built-up headers as required for proper installation. K. Incidental Framing 1. 2"x 4"and/or 2"x 6" No. 2 or better SPF L. Interior framing 1. 2"x 4" No. 2 or better SPF 2.03 MATERIALS-PREFINISHED METALS A. Roofing panels (Fluoroflex 10000) 1. Panel substrate shall be 0.019" minimum thickness commercial steel sheet with G90 (zinc)coating per ASTM A653.or AZ55 (aluminum/zinc)coating per ASTM A792. 2. The weather side of the panel shall receive a nominal two tenths mil polyurethane primer and a nominal eight tenths mil topcoat of 70$ polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) resin to achieve a total nominal paint film thickness of one mi 3. Color selection of siding panels shall be from the manufacturer's standard color chart. 4. The non-weather side paint system shall consist of a:two coat finish with a total nominal thickness of one-half mil. B. Siding Panels (FluorofiexTM 1000) 1. Panel substrate shall be 0.019" minimum thickness commercial steel sheet with G90 (zinc)coating per ASTM A653 or AZ55 (aluminum/zinc)coating per ASTM A792. 2. The weather side of the panel shall receive a nominal two tenths mil polyurethane primer and a nominal eight tenths mil topcoat of 70$ polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) resin to achieve a total nominal paint film thickness of one mi 3. Color selection of siding panels shall be from the manufacturer's standard color chart. 4. The non-weather side paint system shall consist of a two coat finish with a total nominal thickness of one-half mil. C. Wainscot Panels (FluoroflexTM 1000) 1. Panel substrate shall be 0.019"minimum thickness commercial steel sheet with G90 (zinc)coating per ASTM A653 or AZ55 (aluminum/zinc)coating per ASTM A792. 2. The weather side of the panel shall receive a nominal two tenths mil polyurethane primer and a nominal eight tenths mil topcoat of 70$ polyvinylidene difluoride(PVDF) resin to achieve a total nominal paint film thickness.of one mi 3. Color selection of siding panels shall be from the manufacturer's standard color chart. 4. The non-weather side paint system shall consist of a two coat finish with a total nominal thickness of one-half mil. D. Metal Trim Items (FluoroflexTm 1000) 1. Die-formed steel from the same quality material as the siding panels E. Interior Panels 1. Panel substrate shall be .019 minimum thick commercial steel sheet with a AZ50 (Galvalume)coating ASTM A792. Section 13-34-10: Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 6 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. 2.The interior-facing side of the panel shall receive a nominal two tenths mil acrylic primer and a nominal eight tenths mil top coat of white polyester paint to achieve a total nominal paint film thickness of one mil. 3. 3.The hidden (backer)side paint system shall consist of a two coat finish with a total nominal thickness of one half mil. 2.04 MATERIALS—OTHER A. Corner bracing 1. Provide 1-1/4"wide high tensile steel strapping in all unobstructed corners in an "X" configuration. B. Roofing and siding.fasteners 1. EPDM washered, painted,:center drive stainless,steel screws for ribbed,steel panels C. Closure strips 1. Closed cell foam: D. Sealant 1. 100% neutral curing silicone sealant, and 2. paintabie sealant where required - E. Insulation 1. Minimum 6"thick, R19 fiberglass blankets in wall 2. Minimum R49 blown-in fiberglass insulation in ceiling. F. Vapor Retarder 1. 4 mil.thick polyethylene sheets G. Column sockets 1. Fabricate socket from minimum 4 gauge hot rolled steel 2. Factory paint socket to inhibit corrosion H. Socket fasteners 1. 1/2"'diameter is 10"galvanized"Y bolts cast 8" into concrete foundation 2. 1/2"diameter machine bolts to secure column to socket 3. Ancillary washer and nuts PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 01015. 3.02 ERECTION-FRAMING—GENERAL A. Erect'framing in accordance with manufacturer's established construction,procedures. B. Make all components and building plumb, square, straight and true to lines, according to industry standards (See 3.08). C. Provide adequate.temporary bracing to assure structure remains plumb and square until permanent bracing is installed. D. Altering of structural members will not be permitted. 3.03 ERECTION—FRAMING A. Column 1. Attach steel column socket to the concrete foundation with 1/2"x 10" plated"Y bolts, or appropriate adhesive anchors and washers and nuts 2. Attach the column to the socket with (4).1/2"bolts and (8)20d galy. R.S. nails B. Upper Column 1. Set upper column to positive interlock with lower column. Section 13-34-10:Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 7 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Install manufacturer's recommend quantity and size pneumatically driven fasteners. C. Baseboards 1. Install 2"x8"treated plank, at grade, using builder's recommended fasteners. D. Wall girls 1. Install 2"x 6" notched nailer to receive OSB panel. 2. Install 2"x 4" nailers with on-center spacing as shown on building plans. 3. Install 2"x 6" overhang nailer at the top. E. Trusses 1. Set trusses in plane with the center member of the upper column using lifting methods as approved by the manufacturer. 2. When properly positioned, install two diameter machine,bolts and manufacturer- recommended 20d ring shank nails through two of the upper column laminates and the truss heel. 3. Brace trusses as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Purlins 1. Install 2"x 4" purlins at 24"on-center(maximum),and attached to trusses with 60d ring shank nails. G. Wind bracing. 1. Install 2"x 6"angled bracing at locations recommended by the manufacturer. H. Incidental framing 1. Install 2"x 4"or 2"x 6"blocking as required according to building manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Install additional 2"x 6"studs as required to meet 2 hour rated wall assembly as indicated in the drawings. I. Interior framing 1. Install 2"x 4" baseboard at 4"above grade and case in metal trims 2. Install 2"x 4" horizontal stripping at 36"o.c. (max) in areas receiving ribbed steel panels 3. Install 2"x 4" horizontal stripping at 16"o.c. in areas receiving gypsum board if applicable 3.04 ERECTION—PREFINISHED MATERIALS—GENERAL A.. Roofing Panels 1. Install panels perpendicular to supports, aligned straight with end fascia 2. Fasten panels to purlins with screw fasteners. B. Siding and wainscot panels 1. Install panels perpendicular to supports, aligned level and plumb to industry standards (See 3.08). 2. Fasten panels to wall girts with screw fasteners. C. Trim items 1. Install trim items at the base, wainscot transition, corners,too of steel siding, fascia, gables and ridge using appropriate fasteners. D. Vent-A-Ridge 1. Install over ridge trim using screw fasteners. 2. Insure that a minimum of 2"clear throat opening is maintained. E. Soffits 1. Install soffits to interlock with trim items at top of steel siding_ and at fascia. 2. Use solid soffit at end overhang. 3. Use a combination of solid and perforated soffits to provide balanced ventilation at side overhangs. F. Gutter and downspouts. 1. Install gutters with spikes and ferrules (with washers)spaced 24"on-center. Section 13-34-10:Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 8 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . 2. Silicone sealant and silicone rubber gaskets shall be used at laps to maintain leak - prevention and to relieve stress due to thermal movement. G. Filler strips 1. Provide closed cell foam filler strips at the top and bottom of the roofing panels. H. Interior Panels 1. Install panels perpendicular to supports, aligned level and plumb 2. Fasten panels to wall girls with 1" painted screws 3. Fasten panels to lower truss chords with 1" painted screws 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members T. 1/4"from level. 2. 1/8"from plumb B. Siding and roofing .1. 1/8"from true position END OF SECTION 13 34 00 FABRICATED ENGINEERED STRUCTURES A.K.A. PRE-ENGINEERED TIMBER COLUMM STRUCTURE(PETCS) Section 13-34-10:Fabricated Engineered Structures Page 9 of 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 210517 . J SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve-seal systems. 3. Grout. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS - 2.01 SLEEVES A. Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes:ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40,with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated. C. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves:ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. 2.02 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly,for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. - 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.03 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix:5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch (25-mm)annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm)above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. Section 21-05-17:Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire Suppression Piping Page 1 of 2 LKMA.Project no 24066.000 1. . Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install.sleeves that are large enough to.provide 1/4-inch (6:4-mm)annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation;use joint sealants appropriate for size,depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Section 079200"J'oint Sealants." E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions,'ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.02 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in,sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size.and for Sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping.in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components,and install in annular space.between piping and sleeve.Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.03 .SLEEVE AND SLEEVE=SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the-following piping-penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-nim)annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm)annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above.Grade: a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves 5. Interior Partitions: a. .Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 10): PVC-pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 (DN 150)and Larger: Galvanized-steel-sheet sleeves. END OF SECTION 210517 Section 21-05-17:Sleeves and Sleeve Seals.for Fire Suppression Piping Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 210518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type:With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. 2.02 FLOOR PLATES A. One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. -Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe,tube,'and insulation,of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces:One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. b. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome- plated finish. C. Install floor plates for.piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that.completely,covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece,floor-plate type. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION 210518 Section 21-05-18:Escutcheons for Fire Suppression Page 1 of 1 LKMA Project no 24096.000 _ SECTION 21 11 00 FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes fire-suppression water-service piping and related components outside the building and service entrance piping through floor into the building and the following: 1. Pipes,fittings, and specialties. -2. Fire-suppression specialty valves. 3. Alarm devices. B. Utility-furnished products include water meters that are furnished to the site, ready for installation. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: For piping and specialties including,relation to other services in same area, drawn to scale. Show piping and specialty sizes and valves, meter and specialty locations, and elevations. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying the water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention. 2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water-service piping, including materials, hose threads, installation,and testing. B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp,or other markings of specified testing agency.' C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories:Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with FM Global's"Approval Guide"or UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory"for fire-service-main products. E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations,tests,flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for fire-suppression water-service piping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Grooved-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with cut, rounded-grooved ends. B. Grooved-End' Ductile-Iron Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Fittings:ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron castings or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron castings with dimensions matching pipe. 2. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron-Piping'Couplings: AWWA.C606,for ductile-iron-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for water, and bolts and nuts. C. Flanges:ASME 1316.1, Class 125, cast iron. 2.02 SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS A. Ductile-Iron Flexible Expansion Joints: v 1. Description: Compound, ductile-iron fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical- joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include two gasketed ball joint sections and one or more gasketed sleeve sections.Assemble components for offset and Section 21-11-00: Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping Page 1 of 6 i LKMA Project no 24096.000 expansion indicated. Include AWWA C111,ductile-Iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 2. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. B. Ductile-Iron Deflection Fittings: 1. Description: Compound, ductile-iron coupling fitting with sleeve and one or two flexing sections for up to 15-degree deflection, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include AWWA C1 1 1,.ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 2. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 2.03 JOINING MATERIALS A. Gaskets for Ferrous Piping and Copper-Alloy Tubing:ASME B16.21, asbestos free. 2.04 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Transition Fittings: Manufactured fitting or coupling same size as,with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. B. Tubular-Sleeve Pipe Couplings: 1. Description: Metal, bolted, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling,with center sleeve, gaskets, end rings, and bolt fasteners, and with ends of same sizes as piping to be joined. 2. Standard: AWWA C219. 3. Center-Sleeve Material: Ductile iron. 4. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber. 5. Pressure Rating: 200 psig minimum. 6. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material. 2.05 CORPORATION VALVES A. Corporation Valves: Comply with AWWA C800. Include saddle and valve compatible with tapping machine. 1. Service Saddle: Copper alloy with seal and AWWA C800, threaded outlet for corporation valve. 2. Corporation Valve: Bronze body and ground-key plug,with AWWA C800,threaded inlet and outlet matching service piping material. B. Meter Valves: Comply with AWWA C800 for high-pressure, service-line valves. Include angle- or straight-through-pattern bronze body, ground-key plug or ball, and wide tee head,with inlet and outlet matching service piping material. 2.06 CURB VALVES A. Curb Valves: Comply with AWWA C800 for high-pressure, service-line valves.Valve has bronze body, ground-key plug or ball, wide tee head, and inlet and outlet matching service piping material. B. Service Boxes for Curb Valves: Similar to AWWA M44 requirements for cast-iron valve boxes. Include cast-iron telescoping top section of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering 'WATER,"and bottom section with base that fits over curb valve and with a barrel approximately 3 inches in diameter. 1. Shutoff Rods:Steel;with tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and slotted end matching curb valve. C. Meter Valves: Comply with AWWA C800 for high-pressure, service-line valves. Include angle- or straight-through-pattern bronze body, ground-key plug.or ball, and wide tee head,with inlet and outlet matching service piping material. D. Water Meter: AWWA C700, disc type, at least one-fourth size of detector check valve. Include meter, bypass piping, gate valves, check valve, and connections to detector check valve. ti Section 21-11-00:Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping Page 2 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2.07 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies: 1. ' Provide make an model.indicated on Contract,Drawings,.or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK A. Comply with excavating,trenching, and backfilling requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION A. ' Water-Main Connection:Arrange with water utility company for tap of size and in location indicated in water main. B. Water-Main Connection:Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company mand of size and in location indicated. C. Make connections larger than NPS 2 with tapping machine according to the following: 1. Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60. 2. Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve. 3. Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main. Remove . tapping machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. D. Make connections NPS 2 and smaller with drilling machine according to the following: 1. Install service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity,and arrangement required by utility company's standards. 2. Install service-saddle assemblies on water-service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for corporation valves. 3. Use drilling machine compatible with service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install corporation valves into service-saddle assemblies. 5. Install manifold for multiple taps in water main. 6. Install curb valve in water-service piping with head pointinqup and with service box. E. Comply with NFPA 24 for fire-service-main piping materials and installation: F. Install ductile-iron, water-service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. 1. Install encasement for piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. G. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 54 inches. H. Extend fire-suppression water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building fire-suppression water-service piping systems at locations and pipe sizes indicated. 1. Terminate fire-suppression water-service piping within the building at the floor slabuntil building-water-piping systems are installed.Terminate piping.with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. Make connections to building's fire-suppression water- service piping systems when those systems are installed. I. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors,tie-rods and clamps, and other supports. J. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 210517"Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping." K. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with - requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 210517"Sleeves and. Sleeve Seals for Fire- Suppression Piping." Section 21-11-00:Facility Fire-Suppression water-Service Piping Page 3 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings,flanges,flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure rating same as or higher than systems pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install flanges,flange adaptors, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from outside and inside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. D. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194. E. Ductile-Iron Piping, Grooved Joints: Cut-groove pipe. Assemble joints with grooved-end, ductile-iron-piping couplings, gaskets, lubricant,and bolts. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for - water service. Join flanges with bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials,with OD, and with system working pressure. H. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping. 3.04 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorage, General: Install water-distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and restrained-joint types that may be used include the following: 1. Locking mechanical joints. 3.05 VALVE INSTALLATION A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. B. AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. C. UL-Listed or FM Global-Approved Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. Install each underground valve and valves in vaults with stem pointing up and with vertical cast-iron indicator post. D. UL-Listed or FM Global-Approved Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. E. MSS Valves: Install as component of connected piping system. F. Corporation Valves and Curb Valves: �nstall each underground curb valve with head pointed up and with service box. G. Support valves and piping, not direct buried, on concrete piers. 3.06 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding. C. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. D. Support NPS 2-1/2 and larger backflow preventers and piping on concrete piers. 3.07 FIRE-DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire-department connection to mains. 3.08 ALARM DEVICE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with NFPA 24 for devices and methods of valve supervision. Underground valves with valve box do not require supervision. Section 21-11-00: Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping Page 4 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000, B. Supervisory Switches: Supervise valves in open position. 1. Valves: Grind away portion of exposed valve stem. Bolt switch,with plunger in stem depression, to OS&Y gate-valve yoke. 2. Indicator Posts: Drill and thread hole in upper-barrel section at target plate. Install switch, with toggle against target plate, on barrel of indicator post. C. .'Locking and Sealing: Secure unsupervised valves as follows: 1. Valves: Install chain and padlock on'open OS&Y gate valve. 2. Post Indicators: Install padlock on wrench on indicator post. D. Pressure Switches: Drill and thread hole in exposed barrel of fire hydrant. Install switch. . E. Water-Flow Indicators- Install in water-service piping in vault.Select indicator with saddle and. vane matching pipe size. Drill hole in pipe, insert vane, and bolt saddle to pipe. F. Connect alarm devices to building's fire-alarm system.Wiring and fire-alarm devices are _ specified in Section 283111 "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System". 3.09 CONNECTIONS A. Connect fire-suppression water-service piping to existing water main in accordance with Suffolk County Water Authority requirments. B. Connect fire-suppression water-service piping to interior fire-suppression piping. _- 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. -Use test procedure prescribed.by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described below. B. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks. have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. C. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times the working pressure for two hours. 1. . Increase,pressure in 50-psig increments and inspect each joint:between increments. Hold at test pressure for one hour; decrease'to zero psig. Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for one more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts per hour per 100 joints.Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of.trench for underground fire-suppression water-service piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. 3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Refer to Contract Drawings. B. Underground fire-suppression water-service piping NPS 4 shall be the following: 1. Grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe appurtenances;and grooved joints. C. Aboveground fire-suppression water-service piping NPS 3 and NPS 4 shall be: 1. Grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. 3.13 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Underground fire-suppression water-service shutoff valves NPS 3 and larger shall be the following: 1. 250-psig, UL-listed or FM Global-approved, iron, nonrising-stem gate valves. Section 21-11-00:Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping Page 5 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Indicator-post underground fire-suppression water-service valves NPS 3 and larger shall be 250-psig, UL-listed or FM Global-approved, iron, nonnsing-stem gate valves with indicator-post flange. C. Standard-pressure, abovegroundfire-suppression water-service shutoff valves NPS 3 and . larger shall be the following: 1. 250=psig, UL-listed or FM Global-approved, iron, OS&Y gate valves. . D. Fire-suppression water-service check valves NPS 3 and larger shall be the following: 1. UL-listed or FM Global-approved check valves. END OF SECTION 211100 Section 21-11-00:Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping Page 6 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 211119 FIRE-DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exposed-type fir.e-department connections. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each fire-department connection. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXPOSED-TYPE FIRE-DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Standard: UL 405. B. Type: Exposed, projecting,for wall mounting.. C.: Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1200 kPa)minimum. D. Body Material:Corrosion-resistant metal. E. Inlets: Brass with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire-department sizes and threads. Include extension pipe nipples, brass lugged swivel connections, and check- devices or clappers. F. Caps: Brass, lugged type,with gasket and chain. G. Escutcheon Plate: Round, brass,wall type. H. Outlet: Back, with pipe threads. I. Number of Inlets: Two. J. Escutcheon Plate Marking: Similar to "AUTO SPKR" K. Finish: Rough brass or bronze. L. Outlet Size: NPS 4 (DN 100). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install wall-type fire-department.connections. B. Install automatic(ball-;drip)drain valve at each check valve for fire-department connection, END OF SECTION 211119 Section 21-11-19:Fire Department Connections Page 1 of 1 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 211316 DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes,fittings, and specialties. 2. Fire-protection valves. 3. Sprinkler specialty pipe fittings. 4. Sprinklers. . 5. Alarm devices. 6. Pressure gages. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Dry-Pipe Sprinkler System:Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing compressed air. Opening of sprinklers releases compressed air and permits water pressure to open dry-pipe valve.Water then flows into piping and discharges from sprinklers that are open. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure.B. Delegated Design: Design sprinkler system(s), including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1. Available fire-hydrant flow test records indicate the following conditions: C. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. 2. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications:As indicated on Contract Drawings. 3. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design:As indicated on Contract Drawings. 4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: Per UL listing. 5. Total Combined Hose-Stream Demand Requirement:According to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated on Contract Drawings. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For dry-pipe sprinkler systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 2. Including hydraulic analysis signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer. B. Approved,Sprinkler Piping Drawings:Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations. C. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." D. Field quality-control reports. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. Section 21-13-16:Dry-Pipe.Sprinkler System Page 1 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer's responsibilities include designing,fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems, . and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test. a. :Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plahs,.calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. NFPA Standards:Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing: shall comply with the following, as applicable: 1. NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems." 2. NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances." PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Contract Drawings for pipe, and fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services,service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.02 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard Weight, Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M,Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Galvanized-Steel.Pipe Nipples:ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A.53M,standard-weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. C. Galvanized, Steel Couplings:ASTM A 865,threaded. " D. Malleable-or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860. E. Cast-Iron Flanges:ASME B16.1, Class 125. F. Plain-End-Pipe Fittings:UL 213, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require one-quarter turn or screwed retainer pin to secure pipe in fitting. G. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 2. Galvanized, Grooved-End'Fittings for Steel Piping:ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable=iron casting or,ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting;with dimensions matching steel pipe. 3. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping:AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated,for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.03 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials:ASME 616:21, nonmetallic and asbestos free. 1. Class 125, Cast=Iron Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face gaskets. B. Metal, Pipe-Flange,Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. 2.04 LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Valves shall be UL listed or FM approved. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. B. Check Valves: 1. Standard: UL 312 2. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 3. Type: Swing check. 4. Body Material: Cast iron. Section 21-13-16:Dry-Pipe Sprinkler System Page 2 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 5. End.Connections: Flanged or grooved. C. Bronze OS&Y Gate Valves: 1. Standard: UL 262. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Material: Bronze. 4. End Connections:Threaded. D. Iron OS&Y Gate Valves: 1. Standard: UL 262. 2. Pressure Rating:250 psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. E. Indicating-Type Butterfly Valves: 1. Standard: UL 1091. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 3. Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: a. Valve Type: Ball or butterfly. b. Body Material: Bronze. c. End Connections:Threaded. 4. Valves NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: a. Valve Type: Butterfly.. b. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. c. End Connections: Flanged, grooved, or wafer. 5. Valve Operation: Integral electrical, 115-V ac, prewired, prewired, two-circuit, supervisory switch visual indicating device. 2.05 TRIM AND DRAIN VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Type: Ball Valves 2. Standard: UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or"Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 2.06 SPECIALTY VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Standard: UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or"Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. B. Dry-Pipe Valves: 1. Standard: UL 260 2. Design: Differential-pressure type. 3. Include UL 1486, quick-opening devices,trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, - alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill- line attachment. 4. Air Compressor: a. Standard: UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory"listing or"Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. b. Motor Horsepower: Fractional. c. Power: 120-V ac, 60 Hz, single phase. Section 21-13-16:Dry-Pipe Sprinkler System Page 3 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 -z, 2.07 SPRINKLER SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS - A. General Requirements for Dry-Pipe-System Fittings: UL listed for dry-pipe service. B. Branch.Outlet Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 213. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Ductile-iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts. 4. Type: Mechanical-T and-cross fittings. 5. Configurations:Snap-on and strapless, ductile-iron housing with branch outlets. A. Size:'Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and.with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. 7. Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain-end pipe, or threaded. . I C. .Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Standard: UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or"Approval Guide,". published.by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 3. Body,Material: Cast-or ductile-iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 4. Size:Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet and Outlet:Threaded. D. Branch Line Testers: 1. Standard: UL 199. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Brass. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet:Threaded. 6. 'Drain Outlet:Threaded and capped. 7. _ Branch Outlet: Threaded,for sprinkler. E. Sprinkler.Inspector's Test Fittings: I.' Standard: UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory"listing or"Approval Guide," published by FM Global,listing. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 3: Body Material: Cast-or ductile-iron housing with sight glass. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. F. Adjustable Drop Nipples: 1. Standard: UL 1474. 2. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM O-ring seals. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Length: Adjustable. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. G. Flexible, Sprinkler Hose Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 1474. 2. Type: Flexible hose for connection to sprinkler, and with bracket for connection to ceiling grid. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4.: Size: Same as connected piping,for sprinkler. 2.08 SPRINKLERS A. General Requirements: Section 21-13-16:Dry-Pipe Sprinkler System Page 4 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1. Standard: UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory"listing or"Approval Guide, published by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating for Residential Sprinklers: 175 psig maximum. 3. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers:.175 psig minimum. B. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element: 1. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 2. Residential Applications: UL 1626. 3. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with discharge coefficient K of 5.6,and for "Ordinary"temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. C. Sprinkler Finishes: 1. . Chrome plated. D. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and'finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed,flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, or plastic with white finish, one piece, flat. Owner to select. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, or plastic with white finish, one piece,flat. Owner to select. E. Sprinkler Guards: 1. Standard: UL 199. 2. Type:Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 2.09 ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Water-Motor-Operated Alarm: 1. Standard: UL 753. 2. Type: Mechanically operated, with Pelton wheel. 3. Alarm Gong: Cast aluminum with red-enamel factory finish. 4. Size: 10-inch diameter. 5. Components: Shaft length, bearings, and sleeve to suit wall construction. a 6. Inlet: NPS 3/4. 7. Outlet: NPS 1 drain connection. C. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Standard: UL 346. 2. Type: Electrically supervised. 3. Components: Single-pole, double-throw switch with normally closed contacts. 4. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 2.10 PRESSURE GAGES A. Standard: UL 393. B. Dial Size: 3-1/2-to 4-1/2-inch diameter. C. Pressure Gage Range: 0 to 250 psig. D. Water System Piping Gage: Include"WATER"or"AIR/WATER label on dial face. E. Air System Piping Gage: Include retard feature and "AIR"or"AIR/WATER" label.on dial face. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICE-ENTRANCE PIPING A. Connect sprinkler piping to water-service piping for service entrance to building. Comply with requirements in Section 211100 "Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping"for exterior piping. Section 21-13-16:Dry-Pipe Sprinkler System Page 5 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000. B. Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories indicated at connection to water-service piping. Comply with requirements in Section 211100"Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping"for backflow preventers. C. Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gage, and drain at connection to water service. 3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated,as far as practical: . 1.. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. B. Piping Standard: Comply with-requirements in NFPA 13 for installation of sprinkler piping. C. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. D. Install unions adjacent to each valve.in pipes NIPS 2 and smaller. E. Install flanges,flange adapters,or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. F. Install"Inspector's Test Connections"in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and.sized and located according to NFPA 13. G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. H. Install sprinkler control valves,test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. I. Install automatic(ball drip)drain valves to drain piping between fire-department connections and check valves. Drain to floor drain or to outside building. J. Install:alarm devices in piping systems. K. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13 for hanger materials. L. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each'sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NIPS 1/4 and with soft metal seated globe valve,arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where_they will not be subject to freezing. M. Drain dry-pipe sprinkler piping. N. Pressurize and check dry-pipe sprinkler system piping and, air-pressure maintenance devices, and air compressors. - O. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 210517"Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping." P. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 210517"Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire- Suppression Piping." Q. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 210518 "Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping." 3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings,flanges, flanged.fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent-to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. Section 21-13-16:Dry-Pipe.Sprinkler System Page 6 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Install flanges,flange adapters,or couplings for grooved=end piping on valves, apparatus, and _ equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt; and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes,.and fittings before assembly: F. Flanged Joints .Select appropriate gasket material in size,'type, and thickness suitable for water service..Join flanges with gasket and bolts.according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded.Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe.or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H. Steel-Piping, Cut-Grooved Joints:Cut square-edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606.Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts..Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel=pipe joints. 1. Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible.with materials of both piping systems. 3.04 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION . A. Install listed fire-protection valves,trim and drain valves,specialty valves and trim,,controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire:department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each.valve. C. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves.in potable-water-supply sources.. D. Specialty Valves: 1. General Requirements: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Dry-Pipe Valves: Install trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure.gages, priming chamber attachment,and fill-line attachment. a. Install air compressor and compressed-air supply-piping. 3.05 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of of acoustical ceiling panels wherever possible. B. Install dry-type sprinklers with water supply from heated space. Do not install pendent or :sidewall,wet-type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. C. Install sprinklers into flexible,sprinkler hose fittings and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.06 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components,-wiring,cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553"Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test:After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair Teaks and retest until no leaks exist. Section 21-13-16:Dry-Pipe Sprinkler System Page 7 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush,test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize:circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5. Start and run air.compressors. 6. Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required. 7. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required. . 8. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire-department equipment. C. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish. 3.09 PIPING SCHEDULE: A. Piping between Fire-Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized,standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; grooved-end fittings; grooved-end-pipe couplings;and grooved joints. B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. C. Dry-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Standard-weight, galvanized-steel pipe with threaded ends; galvanized, threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard-weight, galvanized-steel pipe with cut-grooved ends; galvanized,grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. D. Dry-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 271/2 to NPS 6, shall be the following: 1. Standard-weight, galvanized-steel pipe with cut-grooved ends; galvanized, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3.10 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE A. Use sprinkler types specified on Contract Drawings. B. Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs.below with finishes indicated. 1. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory-painted white cover plate. 2. Flush Sprinklers: Bright chrome,with painted white escutcheon. 3. Recessed Sprinklers: Bright chrome,with bright chrome escutcheon. -'' 4. Upright, Pendent, and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view. END OF SECTION 211316 Section 21-13-16: Dry-Pipe Sprinkler System Page 8 of 8 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V.and less. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658. B. Conductors and cables shall be as.indicated on the Plans. 2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES ` A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices,-and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. ` PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A.. Applications shall be as indicated on the Plans. 3.02 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Applications shall be as indicated on the Plans. B. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections:Type SO, hard service cord with stainless- steel,wire-mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless.otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips,that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow.surface contours where.possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529"Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 3.04 CONNECTIONS Section 26-05-19:Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000. A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals_according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening.values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in'UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations,.and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or.better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced. . conductors:' C. Use oxide inhibitor in each.splice,termination, and tap for aluminum conductors. D. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet,with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553"Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. 3.06' FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections:. 1. After installing conductors and cables and.before,electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance:and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. . 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test.stated in META Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. B. Test and,Inspection.Reports: Prepare a written report to record,the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply.with requirements. 3. Results.that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. C. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. END OF SECTION 260519 Section 26-05-19:Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR.ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer,.using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment.and connected systems and components. D. Rated Strength:Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems. . 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems:Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 2. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports:As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables.supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M,steel plates, shapes,:and bars; black and galvanized. F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to.building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood,with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, [zinc-coated] [stainless]steel,for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads,and building materials in which used. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. Section 26-05-29:Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Page 1 of 3 e' LKMA Project no 24096.000 . 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58,type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts:Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts:All-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.02 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description:Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter.. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system,sized so capacity can be increased.by at least.25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. - 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps.. D. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.02 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength.of Support Assemblies:Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. w 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry:Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19,21, 23, 25, or 27)complying with MSS SP-69. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items.Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. Section 26-05-29: Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Cut,fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.101.1 M. 3.04 PAINTING A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 260529 Section 26-05-29:Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits,tubing,.and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits,tubing,and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. _ 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cpbling. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways,wireways and fittings,floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Raceways and boxes shall be as indicated on the Plans. B. Listing and-Labeling: Raceways and boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application,. r 2.02 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 876 and NEMA 250,Type as indicated on the Plans unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete-system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Install raceways as indicated on the Plans. B. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. C. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. D. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits,for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. 1 Section 26-05-33:Raceways an Boxes for Electrical Systems Page 1 of 4 f LKMA Project no 24096.000 E. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines.- F. Support conduit within 12 inchesof enclosures to which attached. G. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit-close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. H. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply ' listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. I. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No.4 AWG. J. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. L. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inchradius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions.Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. M. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. N. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated - spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. O. Expansion-Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed'for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. c. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 3. Install fitting(s)that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per degree F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Section 26-05-33:Raceways an Boxes for Electrical Systems Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 5. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. P. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission,or movement;and for transformers and motors. Q. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes.are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to top of box unless otherwise indicated. R. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between the box and cover plate or the supported equipment and box. S. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. T. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. U. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. V. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. W. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving"for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2. Install backfill as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of - conduit run, leaving conduit at.end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 4.. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-up at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-up ducts throughout length of elbow. 5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. Section 26-05-33: Raceways an Boxes for Electrical Systems Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No.4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. D. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 Section 26-05-33:Raceways an Boxes for Electrical Systems Page 4 of 4 i LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS . PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and.control cables. 3.' Identification for conductors. 4. Underground-line warning tape. 5. Warning labels and signs. .6. Instruction signs. 7: Equipment identification labels. 8. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI Al3.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored,self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted,flexible label laminated with a clear, weather-and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Marker Tapes:Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. D. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch thick,with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. E. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer.. 2.02 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A. Tape: 1. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. . 2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. 3. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. 4. Detectable three-layer laminate, consisting of a printed pigmented polyolefin film, a solid aluminum-foil core, and a clear protective film that allows inspection of the continuity of the conductive core, bright-colored, continuous-printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct-burial service. 5. Overall Thickness: 5 mils. 6. Foil Core Thickness: 0.35 mil. Section 26-05-53: Identification for Electrical Systems Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 7. Weight: 28 Ib/1000 sq.ft.. 8. 3-Inch Tensile According to ASTM D 882: 70 Ibf, and 4600 psi. B. Color and Printing: 1. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5. 2. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE,. 3. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes:TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE,. 2.03 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. 2.04 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS' A. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label. B. Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label:Adhesive backed,with white letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. C. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. D. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. E. Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground- line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trenchexceeds 16 inches overall. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color-Coding for Phase Identification, 600 V or Less:Use colors listed below for ungrounded service feeder and branch-circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG, if authorities having jurisdiction permit. b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. c. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Brown, 2) Phase B: Orange. Section 26-05-53:Identification for Electrical Systems Page 2 of 3 _. LKMA Project no 24096.000 3) Phase C:Yellow. d. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape:Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made.Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. B. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source. C. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals,and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation.. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 3: Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams,and the - Operation and Maintenance Manual. D. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway. E. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive warning labels. 1. Comply with 29.CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or.other access. 4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to,the following: a. Power transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. F. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment,central or master units, control panels, control stations,terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. . c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. d. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment,fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure. END OF SECTION 260553 Section 26-05-53: Identification for Electrical Systems Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes distribution panelboards and lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. _ 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250,Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features,characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 7. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 8. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. Panelboard schedules for installation in panelboards. B. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Operation and maintenance data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NEMA PB 1. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Enclosures: Flush-and surface-mounted cabinets as indicated on the Plans. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions;for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. 3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 4. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder. B. Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom. C. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: As indicated on the Plans. D. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. Section 26-24-16:Panelboards Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 -z 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Compression type. 4. Feed-Through Lugs: Compression type,.suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Compression type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. E. Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipmentfor panelboards with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. F. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections,filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. G. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Rated for series-connected system with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices and labeled by an NRTL. Include size and type of allowable upstream and branch devices, and listed and labeled for series-connected short- circuit rating by an NRTL. H. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Panelboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7. 1. The term "withstand"means"the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." B. Surge Suppression: Factory installed as an integral part of indicated panelboards, complying with UL 1449 SPD Type 1, if indicated on the plans. 2.03 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution.type. B. Doors:Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. C. Mains:As indicated on the Plans. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Plug-in circuit breakers. E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Fused switches. 2.04 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker(MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing;field-replaceable rating plug or field- replicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable settings: a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long-and short-time pickup levels. c. Long-and short-time time adjustments. d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I squared x t response. 3. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single-and two-pole configurations with Class Aground-fault protection (6-mA trip). Section 26-24-16:Panelboards Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 4. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker(MCCB)Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Compression style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application;Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads;Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge(HID) lighting circuits. d. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. e. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit,set to trip at 55 percent of rated voltage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, store and install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1. B. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. C. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. D. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed, with accessories as indicated on the Plans. 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. G. Comply with NECA 1. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads and incorporating Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible,and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 262416 Section 26-24-16:Panelboards Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL .1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Weather-resistant receptacles. 3. Snap switches and wall-box dimmers. 4. Solid-state fan speed controls. 5. Wall-switch and exterior occupancy sensors. 6. Communications outlets. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: B. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used'for premarking wall plates. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted under the following conditions: 1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire. 2. Devices shall comply with the requirements in this Section. 2.02 STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V,20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. 2.03 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: 1. Straight blade, feed-through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer. provides proper GFCI protection. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 2.04 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20,and FS W-S-896. 2.05 WALL-BOX DIMMERS A. Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave,solid-state units with integral,quiet on-off switches,with audible frequency and EMI/RFI suppression filters. Section 26-27-26:Wiring Devices Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Control: Continuously adjustable slider;with single-pole or three-way switching. Comply with UL 1472. C. Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: 120 V; control shall follow square-law dimming curve. On-off switch positions shall bypass dimmer module. 1. 600 W; dimmers shall require no derating when ganged with other devices. Illuminated when 'off." D. Fluorescent Lamp Dimmer Switches: Modular; compatible with dimmer ballasts; trim potentiometer to adjust low-end dimming; dimmer-ballast combination capable of consistent dimming with low end not greater than 20 percent of full brightness. 2.06 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate.finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with white baked enamel, suitable for field painting. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. B. Wet-Location,Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R,weather- resistant, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 2.07 FINISHES A. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. 3. TVSS Devices: Blue. B. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Corimply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their-boxes. Do-not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose.Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough. Section 26-27-26:Wiring Devices Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. ` 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals: Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15-or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG.pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device- mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers'device listing conditions in the written instructions. H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush,with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. I. Adjust locations,of service poles to suit arrangement of partitions'and furnishings. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test Instruments: Use.instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage:Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load:A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance:Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug,verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path,defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. C. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 262726 Section 26-27-26:Wiring Devices Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Nonfusible switches. 3. Enclosures. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. NC: Normally closed. B. NO: Normally open. C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS. A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Type HD,Heavy Duty, Single Throw or Double Throw as indicated on the Plans, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated,with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. B. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 4. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 5. Service-Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 2.02 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw or Double Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. 2.03 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed-Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1,:NEMA 250, and UL 50, as indicated on the Plans. r Section 26-28-16:Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install individual wall-mounted switches,and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. B. Install fuses in fusible devices. C. Comply with NECA 1. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553"Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring,and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch and circuit breaker, component, connecting supply,feeder;and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site,where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Enclosed.switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies enclosed switches and circuit breakers and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 262816 Section 26-28-16:Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 265100 LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior lighting fixtures. 2. Exterior-wall mounted lighting fixtures. 3. Emergency lighting units. 4. Exit signs. 5. Lighting fixture supports. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Indicate dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components,features, and accessories. Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for bi-level and dimmer-controlled fixtures,from manufacturer. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHT FIXTURES A. Interior light fixtures shall be the make and model indicated on the Contract Drawings, approved equal. Substitutions to the individual fixture shall be equal in size, materials,finish, quality, power consumption, light type, electrical components, operating ranges and light output. B. Provide photometric plans for substitutions using indicated fixture layout on the Plans. 2.02 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with Section 260529"Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems"for channel-and angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. C. Twin-Stem Hangers:Two, 1/2-inch steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. D. Wires:ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gage. E. Wires for Humid Spaces: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Composition 302 or 304, annealed stainless steel, 12 gage. F. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod. G. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Section 26-51-00:Lighting Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture. B. Comply with NFPA 70 for minimum fixture supports. C. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support: 1. Pendants and Rods:Where longer than 48 inches, brace to limit swinging. „ 2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. 3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each,end. D. Air-Handling Lighting Fixtures: Install with dampers closed and ready for adjustment. E. Adjust aimable lighting fixtures to provide required light intensities. F. Connect wiring according to Section 260519"Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify- transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal. B. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results: If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. END OF SECTION 265100 Pa e2of2 — Section 26-59-00: Lighting 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 283111 DIGITAL,ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire-alarm control unit. 2. Manual fire-alarm boxes. 3. System smoke detectors. 4. Notification appliances. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 28051.3 "Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security"for cables and conductors for fire-alarm systems. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, including furnished options.and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system. 1. Comply with recommendations and requirements in the"Documentation"section of the "Fundamentals"chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 3. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances,method of field assembly, components,and locations. Indicate conductor sizes, indicate termination locations and requirements, and distinguish between factory and field wiring. 4. Detail assembly and support requirements. 5. Include voltage drop calculations for notification-appliance circuits. 6. Include battery-size calculations. 7. Include input/output matrix. 8. Include statement from manufacturer that all equipment and components have been tested as a system and meet all requirements in this Specification and in NFPA 72. 9. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector. 10. Verify that each duct detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating. 11. Include plans, sections; and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning ducts, drawn to scale; coordinate location of duct smoke detectors and access to them. a. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarm indicators. b. Show field wiring required for HVAC unit shutdown on alarm. C. Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written recommendations. C. General Submittal Requirements: 1. Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them to Architect. 2. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications: a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire-alarm system design. b. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Field quality-control reports. C. Sample warranty. Section 28-31-11:Digital,Addressable Fire Alarm System Page 1 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data; For fire-alarm systems and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823"Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Comply with the"Records"section of the"Inspection,Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72. b. Provide"Fire Alarm and Emergency Communications System Record of Completion Documents"according to the'`Completion Documents"Article in the"Documentation" section of the"Fundamentals"chapter in NFPA 72. c. Complete wiring diagrams showing connections between all devices and equipment. d. Riser diagram. e. Record copy of site-specific software. f. Provide"Inspection and Testing Form"according to the"Inspection, Testing and Maintenance"chapter in NFPA 72, and include the following: 1) Equipment tested. 2) Frequency of testing of installed components. 3) Frequency of inspection of installed components. 4) Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance. 5) Manufacturer's user training manuals. g. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements. h. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire-alarm control unit and each annunciator unit. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire-alarm system equipment and components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Extent:All equipment and components not covered in the Maintenance Service Agreement. v 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Components shall be compatible with, and operate as an extension of, existing system. Provide system manufacturer's certification that all components provided have been tested as, and will operate as, a system. B. Noncoded, UL-certified addressable system,with multiplexed signal transmission and horn/strobe evacuation. C. Automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke detectors. D. All components provided shall be listed for use with the selected system. E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Section 28-31-11:Digital,Addressable Fire Alarm System Page 2 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2.02 SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION A. Fire-alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and systems: 1. Manual stations. 2. Smoke detectors. 3. Carbon monoxide detectors. 4. Automatic sprinkler system water flow. B. Fire-alarm signal shall initiate the following actions: 1. Continuously operate alarm notification appliances. 2. Identify alarm and specific initiating device at fire-alarm control unit and remote annunciators. 3. Transmit an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 4. Record events in the system memory. C. Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: 1. Valve supervisory switch. 2. Loss of communication with any panel on the network. D. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: 1. Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits. 2. Opening, tampering with,or removing alarm-initiating and supervisory signal-initiating devices. 3. Loss of communication with any addressable sensor, input module, relay, control module, or remote annunciator. 4. Loss of primary power at fire-alarm control unit. 5. Ground or a single break in internal circuits of fire-alarm control unit. 6. Abnormal ac voltage at fire-alarm control unit. _ 7. Break in standby battery circuitry. 8. Failure of battery charging. 9. Abnormal position of any switch at fire-alarm control unit or annunciator. E. System Supervisory Signal Actions: 1. Initiate notification appliances. 2. Identify specific device initiating the event at fire-alarm control unit and remote annunciators. 3. After a time delay of 200 seconds transmit a trouble or supervisory signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 2.03 FIRE-ALARM CONTROL UNIT A. Coordinate"General Requirements for Fire-Alarm Control Unit" Paragraph below with implementation details and Drawings.Addressable horns are available for notification- appliance circuits; insert a subparagraph if required. UL 864 requires compliance with software integrity requirements. B. General Requirements for Fire-Alarm Control Unit: 1. Field-programmable, microprocessor-based, modular, power-limited design with electronic modules, complying with UL 864. 2. Addressable Initiation Device Circuits:The FACP shall indicate which communication zones have been silenced and shall provide selective silencing of alarm notification appliance by building communication zone. 3. Addressable Control Circuits for Operation of Notification Appliances and Mechanical Equipment:The FACP shall be listed for releasing service. C. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls:Arranged for interface between human operator at fire-alarm control unit and addressable system components including annunciation and supervision. Display alarm,supervisory, and component status messages and the programming and control menu. 1. Annunciator and Display: Liquid-crystal type, 80 characters, minimum. Section 28-31-11:Digital,Addressable Fire Alarm System Page 3 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. . Keypad:Arranged to permit entry and execution of programming, display, and control commands. D. Initiating-Device, Notification-Appliance, and Signaling-Line Circuits: 1. _ Pathway Class Designations: NFPA 72, Class A. .2. Pathway Survivability: Level 1. -- E. Notification-Appliance Circuit: 1. Audible appliances shall sound in a three-pulse temporal pattern, as defined in NFPA 72. 2. Where notification appliances provide signals to sleeping areas,the alarm signal shall be a 520-Hz square wave with an intensity 15 dB above the average ambient sound.level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level, or at least 75 dBA, whichever is greater, measured at the pillow. 3. Visual alarm appliances shall flash in synchronization where multiple appliances are in the same field of view, as defined in NFPA 72. F. Remote Smoke-Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Controls shall.select specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display their current status and sensitivity settings, and change those settings.Allow controls to be used to program repetitive,'time-scheduled, and automated changes in sensitivity of specific detector groups. Record sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity-adjustment schedule changes in system memory. G. Transmission to Remote Alarm Receiving Station: Automatically transmit alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals to a remote alarm station. H. Primary Power: 24-V do obtained from 120-V ac service and a power-supply module. Initiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signals, supervisory and digital alarm communicator.transmitters shall be powered by 24-V do source. 1. Alarm current draw of entire fire-alarm.system shall not exceed 80 percent of the power- supply module rating. I. Secondary Power: 24-V do supply system with batteries,automatic battery charger,and automatic transfer switch. 2.04 MANUAL FIRE-ALARM BOXES A. General Requirements for Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 38. 1. Single-action mechanism, pull-lever type; with integral addressable module arranged to communicate manual-station status (normal, alarm, or trouble)to fire-alarm control unit. 2. Station Reset: Key-or wrerich-operated switch. 2.05 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS A. .General Requirements for System.Smoke Detectors: 1. . Comply with UL 268; operating at 24-V dc, nominal. 2. Detectors shall be two-wire type. a. Integral Addressable Module:Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble)to fire-alarm control unit. b. Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted in a twist-lock module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed base for connection to building wiring. c. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. d. Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type, indicating detector has operated and power-on status. B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be able to identify the detector's location within the system and its.sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access.the following for each detector: a. Primary status. Section 28-31-11:Digital,Addressable Fire Alarm System Page 4 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 b. Device type. c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). 2.06 CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS A. General: Carbon monoxide detector listed for connection to fire-alarm,system. 1. Mounting:Adapter plate for outlet box mounting. 2. Testable by introducing test carbon monoxide into the sensing cell. 3. Detector shall provide alarm contacts and trouble contacts. 4. Detector shall send trouble alarm when nearing end-of-life, power supply problems, or internal faults. 5. Comply with UL 2075. - 6. Locate, mount, and wire according to manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Provide means for addressable connection to fire-alarm system. 8. Test button simulates an alarm condition. 2.07 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Connected to notification-appliance signal circuits,zoned as indicated, equipped for mounting as indicated, and with screw terminals for system connections. 1. Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a single-mounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated, and with screw terminals for system connections. B. Horns: Electric-vibrating-polarized type, 24-V dc;with provision for housing the operating mechanism behind a grille. Comply with UL 464. C. Visible Notification Appliances:Xenon strobe lights complying with UL 1971, with clear or . nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate.The word"FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch-(25-mm-) high.letters on the lens. 1. Mounting:Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated. 2. Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units. 3. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. 4. Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished; red. 2.08 DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER A. Digital alarm communicator transmitter shall be acceptable to the remote central station and shall comply with UL 632. B. Functional Performance: Unit shall receive an alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal from fire- alarm control unit and automatically capture two telephone line(s)and dial a preset number for Y a remote central station.When contact is made with central station(s), signals shall be transmitted. If service on either line is interrupted for longer than 45 seconds, transmitter shall initiate a local trouble signal and transmit the signal indicating loss of telephone line to the remote alarm receiving station over the remaining line. Transmitter shall automatically report telephone service restoration to the central station. If service is lost on both telephone lines, transmitter shall initiate the local trouble signal. C. Local functions and display at the digital alarm communicator transmitter shall include the following: 1. Verification that both telephone lines are available. 2. Programming device. 3. LED display. 4. Manual test report function and manual transmission clear indication. 5. Communications failure with the central station or fire-alarm control unit. D. Digital data transmission shall include the following: Section 28-31-11:Digital,Addressable Fire Alarm System Page 5 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 - 1. Address of the alarm-initiating device. 2. Address of the supervisory signal. 3. Address of the trouble-initiating device. 4. Loss of ac supply. 5. Loss of power. 6. Low battery. 7. Abnormal test signal. 8. Communication bus failure. E. Secondary Power: Integral rechargeable battery and automatic charger. F. Self-Test:-Conducted automatically every 24 hours with report transmitted to central station. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 72, NFPA 101, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for . installation and testing of fire-alarm equipment. Install all electrical wiring to comply with requirements in NFPA 70 including, but not limited to, Article 760, "Fire Alarm Systems." B. Install wall-mounted equipment,with tops of cabinets not more than 78 inches (1980 mm) above the finished floor. C. Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: 1,. Install manual fire-alarm box in the normal path of egress within 60 inches (1520 mm)of the exit doorway. 2. Mount manual-fire-alarm box on a.background of a contrasting color. 3. The operable part of manual fire-alarm box shall be between 42 inches (1060 mm)and 48 inches (1220 mm) above floor level.All devices shall.be mounted at the same height unless otherwise indicated. D. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches (150 mm)below the ceiling. Install bells and horns on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a grille. Install all devices at the same height unless otherwise indicated. E. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling. Install all devices at the same height unless otherwise indicated. F. Device Location-Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor. 3.02 PATHWAYS A. Pathways above recessed ceilings and in nonaccessible locations may be routed exposed. 1. Exposed pathways located less than 96 inches (2440 mm)above the floor shall be installed in EMT. B. Pathways shall be installed in EMT. C. Exposed EMT shall be painted red enamel.. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following,devices and systems. Install the interface device less than 36 inches (910 mm)from the device controlled. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at the device or system being controlled. 1. Supervisory connections at valve:supervisory switches. 2. Supervisory connections at low-air-pressure switch of each dry-pipe sprinkler system. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components,wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 'Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire-alarm control unit. Section 28-31-11: Digital,Addressable Fire Alarm System Page 6 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.05 GROUNDING A. Ground fire-alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100; Install a ground wire from main service ground to fire-alarm control unit. B. Ground shielded cables at the control panel location only.Insulate shield at device location. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests shall be witnessed by Engineer/Architect. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing. a. . Inspection shall be based on completed record Drawings and system documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents, Preparation"table in the "Documentation"section of the"Fundamentals"chapter. b. Comply with the "Visual Inspection Frequencies"table in the"Inspection"section of the"Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72; retain the "Initial/Reacceptance"column and list only the installed components. 2. System Testing: Comply with the"Test Methods"table in the "Testing"section of the "Inspection,Testing and Maintenance"chapter in NFPA 72. 3. Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound-level meter complying with Type 2 requirements in ANSI S1.4. 4. Test audible appliances for the private operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Factory-authorized service representative shall prepare the"Fire Alarm System Record of Completion"in the"Documentation"section of the "Fundamentals"chapter in NFPA 72 and the"Inspection and Testing Form"in the"Records"section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance"chapter in NFPA 72, C. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of added or replaced devices and appliances. D. Fire-alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.07 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT A. Comply with UL 864. B. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, service agreement shall include software support for two years. C. Upgrade Service: At Substantial Completion, update software to latest version. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system and new or revised licenses for using software. 1. Upgrade Notice:At least 30 days to allow Owner to schedule access to system and to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate,and maintain fire-alarm system. END OF SECTION 283111 Section 28-31-11:Digital,Addressable Fire Alarm System Page 7 of 7 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 31-05-19 GEOSYNTHETICS FOR EARTHWORK PART'I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Geotextile for separation. B. Geotextile for filtration. C. Geogrid for stabilization. D. Geogrid for reinforcement. E. Geomembrane for barrier. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 02-41-00-Demolition: Site demolition. B. Section 31-10-00 Site Clearing. C. Section 31-22-00-Grading. D. Section 31-23-16-Excavation. - E. Section 31-23-16.13-Trenching. F. Section 31-23-23- Fill. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO M 288-Standard.Specification for Geosynthetic Specification for Highway Applications 2021. B. ASTM D4533/D4533M-Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles 2015. C. ASTM D4632/D4632M-Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 2015a. D. ASTM D4751 -Standard Test Methods for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile 2021 a. E. ASTM D4873/D4873M-Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples 2017 (Reapproved 2021). F. ASTM D5199-Standard Test Method for Measuring the Nominal Thickness of Geosynthetics 2012(Reapproved 2019). G. ASTM D5321/D5321 M -Standard Test Method for Determining the.Shear Strength of Soil- Geosynthetic and Geosynthetic-Geosynthetic Interfaces by Direct Shear 2021. H. ASTM D6241 -Standard Test Method for Static Puncture Strength of Geotextiles and Geotextile- Related Products Using a 50-mm Probe 2014. I. ASTM D6637/D6637M-Standard Test Method for Determining Tensile Properties of Geogrids by the Single or Multi-Rib Tensile Method 2015. J. ASTM D7737/D7737M-Standard Test Method for Individual Geogrid Junction Strength 2015. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. B. Sequencing: Ensure that utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See.Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. Section 31-06-19: Geosynthetics for Earthwork Page 1 of 6 i LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data on each,product to be used,.including'physical properties, i seaming materials, and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate overall layout, dimensions, geotextile sheet and seam layout. 2. Indicate anchorage, penetration, and seaming details. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate seaming method. i 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01-60-00- Product Requirements for additional requirements. B. Identify, store, and handle geosynthetic rolls and samples according to ASTM D4873/D4873M. C. Protect materials from sunlight and other ultraviolet light sources during storage. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Temperature Requirements: Do not place geosynthetic when ambient air or base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F(4 degrees C) or above 140 degrees F(60 degrees C). B. Surface Requirements: Do not place geosynthetic when the receiving surface is saturated or has ponded water. C. Follow recommendations of geosynthetic manufacturer. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. At the discretion of the Contactor and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2.02 GEOSYNTHETIC A. Provide geosynthetic in largest size sheets as possible to minimize field joining. B. Uniform thickness according to ASTM D5199. C. Resistant to mildew, chemicals in soil, stable under freeze-thaw cycles, will not shrink or expand under wet conditions, and will not unravel or become clogged during use. 2.03 GEOTEXTILE A. General: 1. Material: Polyethylene consisting of 5 percent maximum regrind and free of contaminants. 2. AASHTO M 288. 3. Elongation: 35 percent, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632/D4632M. B. Geotextile for Separation: Capable of restricting adjacent material mixing. 1. Type: Woven. 2. Seams: Loose laid. a. Overlap: According to manufacturer. 1) 12 inches (300 mm),minimum, in all directions. b. Stitch: According to manufacturer; continuous;tied off at ends. c. Strength: 90 percent of grab, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632/D4632M. - 4 d. Limit seams perpendicular to the direction of construction. 3. Grab Strength: 300 lb (1.3 kN), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632/D4632M. 4. Puncture Strength: 450 lb (2.0 kN), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4833/D4833M. 5. Trapezoid Tear Strength: 100 lb (0.4 kN), minimum, when tested in accordance with ' ASTM D4533/D4533M. C. Geotextile for Filtration: Capable of allowing liquid passage while restricting solids. 1. Type: Nonwoven. Section 31-05-19:Geosynthetics for Earthwork Page 2 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2. Seams: Mechanically sewn. a. Overlap: 3 inches (7.6 cm). b. Stitch: Flat; continuous;tied off at ends. c. Strength: 85 percent of grab, minimum, according to ASTM D4632/D4632M. d. Limit seams perpendicular to the direction of construction. 3. Grab Strength: 300 lb (1.3 kN), minimum, when tested-in accordance with ASTM. D4632/D4632M. 4. Permittivity: 0.5 per second, minimum,ASTM D4491/D4491M. 5. Apparent Opening Size- No.40 (0.425 mm), maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4751. 6. Sewn Seam Strength: 275 lb (1.25kN), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632/D4632M. 7. Trapezoid Tear Strength: 100 lb (0.4 kN), minimum, when .tested in accordance with ASTM D4533/D4533M. - 8. Puncture Strength: 450 lb (2.0 kN), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4833/D4833M. 2.04 GEOGRID A. General: 1. Material: Polyethylene consisting of 5 percent maximum regrind and free of contaminants. 2. Tensile Strength at 2 percent Strain: 400 Ib/ft (5.8 kN/m), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D6637/D6637M. 3. Tensile Strength at 5 percent Strain: 800 Ib/ft (11.7 kN/m), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D6637/D6637M. B. Geogrid for Stabilization: Capable of reducing deformation of unbound granular materials. 1. Seams: Loose laid. a. Overlap: 12 inches(300 mm). b. Limit seams perpendicular to the direction of construction. 2. Ultimate Tensile Strength: 1,300 Ib/ft (19.0 kN/m), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D6637/D6637M. 3. Junction Strength: 25 lb (0.11 kN), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D7737/D7737M. C. Geogrid for Reinforcement: Capable of increasing tensile strength of soils. 1. Seams:.Spliced. a. Overlap: 4 inches (10 cm). b. . Splice: Fusion wedge welding. c. Strength: 85 percent of grab, minimum, according to ASTM D4632/D4632M. d. Do not splice adjacent reinforcing strips and limit one splice per reinforcing strip. e. Limit seams perpendicular to the direction of reinforcement. 2. Ultimate Tensile Strength: 4,000 Ib/ft (58.4 kN/m), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D6637/D6637M. 3. Junction Strength: 50 Ib (0.22 kN), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D7737/D7737M. D. Geogrid Accessories: 1. Seaming Splices: Bodkin connection. 2. Anchoring Staples: As recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify the receiving surface is smooth, without ruts or protrusions, and grades are according to design drawings. B. Verify the receiving surface is unsaturated and free of ponded water. Section 31-05-19:Geosynthetics for Earthwork Page 3 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Verify the geosynthetic is free of defects or flaws that may degrade physical performance. 3.02 PREPARATION - A. Remove vegetation, boulders, and rocks larger than 3/4 inch (20 mm) in size and other sharp objects in accordance with Section 31-10-00. B. Remove unsuitable materials in accordance with Section 31-23-16. C. Fill in holes, including stake holes, backfill, and fill in accordance with Section 31-23-23. D. Grade as indicated on drawings in accordance with Section 31-22-00. E. Compact smooth as indicated on drawings in accordance with Section 31-23-23. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. ,General: 1. Notify the Town's Designated Representative a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation. 2. Prevent surface drainage from eroding under geosynthetic. Repair undermined areas prior to backfill. 3. Position geosynthetic smooth and wrinkle free on prepared surface; unroll or unfold carefully, avoiding stretching. 4. Perform seaming in adequate lighting. Seam each geosynthetic member immediately after final placement. Clean sheets of dust, dirt, and other foreign matter prior to seaming. B. Separation: 1. Install geotextile according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay sheets in the direction of construction. 3. Place adjacent geotextile and loosely fasten until seamed. 4. Repairs: Remove damaged portion of geotextile and seam an additional layer to cover the affected area in all directions. C. Filtration: 1. Install geotextile according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay sheets in the direction of construction. 3. Place adjacent geotextile and loosely fasten until seamed. 4. Protect geotextile from surface runoff contamination prior to backfill. 5. Repairs: Remove damaged portion of geotextile and seam an additional layer to cover the affected area in all directions. Replace geotextile where surface runoff contamination has occurred. D. Protection: 1. Install geotextile according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay sheets in the direction of incline. 3. Place adjacent geotextile and loosely fasten until seamed. 4. Anchor Trench: a. Excavate with rounded corners, remove vegetation, boulders, and rocks larger than 3/4 inch (20 mm) in size, and other sharp objects in accordance with Section 31-23- 16.13. b. Location: Crest of slopes. c. Edge Distance: 3 ft(1 m). d. Size: 2 ft(0.6 m)wide by 3 ft(0.9 m)deep. e. Remove ponded water in trench while open. f. Backfill in accordance with Section 31-23-23. 5. Place terminal ends within anchor trench and secure with backfill. 6. Repairs: Remove damaged portion of geotextile and seam an additional layer to cover the affected area in all directions. E. Stabilization: 1. Install geogrid according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay sheets in the direction of construction. Section 31-05-19:Geosynthetics for Earthwork Page 4 of 6 LKMA Project no 2409.6.000 3. Allow geogrid to lie in a relaxed state for a'minimum of 1/2 hour prior to attachments. -4: Place adjacent geogrid and loosely fasten until seamed. 5. Repairs: Remove damaged portion of geogrid and seam an additional layer to cover the: affected area in all directions. F. Reinforcement: 1. Install geogrid according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay sheets in the direction of reinforcement. 3. Allow geogrid to lie in a relaxed state for a minimum of 1/2 hour prior to attachments. 4. Place adjacent geogrid and loosely fasten until seamed. 5. Penetrations: a. Only cut transverse members for penetration sizes smaller than longitudinal members. b. Reinforce cut geogrid longitudinal members by splicing to adjacent members. 6. Anchor Trench: a. Excavate in accordance with Section 31-23-16.13. b. Location: Crest of slopes. c. Edge Distance: 3 ft(1 m). d. Size: 2 ft(0.6 m)wide by 3 ft(0.9 m)deep. e. Remove ponded water in trench while open. f. Backfill in accordance with Section 31-23-23. 7. Place terminal ends within anchor trench and secure with backfill. 8. Repairs: Remove damaged portion of geogrid and seam an additional layer to cover the. affected area in all directions. _ 9. Tensioning: a. Pull geogrid taut in the direction of reinforcement to remove slack. b. Ensure positive load transfer of perpendicular seams and re-seam loose connections. c. Do not over-tension geogrid causing deformation or damage to seams. Repair damages before backfilling. d. Maintain tension across full length of geogrid until backfill is compacted. G. Drainage: 1. Install geocomposite according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Allow geocomposite to lie in a relaxed state for a minimum of 1/2 hour prior to attachments. 3. Repairs: a. Remove damaged portion of geonet and end seam an additional layer to cover the affected area in all directions. b. Remove damaged portion of geotextile and seam an additional layer to cover the affected area in all directions. 3.04 BACKFILL A. Obtain approval for geosynthetic sheet installation from the Town's Designated Representative before placing fill. B. Backfill in a manner to prevent damage to geosynthetic. Repair geosynthetic damaged during backfill operations. C. Cover geosynthetic in the installed direction in accordance with Section 31-23-23. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements for additional requirements. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Do not exceed geosynthetic manufacturer's recommended exposure to UV radiation. B. Prevent surface water runoff from contaminating geosynthetic. Pa e5of6 - Section 31-05-19:Geosynthetics for Earthwork 9 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Erect barricades to prevent traffic over geosynthetic before it is filled. END OF SECTION 31-05-19 Section 31-05-19:Geosynthetics for Earthwork Page 6 of 6 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 31-10-00 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This work shall consist of clearing, grubbing, removing and disposing of all trees, brush, stumps, fences, debris and miscellaneous structures not covered under other..contract items within the construction area and such other areas as specified or directed. B. No burning will be permitted on or off the contract site.. All materials generated by any activity for the development, modification and construction of any transportation facility shall not be burned. This shall include but not be limited to land clearing material and demolition material. Such material shall hereinafter be referred to as'disposable material. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clearing and protection of vegetation. B. Removal of existing debris: 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-10-00-Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B. Section 01-10-00-Summary: Sequencing and staging requirements. C. Section 01-50-00-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. D. Section 01-57-13-Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. E. Section 01-70-00 - Execution and.:Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products. F. Section 01774-19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Limitations on disposal of removed materials; requirements for recycling. G. Section 02-41-00-Demolition: Removal of built elements and utilities. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Clearing Firm: Company specializing in the type of work required. Special Care shall be taken so as to not contaminate nearby surface water with construction debris and/or construction run- off. PART 2 PRODUCTS --NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CLEARING A. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01-70-00. B. Minimize production of dust due to clearing operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. 3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES AND BUILT ELEMENTS A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and -comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. Section 31-10-00:Site Clearing Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.03 VEGETATION A. Scope: Remove trees, shrubs, brush, and stumps in areas to be covered by building structure, paving, playing fields, lawns, planting beds or other improvements as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. B. Do not remove or damage vegetation beyond the limits indicated on drawings. C. Install substantial, highly visible fences at least ,3 feet :high (at least 1 m high) to prevent inadvertent damage to vegetation to remain: 1. At vegetation removal limits. 2. Around trees to remain within vegetation removal limits; locate no closer to tree than at the drip line. 3. Around other vegetation to remain within vegetation-removal limits. 4. See Section 01-50-00 for fence construction requirements. D. Vegetation Removed: Contractor is responsible to remove and dispose in accordance with all relevant laws and regulations. Do not burn, bury, landfill, or leave on site, except as indicated. 1. All wood and brush shall be disposed of within fifteen (15) days after cutting or felling unless otherwise approved at an approved off-site location. No burning of land clearing materials that result from the clearing and grubbing operations will be permitted. It shall be noted that the burial of wood and brush is strictly prohibited. Under no circumstances is disposal to be made in swamp or wetlands. E. Dead Wood: Remove all dead trees (standing or down), limbs, and dry brush on entire site; treat as specified for vegetation removed. F. Restoration: If vegetation outside removal limits or within specified protective fences is damaged or destroyed due to subsequent construction operations, replace at no cost to Owner. 3.04 DEBRIS A. Remove debris,junk, and trash from site. B.. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION 31-10-00 Section 31-10-00:Site Clearing Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 31-22-00 GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rough grading the site. B. Finish grading and/or Fine Grading. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-10-00-Site Clearing. B. Section 31-23-16-Excavation. C. Section 31-23-16.13-Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities. D. Section 31-23-23-Fill: Filling and compaction. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00- Unit Prices, for general requirements relating to unit prices for this work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill Materials: See Section 31-23-23. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. B. Verify the absence of standing or ponding water. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. / B. Stake and flag locations of known utilities. C. Locate, identify, and protect from damage above-and below-grade utilities to remain. D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities (if required). E. Provide temporary means and methods to remove all standing or ponding water from areas prior to grading. F. Protect site features to remain, including but not limited to bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs, from damage by grading equipment and vehicular traffic. G. Protect trees to remain by providing substantial fencing around entire tree at the outer tips of its branches; no grading is to be performed inside this line. H. Protect plants, lawns, rock outcroppings, and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping. 3.03 ROUGH GRADING A. Remove topsoil and/or sand from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded, without mixing with foreign materials. B. Do not remove topsoil when wet. C. Remove subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded. D. Do not remove wet subsoil, unless it is subsequently processed to obtain optimum moisture content. E. When excavating through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with sharp axe. F. See Section 31-23-23 for filling procedures. r Section 31-22-00:Grading Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 G. Stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requirements as for specified fill. H. Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by classification and which are excessively moist due to lack surface water control. 3.04 SOIL REMOVAL A. Stockpile suitable excavated soils to be re-used on site; remove remainder from site. 1. Suitable excavated soils may be re-used with the approval of the Town's Designated Representative. B. Stockpiles: Use areas designated on site; pile depth not to exceed 8 feet(2.5 m); protect from erosion. 3.05 FINISH GRADING/FINE GRADING A. Before Finish/Fine Grading: 1. Verify sanitary system and trench backfilling have been inspected. 2. Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted. B. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1/2 inch (13 mm) in size. Remove soil. contaminated with petroleum products. C. In areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 3 inches (75 mm). D. Place soil during dry.weather. E. Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading F. Fine grade soil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profiles and contour of subgrade. G. Maintain stability of soil during inclement weather. Replace soil in areas where surface water has eroded thickness below specifications. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. -Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus 0.10 foot (1-3116 inches) (30 mm) from required elevation. B. Top Surface of Finish Grade: Plus or minus 0.04 foot(1/2 inch) (13 mm). 3.07 REPAIR AND RESTORATION A. Existing Facilities, Utilities, and Site Features to Remain: If damaged due to this work, repair or replace to original condition. B. Trees to Remain: If damaged due to this work; trim broken branches and repair bark wounds; if root damage has occurred, obtain instructions from Architect as to remedy. C. Other Existing Vegetation to Remain: If damaged due to this work, replace with vegetation of equivalent species and size. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 31-23-23 for compaction density testing. 3.09 CLEANING A. Remove unused stockpiled soil, sand, and subsoil. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing water. B. Leave site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. END OF SECTION 31-22-00 Section 31-22-00:Grading Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 31723-16 EXCAVATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. .All excavating required to complete the scope of work depicted and/or described in the contract documents and/or as directed by the Town's designated representative. This work shall include disposing of unsuitable and surplus material, preparing the sub-grade, compaction, grading, slopes and all other work needed to complete the work as depicted and/or described in the Contract.Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. B. Trenching for utilities outside the building. C. Temporary excavation support and protection systems (if required). 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section'01-57-13 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control: Slope protection and erosion control. B. Section 01-70-00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, surrey control points, and existing construction .to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring. General requirements for dewatering of excavations and water control. C. Section 02-41-00- Demolition: Shoring and underpinning existing structures. D. Section 31-10-00-Site Clearing: Vegetation and existing debris removal. E. Section 31-22-00--Grading: Grading. F. Section 31-23-16.13 - Trenching: Excavating for utility trenches outside the buiiding.to utility main connections. G. Section 31-23-23- Fill: Fill,inaterials,:backfilling, and compacting. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00 - Unit Prices, for general requirements applicable to unit prices for excavation. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29,CFR 1926-Safety and Health Regulations for Construction Current Edition, 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record drawings at project closeout according to 01-70-00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. Show locations of installed support materials left in place, including referenced locations and depths, on drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bedding and Fill to Correct Over-Excavation: 1. See Section 31-23-23 for bedding and corrective fill materials at general excavations. 2. See Section 31-23-16.13 for bedding and corrective fill materials at utility trenches. B. Underground Warning Tapes: all underground utilities shall be installed with underground warning tapes as is the industry standard. Tape shall be colored and labeled in accordance with the type of utility it is placed above. Tape shall be submitted as a shop drawing for review and approval by the.Town's Designated Representative. No extra payment shall be made for the furnishing or installing of the Underground Warning Tapes.This work is included in the price bid. Section 31-23-16:Excavation Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that intended elevations and layout for the work are.as indicated. B. Survey existing adjacent structures and improvements and establish exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. 1. Resurvey benchmarks during installation of excavation.support and protection systems and notify Owner if any changes in elevations or positions occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction. - C. Determine the prevailing groundwater level prior to excavation. If the proposed excavation extends less than 1 foot (305 mm) into the prevailing groundwater, control groundwater intrusion with perimeter drains routed to sump pumps,.or as directed by Architect. If the proposed excavation extends more than 1 foot (305. mm) into the prevailing groundwater, control groundwater intrusion with a comprehensive dewatering procedures', or as directed by Geotechnical Engineer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. See Section 31-10-00 for clearing,grubbing, and removal of existing debris. C. See Section 31-22-00 for soil removal. D. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from.damage. E. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. F. Protect existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. G. Grade top perimeter of excavation. to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. Provide temporary means and methods, as required, to maintain surface water diversion until no longer needed, or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3.03 TEMPORARY EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION A. Excavation Safety: Comply with OSHA's Excavation Standard, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P. 3.04 EXCAVATING A. Excavate to accommodate new structures and construction operations. 1. Excavate to the specified elevations and as necessary to complete the work as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents, as directed by the Town's Designated Representatives, and in conformance with the Suffolk County Department of Health Permit, Conditions, and Sanitary Code Regulations. 2. Excavate to the length and width required to safely install, adjust, and remove any forms, bracing, or supports necessary for the installation of the work. 3. Cut utility trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. 4. See Section 31-23-16.26 for required excavation clearances for pipes in utility trenches. B. Notify The Town's Designated Representative of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area until notified to resume work. C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. D. Provide temporary means and methods, as required, to remove all water from excavations until directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Remove and replace soils deemed suitable by classification and which are excessively moist due to lack of dewatering or surface water control. 3.05. REMOVAL OF ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. The Contractor shall remove all excavated material from the site which, in the opinion of the Town's Designated Representative, is not suitable for re-use, and shall dispose of same in a manner acceptable to the Town's Designated Representative. The Contractor may, however, Section 31-23-16:Excavation Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 re-use select excavated material for on-site fill provided it meets the required gradation requirements for same as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. There shall be no separate payment for handling and stockpiling suitable materials for reuse. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. See Section 31-23-23 for subgrade preparation at general excavations. B. See Section 31-23-16.13 for subgrade preparation at utility trenches. - 3.07 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. See Section 31-23-23 for subgrade preparation at general excavations. 3.08 FILLING AND BACKFILLING A. Do not fill or backfill until all debris, water, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials have been removed from excavation. B. See Section 31-23-23 for fill, backfill, and compaction requirements at general.excavations. C. See Section 31=22-00 for rough and final grading and topsoil replacement requirements. 3.09 REPAIR A. Correct areas that are over-excavated and load-bearing surfaces that are disturbed; see Section 31-23-23. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. 3.11 CLEANING A. Stockpile excavated material to be re-used in area designated on site in accordance with Section 31-22-00. B. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. C. Remove excess excavated material from site. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Divert surface flow from rains or water discharges from the excavation. B. Prevent displacement of banks and keep.loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability. C. Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater, or excessive drying so as to maintain foundation subgrade in satisfactory, undisturbed condition. D. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing.. E. Keep excavations free of standing water and completely free of water during concrete placement. END OF SECTION 31-23-16 Section 31-23-16:Excavation Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 31-23-16.13 TRENCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Backfilling and compacting for utilities outside the building to utility main connections. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-22-00-Grading: Site grading. B. Section 31-23-16-Excavation. C. Section 31-23-23- Fill: Backfilling 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00 - Unit Prices, for general requirements applicable to unit prices for earthwork. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO M 147-Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil—Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses 2017 (Reapproved 2021). B. AASHTO T 180-Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54- kg (10-Ib) Rammer and a 457-mm (18 in.) Drop 2021. C. ASTM C136/C136M-Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2019. D. ASTM D698-Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3))2012 (Reapproved 2021). E. ASTM D1556/D1556M -Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by Sand-Cone Method 2015, with Editorial Revision (2016). F. ASTM D1557-Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3))2012 (Reapproved 2021). G. ASTM D2167-Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method 2015. H. ASTM D2487-Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)2017, with Editorial Revision (2020). I. ASTM D6938-Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)2017a,with Editorial Revision. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source. _ C. Compaction Density Test Reports. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need. B. When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated. 1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2. Prevent contamination. 3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. General Fill: Refer to Section 31-23-23 Section 31-23-16.13:Trenching Page 1 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . B. Clean Sand Fill: Refer to,Section 31-23-23 C. -Granular Fill-Gravel: Refer to Section 31-23-23 D. Soil:See Section 31-22-00. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00.=Quality:Requirements, for general requirements for_testing and analysis of soil material.: B: Where fill materials are specified by reference to a specific standard, testing of samples for compliance will be provided before delivery to.site. C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest: D. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that intended elevations for the.work are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines;levels, contours, and datum locations. B. See Section 31-22-00 for additional requirements. C. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from damage. D. Grade top perimeter of trenching area to prevent surface water from draining into trench. Provide_temporary means and methods, as-required, to maintain surface water diversion until,no longer needed,or as directed.by the Town'S Designated Representative. 3.03 TRENCHING A. Notify The Town's Designated Representative of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work id'area until notified to resume work. B. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet (1.2 meters) to angle of-repose or less until shored. C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing.splay of foundations. . D. : Cut trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. E. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter. F. Remove large stones and other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. G. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cubic yard (0.25 cu m) measured by volume. H. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. I. Remove excess excavated material from site. J. Provide temporary means and methods, as required, to remove all water from .trenching until directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by classification and .which are excessively moist due to lack of dewatering or surface water control. K. Determine the prevailing groundwater level prior to trenching. If the proposed trench extends less than 1 foot (305 mm) into the prevailing groundwater,.control groundwater intrusion with perimeter -drains routed to sump pumps, or as directed by' the Town's Designated Representative. 3.04 FULL DEPTH SAWCUT IN EXISTING ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. The Contractor shall provide a full.depth sawcut at the locations depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents or as required to complete the installation of the proposed sanitary Section 31-23-16.13:Trenching Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 system with associated site appurtenances, All sawcuts shall be clean with a straight vertical edge free from irregularities. 3.05 PREPARATION FOR UTILITY PLACEMENT A. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general fill. B. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. C. Until ready to backfill, maintain excavations and prevent loose-soil from falling into excavation. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. Backfill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials. B. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated. C. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. D. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. . E. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. F. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not-exceeding 6 inches (150 mm)compacted depth. G. Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches (200 mm)compacted depth. H. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 feet (50 mm in 3 m), unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas.. I. Correct areas that are over-excavated. 1. Other areas: Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted. to minimum 97 i percent of maximum dry density. J. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated: 1. Under paving, slabs-on-grade, and similar construction: 95 percent of maximum dry density. 2. At other locations: 95 percent of maximum dry density. K. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.07 BEDDING AND FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A. Use general fill unless otherwise specified or indicated. B. Utility Piping, Conduits, and Duct Bank: 1. Bedding: Use granular fill unless otherwise noted. 2. Cover with general fill. 3. Fill up to subgrade elevation. 4. Compact in maximum 6"lifts to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm)from required elevations. B. Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm) from required elevations. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00- Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, or ASTM D6938. C. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM 01557 ("modified Proctor"), AASHTO T 180, or ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor"). Section 31-23-16.13:Trenching Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements,'remove work, replace and retest. E. Frequency of Tests:As ordered by the Town's Designated Representative. 3.10 CLEANING A. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile. B. Remove .unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing surface water. C. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat.condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water:_ END OF SECTION 31-23-16.13 Section 31-23-16.13:Trenching Page 4 of 4 1 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION,31-23-23 FILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Backfilling and compacting for utilities outside the building. B. Backfilling and compacting for all work as required to complete the scope of,work depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or_ as directed by the Town Designated Representative. G. Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a-result of removal (demolition) operations. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01-57-13 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control: Slope protection and'erosion control. B. Section 31-22-00-Grading: Site grading. C. Section 31-23-16-Excavation: Removal of existing materials. D. Section 31-23-16.13 - Trenching: Excavating for utility-trenches outside:the building to utility main connections. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00 - Unit Prices, for general requirements applicable to unit prices for earthwork. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO M 147 -Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses 2017 (Reapproved 2021). B. AASHTO T 180-Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54- kg (10-Ib) Rammer and a 457-mm (18 in.) Drop 2021. C. ASTM C136/C136M-Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2019. D. ASTM C150/C150M-Standard Specification for Portland Cement 2021. E. ASTM D698-Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft71bf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3))2012 (Reapproved 2021). F. ASTM D1556/D1556M -Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil'in Place by Sand-Cone Method 2015,with Editorial Revision (2016). G. ASTM D1557-Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of.Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3))2012 (Reapproved 2021). H. ASTM D2167-Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method 2015. I. ASTM D2487-Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)2017,with Editorial Revision (2020). J. ASTM D6938-Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth)2017a, with Editorial Revision. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data for Manufactured Fill. C. Materials Sources' Submit name of imported materials source. D. Compaction Density Test Reports. Section 31-23-23:Fill Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need. B. When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated. 1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2. Prevent contamination. 3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of.materials. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01-78-00-Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a:five-year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide ten-year manufacturer warranty for manufactured fill.material. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS' A. All fill within and adjacent to,regulated wetland areas shall consist of-clean sand, gravel, or:soil (not asphalt, slag, flyash; broken concrete or demolition debris). Further, fill shall not contain garbage household refuse, tires, woody material including tree or landscape debris and metal objects. The introduction of materials toxic to aquatic life is expressly prohibited. All fill within and adjacent to regulated Wetland areas shall satisfy NYSDEC requirements. B. Fill must be clean upload sand of equivalent or slightly larger grain sizer and similar in color as is.indigenous to the beach. C. No excavation of the beach is authorized for the purpose of obtaining fill or stone materials.- . . D. RCA'and/or crushed stone used in the project must be processed, screened, and clean of any contaminants listed in 2.01 A above. E. Clean Sand Fill:Washed, clean Long Island Sand 1. Submittal for approval of material shall be submitted to the Towns Designated Representative for review and approval prior to delivery on-site. 2. The. sand shall.be washed,.clean, uniformly graded and.having a mean grain size of 0.30mm—0.70mm and free from loam, roots, sod, or other foreign or,deleterious matter. 3. Gradation as per ASTM D-422 Sieve Size 1 Percent Passinq by Weight 1/4-inch 100 No.4 . 80 No.40 20 to 60 No.200' ; 0 to 5 4. The contractor shall deliver a sample to the.site for approval prior to placing the contract amount. Sand which.is not clean or contains debris shall be rejected and removed from the site at the contractor's expense. 5. Clean sand used in conjunction with any sanitary leaching sand filters shall meet ASTM C33 gradation specifications, as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. F. General FilI- 1. Import controlled fill consisting of clean, inorganic material with less-than 10%.passing a #200 sieve and 100% passing 2"sieve by weight. a. Submit shop drawing of general fill specifications for review and approval by the Town's Designated Representative prior to install. 2. Re-use of existing subsoil excavated.on-site: a. Excavated and reused material b. Graded. I Section 31-23-23: Fill Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 c. The use requires approval by the Town's Designated Representative and .pending conditions encountered at time of construction. d. Soils may require mixing with a more granular material .and/or drying. Soils may become increasingly difficult to reuse and compact where wetted beyond the optimum moisture content. 3. All General Fill Shall: a. Be free of lumps larger than 3 inches (75 mm),:rocks larger than 2 inches (50 mm), deleterious material and debris. b. Comply with ASTM D2487 Group Symbol SP or SW clean sand with less than 10% . Fines. G. Structural Fill: 1. All unsuitable fill and/or disturbed material encountered below new concrete footing locations and/or slabs on grade shall be excavated and replaced as structural fill: . 2. If required, Structural Fill shall be placed in 12" maximum loose lifts and shall be compacted with vibratory rollers. 3. Fill materials shall be tested by Modified Proctor Density (ASTM D-1557-78) and must qualify as select,with less than 12% passing through a No. 200 sieve. 4. Soil shall be placed with moisture content and energy to provide 95% of maximum dry density. 5. In place.density tests shall be taken for each 1,000 SF in each lift. No tests shall be permitted to fall below 92% compaction. 6. Select Structural Fill gradation requirements are as follows: a. Maximum Particle Size: 2 inches b. At least 12% and not more than 75% by weight retained on the#10 sieve. c. Not more than 12% by weight of non-plastic'fines (material passing the#200 sieve). 7. The testing laboratory. shall submit compaction reports for select fill to the Town's Designated Representative prior to requesting any Foundation Inspections. 8. The finished excavation for foundations and%or footings shall be neat and'true to line with all loose material removed. 9.- Foundation and/or footing excavations shall be-kept free of loose material and standing water. 10. The Contractor shall set the foundation(s) and concrete footings (top and bottom) at.the elevations necessary to satisfactorily construct the work as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. H. Granular Fill-Gravel : Pit run washed stone;free of shale, clay,friable material and debris. 1. Graded in accordance with ASTM C136/C136M, within the following limits: a. 2 inch (50 mm)sieve: 100 percent passing. b. 1 inch (25 mm)sieve: 95 percent passing. c. 3/4 inch (19 mm)sieve: 95 to 100 percent passing. d. 5/8 inch (16 mm)sieve: 75 to 100 percent passing. e. 3/8 inch (9 mm)sieve: 55 to 85 percent passing. f. No.4 (4.75 mm)sieve: 35 to 60 percent passing. g. No. 16 (1.18 mm)sieve: 15.to 35 percent passing. h. No.:40 (450 micro m): 10 to 25 percent passing. i. No. 200 (75 micro m): 5 to 10 percent passing. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY,CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements,for general requirements for testing and analysis of soil material. B. Where fill materials are specified by reference to a specific standard, test and analyze samples for compliance before-delivery to site. C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material.and retest. D. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work. Section 31-23-23:Fill Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2.03 MOISTURE CONTROL A. All soils that are classed as suitable for the direct support of crushed stone and/or pavement . (non-organic and non-frost susceptible soils) shall be scarified to a loose depth of ten (10) inches (25 cm) and recompacted to 95 percent of the maximum density at the optimum moisture content of the soils as determined by ASTM D-1557. The moisture content at the time of compaction shall not be greater than one (1) percent nor less than two (2) percent by weight of dry soil of the optimum moisture content. Dry soils shall be moistened and thoroughly mixed to the required moisture content. Wet soils shall be dried by aerating to the required moisture content. B. The cost of adding moisture, drying and compaction shall be included in the price bid for this project. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that intended elevations and layout for the Work are as indicated. B. Identify required lines, levels,contours, and datum locations. C. See Section 31-22-00 for additional requirements. D. Verify areas to be filled are not compromised with surface or ground water. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Scarify and proof roll subgrade surface to a depth of 6 inches(150 mm)to identify soft spots. B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general .fill unless otherwise noted/directed by the Town's Designated Representative. -_ C. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. D. Until ready to fill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation. 3.03 SUB-GRADE PREPARATION A. Sub-grade in excavated areas for all new pavement and/or crushed stone areas and pavement widening shall be compacted to the density specified below: Soils not conforming to this density shall be scarified or loosened to a depth of ten (10) inches, water added in the amount necessary and the material recompacted to provide the required density. 1. Compaction control and testing shall be provided in accordance with ASTM D698 (Moisture Content) and ASTM D2992 (Nuclear Density Testing). If existing subgrade is found to be suitable.for re-use as determined by the Town's Designated Representative, the subgrade shall be compacted using a minimum 10-ton roller to 956/6 of standard proctor density within 3 percent of optimum moisture content in accordance with.ASTM D 1557 Modified Proctor. B. Failure to conform to this requirement can result in the Town's designated representative halting all construction until compliance is obtained as specified in the general provisions. C. Subgrade testing shall be performed as required by the Town's Designated Representative. D. The cost of providing all subgrade testing shall be deemed included in the price bid for this. project. 3.04 FILLING A. Fill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials. B. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated. C. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. - D. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. E. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. Section 31-23-23: Fill Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 F. Clean Sand Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 12 inches. Place around/below sanitary structures unless otherwise noted. G. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm)compacted depth. H. . Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches (200 mm)compacted depth. I. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10'feet (50 mm in 3 m), unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. J. Correct areas that are over-excavated. 1. Other areas:. Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to. minimum 97 percent of maximum dry density. K. _ Compaction.Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated: 1. Under paving; slabs-on-grade, and similar, construction: 95 percent of maximum dry density. 2. At other locations: 95 percent of maximum dry density. L. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. M. Maintain temporary means and methods, as required, to remove all.water while fill is being placed as required, or until directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by classification and which are excessively moist due to lack of dewatering or surface water control. 3.05 FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A. Use general fill unless otherwise specified or indicated. B. Use Clean sand fill in and adjacent to regulated wetland areas. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of General Filling: Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm)from required elevations. B. Top Surface of Filling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm) from required elevations. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Soil Fill Materials: 1. ' The Contractor shall retain a testing agency who shall Perform'compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D1556,ASTM D2167, or ASTM D6938. 2. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor"), ASTM D1557 ("modified Proctor"), or AASHTO T 180. . 3. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. 4. Frequency of Tests: as approved by the Town's Designated Representative 5. Proof roll compacted fill at surfaces that will be under slabs-on-grade. 3.08 CLEANING A. See Section 01-74-19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. B. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing surface water. C. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water. END OF SECTION 31-23-23 Section 31-23-23:Fill Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . SECTION 31-25-00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION.CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Permanent erosion and sediment control. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-23-23-Fill: Filling and compaction. B. Section 32-11-23-Aggregate Base Courses: Aggregate base course. C. Section 32-93-00-Plants 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00-Unit Prices for additional unit price requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO M 147-Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil—Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses 2017 (Reapproved 2021). B. EPA(NPDES)- National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Construction General Permit Current Edition. C. NYSDEC Stormwater Design Manual (Most Recent Version) D. FHWA FLP-94-005-Best Management Practices for Erosion and.Sediment Control 1995. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Maintenance Instructions: Provide instructions covering inspection and maintenance for preventive measures that must remain after Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of EPA(NPDES)for erosion and sedimentation control, as specified by the NPDES, for Phases I and II, and in compliance with requirements of Construction General Permit(CGP),whether the project is required by law to comply or not. B. Best Management Practices Standard: FHWA FLP-94-005. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Fill Material: See Section 31-23-23. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain such . existing features to greatest extent possible. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time. B. Do not begin clearing, grading, or other work involving disturbance of ground surface cover until applicable permits have been obtained; furnish documentation required to obtain applicable permits. 1. Obtain and pay for permits and provide security required by authority having jurisdiction. 2. Owner will withhold payment to Contractor equivalent to all fines resulting from non- . compliance with applicable regulations. C. Timing: Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible after disturbance of surface cover and before precipitation occurs. Section 31-25-00:Erosion and Sedimentation Controls Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. See Section 32-01-90 for post-occupancy maintenance. B. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in 'accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. C. Immediately reseed areas that show bare spots. D. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storm.that produces 0.5 inches(13 mm)or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall. E. Repair deficiencies immediately. 3.04 CLEANUP A. Clean out sediment control structures that are to remain as permanent measures. END OF SECTION 31-25-00 Section 31-25-00:Erosion and Sedimentation Controls Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 32-11.23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aggregate base course. B. Paving aggregates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-05-19-Geosynthetics for Earthwork. B. Section 31-22-00-.Grading: Preparation of site for base course. C. Section 31-23-16.13-Trenching: Compacted fill over utility trenches under base course. D. Section 31-23-23- Fill: Compacted fill under base course. E. Section 32-12-16-Asphalt Paving: Finish and binder asphalt courses. F. Section 32-13-13- Concrete Paving: Finish concrete surface course. G. Section 33-05-13- Precast Concrete Manholes: Manholes including frames. H. Section 33-41-0.0 - Subdrainage: Filter aggregate and filter fabric for foundation drainage systems. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00 - Unit Prices for general requirements applicable to unit prices for earthwork. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO M 147-Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil—Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses 2017(Reapproved 2021). B. AASHTO T 180-Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54- kg (10-Ib) Rammer and a 457-mm (18 in.)Drop 2021. C. ASTM C136/C136M-Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2019. D. ASTM D698-Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3))2012 (Reapproved 2021). E. ASTM D1556/D1556M -Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by Sand-Cone Method 2015, with Editorial Revision (2016). F. ASTM D1557-Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using -' Modified Effort(56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3))2012 (Reapproved 2021). G. ASTM D2167--Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method 2015. H. ASTM D2487-Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes(Unified Soil Classification System)2017,with Editorial Revision (2020). I. ASTM D6938- Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)2017a,with Editorial Revision. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source. C. Compaction Density Test Reports. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. When necessary,store materials on site in advance of need. _ Section 32-11-23:Aggregate Base Courses Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. When aggregate materials need to be stored on site, location of storage shall be as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. C. Aggregate Storage, General: 1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2. Prevent contamination. 3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The Recycled Portland Cement Aggregate (RCA) material shall meet/comply with the provisions of Item 304.12 Subbase' Course, Type 2 of the New York State. Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of September 1, 2021. B. Geotextile: See Section 31-05-19. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00 - Quality Requirements for general requirements for testing and analysis of aggregate materials. B. The contractor shall submit a Design Mix to the,Town's Designated Representative for review and approval prior to placing an order.for the RCA Base Course. C. Where aggregate materials are specified using ASTM D2487 classification, test and analyze samples for compliance before delivery to site. D. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. E. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the work are as indicated. B. Verify substrate has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct, and is dry. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Correct irregularities in substrate gradient and elevation by scarifying, reshaping, and re- compacting. B. Do not place aggregate on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate to a total compacted thickness as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Compact to 95% percent of maximum dry density unless noted otherwise. B. Upon approval of the compacted soil subgrade by the Town's Designated Representative, the Contractor shall furnish, place and compact the recycled concrete aggregate to the specified depth, lines and grades. Tolerance of the compacted RCA base course shall be plus/minus '/ inch. Material and compaction shall be in conformance with Section 304 of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications dated 09/01/2021. C. Place aggregate in maximum 4 inch (100 mm) layers and roller compact to specified density. D. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. E. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate as appropriate to assist compaction. F. Add water to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content. G. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. Section 32-11-23:Aggregate Base Courses Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 114 inch (6.4 mm) measured with 10 foot(3 m)straight edge. B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). C. Variation from Design Elevation: Within 1/2 inch (12.8 mm). 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See.Section 01-40700 - Quality Requirements for general requirements.for field inspection;and testing. B. The Contractor shall retain an agency to provide Compaction Density Testing. Compaction density testing will be performed on compacted aggregate base course in accordance with ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, or ASTM D6938. C. Results will be evaluated in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with AASHTO T 180, ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor"), or ASTM:D1557 ("modified Proctor"). D. If tests indicate.woirk does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. E. Frequency of Tests: as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. F. Proof roll compacted aggregate at surfaces that will be under slabs-on-grade. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing surface water. B. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water. END OF SECTION 32-11-23 Section 32-11-23:Aggregate Base Courses Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 32-12-16 ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aggregate base course. B. Double course bituminous concrete paving. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-22-00-Grading: Preparation of site for paving and base. B. Section 31-23-23-Fill: Compacted subgrade for paving. C. Section 32-11-23-Aggregate Base Courses: Aggregate base course. D. Section 32-13-13-Concrete Paving: Concrete substrate. E. Section 32-13-13-Concrete Paving: Concrete curbs. F. Section 32-17-23- Pavement Markings. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00 - Unit Prices for requirements applicable to this section. Measurement and payment will be as follows: B. Asphalt Pavement Mix (Binder Course): By the ton (metric ton). Includes preparing base, tack coating surfaces, placing, compacting and rolling, testing. Includes mix design, supplying to site, testing. C. Asphalt Pavement Mix (Wearing Course): By the ton .(metric ton). Includes preparing base, tack coating surfaces, placing, compacting and rolling, testing. Includes mix design, supplying to site,testing. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO M 147- Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil—Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses 2017(Reapproved 2021). B. AI MS-2-Asphalt Mix Design Methods 2015. C. ASTM C136/C136M-Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2019. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with New York State Department of Transportation Requirements. B. Mixing Plant: Complying with New York State Department of Transportation Requirements. C. Obtain materials from same source throughout. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not place asphalt when ambient air or base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F (4 degrees C), or surface is wet or frozen. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ASPHALT PAVING MIXES AND MIX DESIGN A. Asphalt Base Course: The Recycled Portland Cement Aggregate (RCA) material shall meet/comply with the provisions of Item 304.12 Subbase Course, Type 2 of the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of September 1, 2021. B. Asphalt Binder Course: The Asphalt Concrete Binder Course material shall meet/comply with the provisions of Item 402.25 25F9 Binder Course HMA of the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of September 1, 2021. Section 32-12-16:Asphalt Paving Page 1 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 C. Asphalt Wearing Course: The Asphalt Concrete-Type 6F Top Course material shall meet/comply with the provisions of Item 402.068 6.317 Top Course HMA of:the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of September 1, 2021. D. Submit proposed mix design of each class of mix for review prior to beginning of work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that compacted subgrade is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE A. Upon approval.of the compacted soil subgrade.by the Town's Designated Representative, the Contractor shall furnish, place and compact the recycled concrete aggregate to the.specified depth, lines and grades. Tolerance of the compacted RCA base course shall be plus/minus '/4 . inch. Material and compaction shall be in conformance with Section 304 of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications dated 09101/2021. 3.03 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT-DOUBLE COURSE A. Binder Course: 1. Upon approval of the compacted RCA Base Course, the contractor shall furnish, place, and compact the Asphalt Concrete Binder Course to the specified depth, lines, and grades. The Asphalt Concrete Binder Course shall be laid down in one lift unless otherwise directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Material and compaction shall be in conformance with Section 402 of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications dated 09/01/2021.The Contractor shall saw cut and apply emulsified asphalt tack coat as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. The tack coat shall comply with Item 407.0102 of the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of 09/01./2021, as amended. B. Wearing Course (Top Course): Place asphalt wearing course within two hours of placing and compacting binder course. 1. Upon approval of the compacted Asphalt Concrete Binder Course, the contractor shall furnish, place, and compact the asphalt concrete top course to the specified depth, lines, and grades. The Asphalt Concrete Top Course shall be laid down in one lift unless otherwise directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Material and compaction shall be in conformance with Section 402 of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications dated 09/01/2021.The Contractor shall saw cut and apply emulsified asphalt tack coat as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. The tack coat shall comply with Item 407.0102.of-the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of 09/01/2021,as amended. C. Compact pavement by rolling to specified density. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment. D. Perform rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, without roller marks. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch (6 mm) measured with 10 foot(3 m)straight edge. B. Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch (6 mm)of specified or indicated thickness. C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 1/2 inch (12 mm). 3.115 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements,for general requirements for quality control. B. The Contractor shall provide field inspection and testing. Take samples and perform tests in accordance with Al MS-2. Section 32-12-16:Asphalt Paving Page 2 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3.06 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for 12 hours or until surface temperature is less than 140 degrees F(60 degrees C) . 3.07 SCHEDULE A. As depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. END OF SECTION 32-12-16 Section 32-12-16:Asphalt Paving Page 3 of 3 LKMA Project no 24096:000 SECTION 32-13-13 CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete Curb's. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-22-00-Grading: Preparation of site for paving. B. Section 31-23-23-Fill: Compacted subbase for paving. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Provide concrete paving by the unit price method. B. See Section 01-22-00-Unit Prices,for additional unit price requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 211.1 -Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete 1991 (Reapproved 2009). B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Concrete Construction 2020. C. ACI 304R-Guide for Measuring, Mixing,Transporting, and Placing Concrete 2000 (Reapproved 2009). D. ACI 305R- Guide to Hot Weather Concreting 2020. E. AC[306R-Guide to Cold Weather Concreting 2016. F. ASTM A615IA615M -Standard Specification,for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 2020. G. ASTM C33/C33M-Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2018. H. ASTM C150/C150M -Standard Specification for Portland Cement 2021. I. ASTM C173/C173M -Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method 2016. J. ASTM C260/C260M -Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 2010a (Reapproved 2016). K. ASTM D1751 -Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving. and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)2018. 1.05 SUBMITTALS 1 A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. The contractor shall submit a Design Mix to the Town's Designated Representative for review and approval prior to placing an order for the Concrete Curb, sidewalk, pad, and/or concrete housing. C. Product Data: Provide data on joint filler, admixtures, and curing compound. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Temperature Requirements: Do not place asphalt when ambient air or base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F (4 degrees C), or surface is wet or frozen. B. Follow recommendations of NYSDOT. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, PADS,AND HOUSINGS A. The concrete material, including steel reinforcement and joint fillers, shall meet/comply with the provisions of NYSDOT Class A concrete under Item 608.0101 Concrete Sidewalks and Section 32-13-13:Concrete Paving Page 1 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 Concrete Pads of the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of September 1, 2021. B. Subbase material: as specified 2.02 FORM MATERIALS A. Wood form material, profiled to suit conditions. B. Joint Filler: Preformed; non-extruding bituminous type (ASTM D1751)or sponge rubber or cork (ASTM D1752). 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12 mm). 2.03 REINFORCEMENT A. As specified. 2.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. The Concrete Curb material, including steel reinforcement and joint fillers, shall meet/comply with the provisions of NYSDOT Class A concrete under Item 608.0101 Concrete Sidewalks and Concrete Pads of the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of September 1,2021. 1. Materials shall meet the requirements specified in the following subsections of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications dated 09/01/2021 Section 700- Materials: a. Portland Cement(Type II) Section 701-01 b. Fine Aggregates Section 703-01 C. Coarse Aggregates Section 703-02 d. Premolded Resilient Joint Filler Section 705-07 e. Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement Section 709-02 f. Polyethylene Curbing Covers Section 711-04 g. Water Section 712-01 2. The material requirements and composition shall comply with the NYSDOT Specifications for Class "A" concrete in Section 501 - Portland Cement Concrete - General. Concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with the aggregate weights specified for Class "A" concrete in Table 501-3, Concrete Mixtures. 3. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28 days. 2.05 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. B. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of the subgrade are correct as shown on drawings.Where poor subgrade material is encountered, remove and replace with suitable material. C. Verify compacted subgrade is acceptable, ready to support imposed loads and paving, and ready to receive work. 3.02 SUBBASE PREPARATION A. Maintain subgrade in a smooth, compacted condition with required section and established grade until concrete is placed. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. Section 32-13-13:Concrete Paving Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Notify the Town's Designated Representative minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 3.04 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile, and gradient. B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. C. Sidewalk Forms: Place and secure forms to location, dimension, profile, and gradient shown on drawings. Height equal to the full depth of the finished sidewalk. D. Wheelchair Ramps: Place and secure forms to location, dimension, profile, and gradient shown on drawings: Comply with ADA Standards. E. Curbing Forms: Forms shall be steel:or wood, straight, free from warp, and of such construction that there will-be no interference to inspection for grade or alignment. All forms shall extend for the full curb depth and shall be braced and secured adequately so that no displacement from alignment will occur during placing of concrete. 3.05 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcement as indicated. 3.06 COLD AND HOT WEATHER CONCRETING A. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. B. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. C. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature_is less than 40 degrees F(4 degrees C), or surface is wet or frozen. 3.07 PLACING CONCRETE A. Concrete Sidewalk, Pads and Housings: 1. The general construction details for manufacturing, transporting, and placing concrete shall meet the requirements of NYSDOT Standard Specifications Section 501, Portland Cement Concrete - General. Curing of concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 502, Portland Cement Concrete Pavement. 2. The concrete shall be placed in one course(depth-as shown on plans). 3. Wire fabric for concrete reinforcement shall be embedded at mid-depth in the slab/sidewalk; unless noted otherwise on plans. 4. The wire fabric (if applicable) shall consist of min. No. 6-gauge wire at 6" centers transversely and longitudinally. 5. Transverse construction joints shall extend to the full depth of the slab and spaced 20 to 25 feet apart, unless noted otherwise. The edges of such joints shall be finished with an edging tool having.a 1/4-inch radius. ., 6. The concrete surface shall be scored at 5' intervals as approved by the Town's Designated Representative so that the finished walk will be marked in squares. The concrete shall be worked and floated to produce a smooth and uniform surface. 7. Control joints shall not be installed at expansion joints. 8. Contractor is responsible for the placement of expansion, construction and/or construction joints against the building. 9. Pre-molded resilient joint filler shall be installed at all joints between sidewalk and curb; pavement, building, etc. 10. After the completion of sidewalk, pad, or housing work, the contractor shall cover the concrete overnight during the first night of curing with a polyethylene cover or an equal to the approval of the Town's Designated Representative. No concrete shall be left uncovered overnight during the first night of curing. 11. New sidewalk, pad, and/or housing areas shall be barricaded using ropes, horses, flagging, etc., in a manner approved by the Town's Designated Representative to protect the public during the curing period until the sidewalk is sufficiently cured to allow pedestrian traffic. Section 32-13-13:Concrete Paving Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 12. The Contractor shall protect the area of work and keep it in first class condition until the completion of the contract. Any portion of the sidewalk or pad, which is damaged or vandalized at any time before the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory sidewalk at the Contractor's expense. B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. C. Do not place concrete when base surface is wet. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place concrete continuously over the full width of the panel and between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. 3.08 JOINTS ', A. Place 3/8 inch (10 mm)wide expansion joints at 20 foot (6 m) intervals and to separate paving from vertical surfaces and other components and in pattern indicated. B. Provide scored joints every 10 feet(or as indicated) C. Provide keyed joints as indicated. 3.09 FINISHING A. Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, texture perpendicular to direction of travel with troweled and radiused edge 1/4 inch radius (6 mm radius). B. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1/4 inch (6 mm)in 10 ft(3 m). B. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements. 1. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. 2. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. 3. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure compliance with specified requirements. B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.12 PROTECTION ' A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Do not permit pedestrian traffic over pavement for 7 days minimum after finishing. END OF SECTION 32-13-13 Section 32-13-13:Concrete Paving Page 4 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 32-31-13 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Posts, rails, and frames. B. Wire fabric. C. Manual gates with related hardware. D. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03-30-00-Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete anchorage for posts. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Unit Prices: See Section 01-22-00- Unit Prices,for additional unit price requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM F567-Standard Practice for Installation of Chain-Link Fence 2014a (Reapproved 2019). . B. CLFMI CLF-FIG0111 - Field Inspection Guide 2014.. C. FS RR-F-191/1 D- Fencing,Wire and Post Metal (Chain-Link Fence Fabric) 1990. 1.05 SUBMITTALS. A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout, fence height, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware anchorage, and schedule of components. See CLFMI CLF-SFR0111 for planning and design recommendations. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fence Installer: Company with demonstrated successful experience installing similar projects .and products, with not less than five years of documented experience. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01-78-00-Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five-year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. General 1. All fence pipe for posts; rails, and all braces and appurtenances shall be :vinyl clad,: schedule 40 round, seamless hot dip galvanized pipe conforming to ASTM-A-120-1, or approved equal 2. All structural shapes shall be vinyl clad, and galvanized in conformance with ASTM Designation A123. 3. All vinyl clad materials shall be fusion bonded in accordance with ASTM-17668 Class 2B. B. End, Corner, and Pull Posts 1. Fence up to and including 5'-0" in height: 2.375"O.D. pipe, 3.65 lbs. per linear foot. 2. Fence over 5'-0" in height: 2.875"O.D. pipe, 5.79 lbs. per linear foot. 3. Fence over 10'-0" in height: 4.00"O.D. pipe, 9.11 lbs. per linear foot. 4. Maximum Spacing.10'-0"on Center. C. Line Posts: (10' maximum spacing) 1. Fence up to 5'-0" in height: 1.90"O.D. pipe, 2.28 lbs, per linear foot. 2. Fence over 5'-0"in height: 2.375"O.D. pipe, 3.12 lbs. per linear foot. 3. Fence over 10'-0"in height: 26875"O.D. pipe,5.79 lbs per linear foot. Section 32-31-13:Chain Link Fences and Gates Page 1 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Gate Posts f., 1. Gate posts for single leaf gates six (6)feet or less in width: 2.875" O.D. pipe, 4.64 lbs. per foot min. 2. Gate posts for single leaf gates six (6) to twelve (12) feet in width: 4.00" O.D. pipe, 6.56 lbs. per foot. E. Rails 1. All rails shall be 1.66" O.D. pipe weighing 2.27 lbs. per linear foot furnished in manufacturer's standard lengths of approximately 21'-0" with outside sleeve type couplings, at least six (6)'inches long for each joint—one (1) coupling in each five (5) to have expansion spring. Provide means for attaching rails securely to each corner, pull and end post. Rails shall form continuous brace from end to end of each run of fence. F. Post Bracing Assembly 1. 1.66" O.D. pipe weighing 2.27 lbs. per linear foot.(for horizontal braces). Provide at each side of corner and pull posts and at end posts for fence six(6)feet or higher. G. Fabric 1. Factory coated 6-gauge core wire with a minimum 0.02-inch-thick coating of plasticized polyvinyl-chloride Class 2B Fused and Bonded applied by the fusion method over a thermoset plastic bonding agent. The bond shall exhibit equal or greater strength than the cohesive strength of the vinyl. All cut ends shall be coated with vinyl at the factory. Fabric shall be 1.25" mesh and black in color. - 2. Top and bottom of fabric shall have knuckled selvage, both sides. H. Tie Wire: Aluminum alloy steel wire unless otherwise noted. I. Fittings and Accessories 1. All accessories shall be vinyl clad. in accordance with paragraph 2.01 above, and galvanized in conformance with ASTM Designation A153. J. Post Caps 1. Furnish and install tight fitting pressed steel or malleable iron caps, designed as a weather tight closure cap. Provide one (1) pass-through looped cap for each line post, and one (1) acorn style cape for each end or corner post. Where top rail is used, provide looped cap tops to permit passage of top rail. K. Tension Bars 1. One (1) piece lengths equal to full height of fabric with minimum cross section of 3/16" x 3/4", conforming to ASTM Designation A1.23. Provide one (1) stretcher bar for each end post and two (2)for each corner and pull post. 2. Tension bands and brace bands, if utilized, shall be 7/8" x 12 gauge beveled, galvanized, sized to fit pipe sizes and furnished with galvanized fasteners. Galvanizing shall conform with ASTM Designations A123 or A153 as they pertain. L. Rail Clamps 1. Rail clamps shall be standard clamps (boulevard clamps) furnished complete with fasteners with ASTM Designation A153. M. Fabric Bands for Tying Fabric 1. Fabric shall be attached using a BAND-IT band and buckle system. 2. Bands shall be 0.020" thickness, 200/300 series stainless steel '/2' wide bands, with a minimum breaking strength of 850 lbs., '/2' band capacity ear-loct design buckles to be manufactured with 0.050"thick material, 201/301 series stainless steel. N. Fittings, lugs, clamps and other accessories shall be steel conforming to ASTM Designation F626 and galvanized in conformance with ASTM Designation A153. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Anchoring of Posts 1. All proposed chain link fencing covered under this Contract shall be installed with concrete footings. No separate payment will be made for concrete footings associated with the Section 32-31-13:Chain Link Fences and Gates Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 2.4096.000 installation of fence posts. The fence shall be installed in accordance with the details - depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Fence Posts and associated concrete footings shall be installed prior to the installation of the proposed concrete grade beam around the perimeter of the athletic field(s). Fence posts, and associated concrete footings shall be installed so as to accommodate a continuous 18" wide by 12" deep concrete grade beam as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 2.03 MANUAL GATES AND RELATED HARDWARE A. Hardware for Double Swinging Gates: 180 degree hinges, 2 for gates up to 60 inches (1,525 mm) high, 3 for taller gates; drop bolt on inactive leaf engaging socket stop set in concrete, active leaf latched to inactive leaf preventing raising of drop bolt, padlock hasp; keepers to hold gate in fully open position. B. Hinges: Finished to match fence components. 1. Mounting: Center. 2. Closing: Manual. C. Latches: Finished to match fence components. 1. Brackets: Round. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION. A. Verification of Conditions: Verify that areas are clear of obstructions or debris. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Removal: Obstructions or debris. f B. Ground Preparation: as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install framework,fabric, accessories and gates in accordance with ASTM F567. B. Place fabric on outside of posts and rails. C. Set intermediate posts plumb in concrete footings. D. Brace each gate and corner post to adjacent line post with horizontal center brace rail and diagonal truss rods as depicted in the Contract Documents or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. Install brace rail one bay from end and gate posts. E. Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 6 inch (150 mm) long rail sleeves. F. Install center brace rail on corner gate leaves. G. Do not stretch fabric until concrete foundation has cured 28 days. H. Stretch fabric between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 feet (30 m) maximum, whichever is less. I. Position bottom of fabric 2 inches (50 mm)above finished grade. J. Fasten fabric to top rail, line posts, braces, and bottom tension wire with tie wire at maximum 15 inches (380 mm)on centers. K. Attach fabric to end, corner, and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. L. Install bottom tension wire stretched taut between terminal posts. M. Install support arms sloped inward and attach barbed wire; tension and secure. N. Install hardware and gate with fabric to match fence. O. Provide concrete center drop to footing depth and drop rod retainers at center of double gate openings. Section 32-31-13:Chain Link Fences and Gates Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 P. Peen all bolts upon installation. 3.04 TOLERANCES A: Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm). B. Maximum Offset from True Position: 1 inch (25 mm). 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements,for additional.requirements. B. Layout: Verify that fence installation markings are accurate to design, paying attention to'gate locations, underground utilities, and property lines. C. Post Settings: Randomly inspect three locations against design for: 1. Hole diameter. 2. Hole depth. 3. Hole spacing. D. Fence Height: Randomly measure fence height at three locations or at areas that appear out of compliance with design. E. Gates: Inspect for level, plumb, and alignment. F. Workmanship: Verify neat installation free of defects. See CLFMI CLF-FIG0111 for field inspection guidance. 3.06 CLEANING A. Leave immediate work area neat at end of each work day. B. Clean jobsite of excess materials; scatter excess material from post hole excavations uniformly away from posts. Remove excess material if required. C. If required by the Town's Designated Representative, the Contractor shall clean the fence with mild household detergent and clean water rinse well. No extra payment shall be provided for this work. D. See Section 01-74-19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. 3.07 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. See Section 01-78-00 Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals. END OF SECTION 32-31-13 Section 32-31-13:Chain Link Fences and Gates Page 4 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 32-92-19 SEEDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation of subsoil. B. Placing topsoil. C. Seeding, mulching and fertilizer. D. Maintenance.' 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-22700 - Grading: Preparation of subsoil and placement of topsoil in preparation for the work of this section. B. Section 31-23-23- Fill: Topsoil material. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00-Unit Prices,for additional unit price requirements. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass,Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver grass seed mixture in sealed containers. Seed in damaged packaging is not acceptable. Deliver seed mixture in containers showing percentage of seed mix, year of production, net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory agencies.for fertilizer and herbicide composition. 2.02 SEED MIXTURE A. Seed Mixture: 1. Alta or Kentucky Tall Fescue: 97% Pure, 90% Min'. Germination, 25 Pounds of Pure Live Seed. 2. Commercial Kentucky Blue Grass: 85% Pure, 75% Min. Germination, 30 Pounds of Pure Live Seed. 3. Creeping or Chewings Red Fescue Grass: 98% Pure, 85% Min. Germination, 50 Pounds of Pure Live Seed. 4. Commercial Common Ryegrass (domestic): 98% Pure, 90% Min. Germination, 20 Pounds of Pure Live Seed. 2.03 SOIL MATERIALS A. Imported Topsoil: Fertile, agricultural soil, typical for locality, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, taken from drained site; free of subsoil, clay or impurities, plants, weeds and roots; pH value of minimum 5.4 and maximum 7.0. In accordance with NYSDOT requirements and as supplied by an approved NYSDOT supplier. -" B. Reclaimed Topsoil: Excavated from site, stockpiled, and covered until application is required. The reclaimed topsoil shall be free of weeds and shall be approved for use by the Town's Designated Representative. Section 32-92-19:Seeding Page 1 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Mulching Material: Hemlock species wood cellulose fiber, dust form, free of growth or germination inhibiting ingredients. 1. Harvested on-site vegetation (removed trees) may be chipped and re-used as mulching material at the approval of the Town's Designated Representative. B. Fertilizer: The Contractor shall submit a fertilizer formulation to the Town's Designated Representative prior to bringing on-site to ensure compatibility with proposed plantings, native soils, and conformance with Town requirements. C. Imported Topsoil shall be certified meeting NYSDOT specifications. D. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter that could inhibit vigorous growth.of grass. E. Erosion Fabric: Jute matting,open weave. F. Stakes: Softwood lumber, chisel pointed. G. String: Inorganic fiber. 2.05 TESTS A. The Contractor shall borne the costs required to provide analysis of topsoil fill under provisions of Section 01-40-00. No separate payment will be made for this work. B. Analyze to ascertain percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus, potash, soluble salt content, organic matter content, and pH value. C. Submit minimum 10 oz (280 g) sample of topsoil proposed. Forward sample to approved testing laboratory in sealed containers to prevent contamination. D. Testing is not required if recent tests are available for imported topsoil. Submit these test results to the testing laboratory for approval. Indicate, by test results, information necessary to - determine suitability. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare subgrade in accordance with Section 31-22-00. B. Areas to be seeded shall be maintained at approved grades and irregularities which form low spots/valleys capable of holding water shall be eliminated. C. Soil amendments, lime, fertilizers, seeds and insecticides in the amounts specified shall be evenly distributed on the surfaces to be seeded. Soil amendments shall be tilled into the soil to the depth specified on the plans before seeding. All mechanical equipment for soil preparation or seeding shall be as approved and shall pass parallel to the contours unless otherwise approved. D. Place topsoil in accordance with Section 31-22-00. E. Areas to be seeded shall be harrowed, disked, or otherwise completely pulverized to a state of tillage acceptable to the Town's designated representative. F. All stone or other undesirable materials over one inch in greatest dimension shall be removed and disposed of as approved. 3.03 FERTILIZING A. Apply(if required)fertilizer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction. C. Fertilizers shall be distributed at the rate of 800 pounds per acre, unless otherwise specified in the manufacturer recommendations. Section 32-92-19:seeding Page 2 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Where the acidity of the topsoil is below 5.5 pH, lime shall be applied at the rate of one ton per acre. E. Any method of distribution such as by air or water pressure will be acceptable subject to approval by the Town's designated representative, except that the seed shall not be injured in the process of spreading. However, the distribution by air or water pressure shall not be used in residential and built-up areas. F. Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to apply seed. G. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches (50 mm)of topsoil. H. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. 3.04 SOIL NEUTRALIZER A. Apply(if required)in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction. C. Do not apply soil neutralizer at:same time or with same machine used to apply seed. D. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches (50 mm)of topsoil. E. Lightly water to aid dissipation. 3.05 SEEDING A. The seasons for seeding shall be March 15 to May 1 and August 15 to October 1 unless otherwise approved. B. The Contractor shall notify the Town's designated representative at least 48 hours in advance of the time he intends to begin sowing seed and shall, not proceed with such work until permission to do so has been obtained. C. When delays in operations carry the work beyond the dates which are.specified, or when conditions of high winds, excessive moisture or ice are such that satisfactory results are not likely to be obtained for any stage of the work, the Town's designated representative will stop the work.The work shall be resumed with the Town's designated representative's approval when the desired results are likely to be obtained or when approved corrective measures and procedures are adopted. D. Provisional acceptance of the seeds must be obtained before the seeds are mixed. Each lot of seed shall be subject to sampling and testing before mixing. Planting shall riot be delayed pending reports of these tests. Seeds of the kinds specified shall be mixed on the job in the formula specified unless otherwise approved. E. When seed is to be sown dry and is to be inoculated, the culture shall be applied as directed by the manufacturer and the seed allowed to dry sufficiently to be in the proper'condition for mixing or sowing. Seed must be.sown within thirty hours after this treatment. F. Where seed is to be distributed by water pressure, the proper proportion of inoculant may be added to be water and seed mixture, together with any lime or fertilizer specified, providing,the alkalinity of the solution does not exceed 8 pH G. Apply seed at a rate of 125 pounds of pure live seed per acre evenly in two intersecting directions. Rake in lightly. H. Mechanical drills or seeders shall place the seed to a depth not exceeding one-quarter inch. I. Seed distributed on the surface shall be covered to a depth not exceeding one-quarter inch by raking, brush or chain harrowing or other approved method. Broadcast seeding shall not be done during windy weather. After sowing, the seeded areas shall be lightly rolled. Rollers shall be as approved. J. Do not seed areas in excess of that which can be mulched on same day. K. Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, or during windy periods. L. Roll seeded area with roller not exceeding 112.lbs (50.Kg). Section 32-92-19:Seeding Page 3 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 M. Immediately following seeding and compacting, apply mulch to a thickness of 1/8 inches (3 mm). Maintain clear of shrubs and trees. N. Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area .has been mulched. Saturate to 4 inches (100 mm)of soil. O. Following germination, immediately re-seed areas without germinated seeds that are larger than 4 by 4 inches (100 by 100 mm). 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. When, in the judgment of the Town's designated representative, at any time prior to the acceptance of the contract any area which has been seeded fails for any reason to produce a satisfactory growth of grass after a suitable period of time as determined by the Town's designated representative, has elapsed, the contractor shall reseed and refertilize such areas in the same manner as specified for failure to meet germination tests, and, if deemed necessary by the Town's designated representative, also mulch such areas at the rate _ specified in the contract. B. Provide maintenance at no extra cost to Town. Once Irrigation system is functional, the Contractor shall be permitted to use the irrigation system to supply water to newly established seed areas, subject to the approval of the Town's Designated Representative. C. See Section 01-7.0-00 - Execution Requirements, for additional requirements relating to maintenance service. D. Maintain seeded areas immediately after placement until grass is well established and exhibits a vigorous growing condition. E. The Contractor shall mow grass at regular intervals to maintain at a maximum height of 2 inches. Do not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at any one mowing. F. Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary. G. Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming. H. .-Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out. I. Roll surface to remove minor depressions or irregularities. J. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. K. Immediately reseed areas that show bare spots. L. Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period. END OF SECTION 32-92-19 Section 32-92-19:seeding Page 4 of 4 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 33-05-13 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Modular precast concrete manholes and structures with tongue-and-groove joints and masonry transition to cover frame,covers, anchorage, and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 51 00—Temporary Utilities. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO M91 —,Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick(Made from Clay or Shale). 2. AASHTO M306—Standard Specification for Drainage; Sewer, Utility, and Related Castings,. a. AASHTO H-20—Traffic Loading B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 530—Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A48—Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A123M—Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A185—Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain,for Concrete 4. ASTN A615—Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 5. ASTM C32—Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale). 6. ASTM C478—Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 7. ASTM C497—Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. 8. ASTM C877—Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe, Manholes,'and Precast Box Sections. 9. ASTM C913—Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. 10. ASTM C990—Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast ✓ Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to ASTM and AASHTO standards and manufacturer's instructions. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Section 0170 00—Execution and Closeout Requirements: B. Furnish a one-year manufacturer's warranty for concrete manholes and structures. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00—Administrative Requirements B. Submittals: 1. Section 01 70 00—Execution and Closeout Requirements. 2. Product Data:Submit manufacturer information for manhole covers, component construction, features, configuration, and dimensions. Section 33-05-13:Precast Concrete Manholes Page 1 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 3. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit detailed instructions on installation requirements, including storage and handling procedures. 4. Shop Drawings: a. Indicate structure locations and elevations. b. Indicate sizes and elevations of piping, conduit, and penetrations. 5. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. 6. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for manufacturer. 7. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of manholes and connections, and record invert elevations. 1.06 SITE CONDITIONS A. DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 1. Section 01 60 00—Product Requirements. 2. Inspection:Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. 3. Handling: Comply with precast concrete manufacturer instructions and ASTM C913 for unloading and moving precast manholes and drainage structures. 4. Bent Reinforcing steel bars are not permitted for use as lifting devices. 5. Lifting devices shall be evaluated and approved by the Engineer. 6. Storage: a. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. b. Store precast concrete manholes and drainage structures to prevent damage to Owner's property or other public or private property. C. Repair property damaged from materials storage. 7. Protection: a. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. b. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. B. EXISTING CONDITIONS 1. Field Measurements: a. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. b. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00—Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing, inspection, and analysis. B. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. C. Verify that items provided have met factory testing requirements and are inspected upon delivery. D. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction,submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2.02 MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Refer to Drawings: 1. See Precast Storm Manhole Detail on C-002 B. Sewer Guards 1. Stainless steel straps, anchors and sewer guards required at all Manholes. Section 33-05-13:Precast Concrete Manholes Page 2 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 PART 3 EXECUTION 2.03 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 70 00—Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that,items provided by other Sections of Work are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location and are ready for roughing into Work. D. Verify that excavation base is ready to receive Work and excavation dimensions and elevations are'as indicated on Drawings. 2.04 PREPARATION A. Mark each precast structure by indentation or waterproof paint showing date of manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and numbers as indicated on Drawings to indicate its intended use. B. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves as required by other Sections. C. Do not install manholes and structures where Site conditions induce loads exceeding structural capacity of manholes or structures. D. Inspect precast concrete manholes and structures immediately prior to placement in excavation to verify that they,are internally clean and free from damage; remove and replace damaged units. 2.05 INSTALLATION A. Conduct operations not to interfere with, interrupt, damage, destroy, or endanger integrity of surface structures or utilities in immediate or adjacent areas. B. Correct over-excavation with Class 1 aggregate. C. Remove large stones or other hard matter impeding consistent.backfilling or compaction. D. Protect manhole and structures from damage or displacement while backfilling operation is in progress. E. Excavating: 1. As specified in Section 31-23-16, =16.13, -23—Excavating,Trenching,.Dewatering and Backfilling and in indicated locations and depths. 2. Provide clearance around sidewalls of manhole or structure for construction operations. 3. If ground water is encountered, prevent accumulation of water in excavations, place manhole or structure in dry trench. 4. Where possibility exists of watertight manhole or structure becoming buoyant in flooded excavation, anchor manhole or structure to avoid flotation as approved by Engineer. F. Base and Alignment: 1. Install manholes and structures supported at proper grade and alignment on compacted crushed-stone bedding or piles as indicated on Drawings. 2. Grout base of shaft sections to achieve slope to exit piping,trowel smooth, and contour to form continuous drainage channel. 3. Form and place manhole or structure cylinders plumb and level,to correct dimensions and elevations. G. Polymer Concrete/Coatings: 1. Install polymer concrete manholes in applications involving force main discharges and in other designated locations as specified by CFPUA.These manholes shall come with a minimum warranty of 50 years. Grinder pump force mains and low-capacity force main discharge manholes may be coated with an approved lining system, contingent upon prior approval from CFPUA. 2. Manholes 12-feet in depth and greater shall be polymer concrete. H. Precast Concrete Manholes: - Section 33-05-13:Precast Concrete Manholes Page 3 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 1. Lift precast components at lifting points designated.by manufacturer. 2. When lowering manholes and structures into excavations and joining pipe to units, take precautions to ensure that interior of pipeline and structure remains clean. 3. Assembly: a. Assemble multi-section manholes and structures by lowering each section into excavation. b. Install rubber gasket joints between precast sections according to manufacturer recommendations. c. Lower, set level, and firmly position,base section before placing additional sections. 4. Remove foreign materials from joint surfaces and verify that sealing materials are.placed properly. 5. Maintain alignment between sections by using guide devices affixed to lower section. 6. Joint sealing materials may be installed.on Site or at manufacturer's plant. 7. Verify that installed manholes and structures meet required alignment and grade. 8. Remove knockouts or cut structure to receive piping without creating openings larger than required to receive pipe;fill annular spaces with mortar. 9. Cut pipe flush with interior of structure. 10. Shape inverts through manhole and structures as indicated on Drawings. I. Grouting: 1. Verify all surfaces have been inspected and.prepared for application.All surfaces shall be free of dirt,oil,grease, and other contaminants. 2. Surface shall be clean, sound and roughened to ensure a sufficient bond. 3. Surface shall be saturated up to 24 hours prior to application but free of standing water at the time of application. 4. Provide sufficient support for items to be embedded into the work. Diagrams,templates, and other forms can be used to properly locate such items. 5. Refer to Manufacturer's instructions for proper grouting application and installation. B. Application shall be inspected immediately after and any defects repaired or removed for re-installation if directed by the Engineer.• J. Castings: 1. Set frame and cover at finished grade for manholes and other structures with covers located within unpaved areas and graded.away from.cover. 2. Set frames using mortar and masonry as indicated on Drawings. 3. Lay concrete brick in full bed of mortar and completely fill joints. 4. If more than one course of concrete brick is required, stagger vertical joints. K. Backfilling: As specified in Section 31-23-16, -16.13, 23—Excavating,Trenching, Dewatering and Backfilling. 1. All structures shall be leak tested prior to backfilling. 2.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 0140 00—Quality Requirements. B. Testing: 1. 'Perform testing in accordance with ASTM C497. 2. Sewer Mains and.Manholes. 3. Conduct a visual inspection of concrete structures. 4. Repair all visible and detectable leaks. 5. Leakage testing for structures shall be performed prior to backfilling by the following procedure: a. Temporarily plug all wall sleeves, piping entrances and other openings during test period. b. Fill structure to overflow level. c. Allow to stand for a minimum of four.(4)hours. d. Refill to overflow level. Section 33-05-13:Precast Concrete Manholes Page 4 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 . e. Allow to stand for 24 hours. f. Examine exterior surfaces and joints for leakage. Measure drop in surface water. Allowable leakage is a'drop of/z inch or less-during the test period and no visible signs of leakage. g. Repair-all visible and detectable leaks. If leakage exceeds allowable limit,the structure shall be repaired by approved method per Engineer. C. Equipment Acceptance: Contractor shall adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to . perform as specified and rerun tests at no cost to the Owner. 2.07 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00—Execution and Closeout Requirements. END OF SECTION 33-05-13 Section 33-05-13:Precast Concrete Manholes Page 5 of 5 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 33-42-11 STORMWATER GRAVITY PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. . Stormwater drainage piping. B. Stormwater pipe accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-23-16- Excavation: Excavating of trenches. B. Section 31-23-16.13-Trenching: Excavating, bedding, and. backfilling. C. Section 31-23-23-Fill: Bedding and backfilling. D. Section 33-05-13-Precast Concrete Manholes. E. Section 33-42-30-Stormwater Drains. F. Section 33-46-00-Stormwater Management. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00- Unit Prices,for additional unit price requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D2321 -Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications 2020. B. ASTM D3350- Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Material 2021. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate the installation of stormwater gravity piping with size, location and installation of stormwater drains according to Section,33-42-30. B. Sequencing: Ensure that utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, pipe accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STORMWATER PIPE MATERIALS A. Provide products that comply with applicable code(s). B. Plastic Pipe: ASTM D3350, SDR 11; High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) solid wall pipe; inside nominal diameter of 15 inch (unless otherwise notes), with cell classification of 335434C or better, thermal butt fusion joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. HDPE Drainage pipe shall be ADS N-12 ST IB pipe (per ASTM F2648) shall have a smooth interior and annular exterior corrugations or approved equal. 1. 4-through 60-inch (100 to 1500 mm) pipe shall meet ASTM F2648. 2. Manning's"n"value for use in design shall be 0.012. D. Material for pipe production shall be an engineered compound of virgin and recycled high density polyethylene conforming with the minimum requirements of cell classification 424420C (ESCR Test Condition B) for 4- through 10-inch (100 to 250 mm) diameters, and 435420C (ESCR Test Condition B) for 12- through 60-inch (300 to 1500 mm) diameters, as defined and described in the latest version of ASTM D3350, except that carbon black content should not exceed 4%. The design engineer shall verify compatibility with overall system including structural, hydraulic, material, and installation requirements for a given application. Section 33-42-11:Stormwater Gravity Piping Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 2.02 PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers,.traps and other configurations required. B. Filter Fabric: Non-biodegradable,woven . C. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, clear plastic covering, imprinted with "Stormwater Service"in large letters. 2.03 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Bedding: As specified in Section 31-23-16.13. B. Cover: As.specified in Section 31-23-16.13. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCHING A. See Section 31-23-16.13-Trenching for additional requirements. B. Backfill around sides and to top of pipe with cover fill,,tamp in place and compact, then complete backfilling. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on layout drawings. B. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's. instructions. Seal watertight. 1. Plastic Pipe: Also comply with ASTM D2321. C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on layout drawings; with maximum variation from true slope of 1/8 inch.(3 mm) in 10 feet(3 m). D. Connect to athletic field drainage system, parking lot drainage system, and all other site drainage systems as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Town's Designated Representative. E. . Make connections through walls through sleeved openings,where provided. F. Install continuous trace wire 6 inches (150 mm) above top of pipe; coordinate with Section'31- 23-16.13. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection in accordance with Section 01-40-00-Quality Requirements. B. If inspections indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to the Town. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect pipe and bedding cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. END OF SECTION 33-42-11 Section 33-42-11:Stormwater Gravity Piping Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 33-42-30 STORMWATER DRAINS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete catch basins. B. Frames and grates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-23-16-Excavation. B. Section 31-23-23-Fill. C. Section 33-42-11 -Stormwater Gravity Piping. D. Section 33-46-00-Stormwater Management. 1.03 -PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01-22-00-Unit Prices for additional "unit price requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO HB-Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges 2005, with Errata. B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Concrete Construction 2020. C. ACI 318- Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 2019,with Errata (2021). D. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)Standards for Accessible Design 2010. E. ASTM C1634-Standard Specification for Concrete Facing Brick and Other Concrete Masonry Facing Units 2020. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Installation of stormwater drains with piping and other structures. 1. See Section 33-42-11 for stormwater gravity piping. B. Sequencing: Ensure that utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Weight rating for catch basins, drop inlets,trench drains, and frame and grates. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate stack assembly, invert elevations,opening sizes, and pipe angles. D. Project Record Documents: 1. Record invert elevations of catch basins, drop inlets, and trench drains. 2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Documents at Project Site: Maintain one copy of manufacturer's instructions, assembly drawings, and shop drawings at the project site. B. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CATCH BASINS A. As detailed in the Contract Documents. B. Weight Rating: HS20 according to AASHTO HB. C. Grade Adjustments: 1. As approved by the Town's Designated Representative. Section 33-42-30:Stormwater Drains Page 1 of 2 r LKMA Project no 24096.000 D. Frames and Grates: Steel, checkerboard pattern, as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and as approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2.02 CATCH BASIN,TRENCH DRAIN, CLEANOUT,AND AREA DRAIN COMPONENTS A. Cast Iron Curb Inlet Frame and Grate shall be Campbell Foundry#2541 and shall.be approved by the Town's Designated Representative(or approved equal). B. 24" Heavy Duty Frame&Grate: Campbell foundry#1009 or approved equal C. 24" Heavy Duty Frame&Cover: Campbell foundry#1177 or approved equal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION - A. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. B. Verify built-in items are in proper location and ready for roughing into work. C. Verify excavation location and depth are correct. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND FILL A. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement to indicated elevations. B. Backfill with cover fill, tamp in place and compact,then complete backfilling, C. See Section 31-23-16 for additional excavation requirements.. D. See Section 31-23-23 for additional fill requirements. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated in drawings. B. Grade Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall adjust existing and/or proposed drainage structures to be flush with finished grade using a means approved by the Town's Designated Representative. 2. Place adjacent materials tight end smooth following design grades. C. Frames and Grates: 1. Place frame plumb and level and secure to top slab of structure as required. 2. Place grate in frame securely. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section.01-40-00-Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Perform field inspection for pipe invert elevations. C. If inspections indicate work does not meet specified requirements, adjust work and reinspect at no cost to the Town. END OF SECTION 33-42-30 Section 33-42-30-Stormwater Drains Page 2 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 SECTION 33-46-00 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Stormwater leaching pits. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31-05-19-Geosynthetics for Earthwork. B. Section 31-23-16.13 Trenching. C. Section 31-23-23-Fill. D. Section 33-42-11 -Stormwater Gravity Piping. E. Section 33-42-30-Stormwater Drains. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Unit Prices: 1. See Section 01-22-00- Unit Prices for additional requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO HB-Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges 2005, with Errata. B. ASTM A48/A48M-Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 2003 (Reapproved 2021). C. ASTM C913-Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures 2021. D. ASTM D4873/D4873M - Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples 2017(Reapproved 2021). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01-30-00-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate stack assembly, invert elevations, opening sizes, and pipe angles. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Documents at Project Site: Maintain at project site one copy of manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01-74-19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for packaging waste requirements. B. Identify, store, and handle geosynthetic rolls in accordance with ASTM D48731D4873M. C. Protect materials from sunlight and other ultraviolet light sources during storage, D. Handle geosynthetics with care and prevent dragging, dropping, or imbalanced lifting. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STORMWATER LEACHING PITS (DRYWELLS) A. Precast Concrete Leaching Rings with top slabs/cones as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents. 1. Leaching rings and top slabs shall be reinforced as depicted in the contract documents and shall provide AASHTO HS20 load rating. 2. Leaching rings and top slabs shall be as manufactured by Long Island Precast or approved equal. 3. Concrete: 4,000 psi (27.5 MPa)minimum 28-day compressive strength. 4. Wall Thickness: 4 inches (102 mm). ` 5. Perforations: 15 percent of wall area. Section 33-46-00:Stormwater Management Page 1 of 2 LKMA Project no 24096.000 B. Frame and Grate: ASTM A48/A48M, Class 30B cast iron construction, machined flat bearing surface. 1. Cast Iron Curb.Inlet Frame and Grate shall be Campbell Foundry #2541 and shall be approved by the Town's Designated Representative (or approved equal). 2. 24"Heavy Duty Frame&Grate: Campbell foundry#1009 or approved equal 3. 24" Heavy Duty Frame&Cover: Campbell foundry#1177 or approved equal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification_of Conditions: 1. Verify excavations are at correct topographies and areas to be filled are not compromised with surface or ground water. 2. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe required by other sections. B. Perform excavation and subgrade preparation as depicted and/or described in the Contract Documents and/or as necessary(and as approved by the Town's Designated representative)to install a complete,functioning drainage system. C. The contractor shall provide adequate sheeting and shoring during trenching/installation to insure the safety of workmen and the.general public. There shall be no extra payment for this work. 3.03 LEACHING PIT INSTALLATION A., Precast Concrete: Place structure sections plumb and level, trim to correct elevations. 1. Cut and fit for pipe. B. Excavate and backfill 3 feet around and below leaching rings with suitable porous material (clean stone or sand and gravel mix as approved by the Town's Designated Representative). C. Install leaching rings with filter fabric wrap as depicted in the contract documents: D. Set cover level without tipping,to correct elevations. E. Install frames and grate to correct position and elevation. F. Contractor shall maintain a minimum of 2'cover above drainage pipes unless otherwise noted. G. Precast leaching rings of varying depth shall be stacked so that rings of greater height are located under rings of less height. ' H. Backfill 12 inches (305 mm), minimum, around pit with stone as specified in Section 31-23-23. END OF SECTION 33-46-00 Section 33-46-00:stormwater Management Page 2 of 2